Report of Foreign Private Issuer

 

Report of Foreign Private Issuer

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

30 September 2014

 

 

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc

 

 

Gogarburn

PO Box 1000

Edinburgh EH12 1HQ

Scotland

United Kingdom

 

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

 

Form 20-F  X                                              Form 40-F     

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):__

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):__

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Yes                                                                 No  X  

 

If "Yes" is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to

the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82-             

 

This report on Form 6-K shall be deemed incorporated by reference into the company's Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File Nos. 333-184147 and 333-184147-01) and to be a part thereof from the date which it was filed, to the extent not superseded by documents or reports subsequently filed or furnished.

 

 


 

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc

 

Contents

 

Page 

 

 

Forward looking statements

Presentation of information

Condensed consolidated income statement

Highlights

Analysis of results

13 

Segment performance

24 

 

 

Statutory results

69 

 

 

Condensed consolidated income statement

69 

Condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income

70 

Condensed consolidated balance sheet

71 

Average balance sheet

72 

Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity

75 

Condensed consolidated cash flow statement

77 

Notes

78 

 

 

Disposal of Direct Line Group

137 

Risk factors

138 

Statement of directors’ responsibilities

141 

 

 

Additional information

142 

 

 

Share information

142 

Other financial data

143 

Signature page

 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Appendix 2 Restatement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 


 

 

 

Forward-looking statements

 

Certain sections in this document contain ‘forward-looking statements’ as that term is defined in the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, such as statements that include the words ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘project’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘should’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘could’, ‘probability’, ‘risk’, ‘Value-at-Risk (VaR)’, ‘target’, ‘goal’, ‘objective’, ‘will’, ‘endeavour’, ‘outlook’, ‘optimistic’, ‘prospects’ and similar expressions or variations on such expressions.


In particular, this document includes forward-looking statements relating, but not limited to: the Group’s restructuring and strategic plans, divestments, capitalisation, portfolios, net interest margin, capital and leverage ratios, liquidity, risk-weighted assets (RWAs), RWA equivalents (RWAe), return on equity (ROE), profitability, cost:income ratios, loan:deposit ratios, funding and risk profile; discretionary coupon and dividend payments; implementation of legislation of ring-fencing and bail-in measures; sustainability targets; litigation, regulatory and governmental investigations; the Group’s future financial performance; the level and extent of future impairments and write-downs; and the Group’s exposure to political risks, including the referendum on Scottish independence, credit rating risk and to various types of market risks, such as interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk and commodity and equity price risk. These statements are based on current plans, estimates and projections, and are subject to inherent risks, uncertainties and other factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from the future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. For example, certain market risk disclosures are dependent on choices about key model characteristics and assumptions and are subject to various limitations. By their nature, certain of the market risk disclosures are only estimates and, as a result, actual future gains and losses could differ materially from those that have been estimated.


Other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated by the forward-looking statements contained in this document include, but are not limited to: global and UK economic and financial market conditions and other geopolitical risks, and their impact on the financial industry in general and on the Group in particular; the ability to implement strategic plans on a timely basis, or at all, including the simplification of the Group’s structure, rationalisation of and investment in its IT systems, the divestment of Citizens Financial Group and the exiting of assets in RBS Capital Resolution as well as the disposal of certain other assets and businesses as announced or required as part of the State Aid restructuring plan; the achievement of capital and costs reduction targets; ineffective management of capital or changes to capital adequacy or liquidity requirements; organisational restructuring in response to legislation and regulation in the United Kingdom (UK), the European Union (EU) and the United States (US); the implementation of key legislation and regulation including the UK Financial Services (Banking Reform Act) 2013 and the EU Recovery and Resolution Directive; the ability to access sufficient sources of capital, liquidity and funding when required; deteriorations in borrower and counterparty credit quality; litigation, government and regulatory investigations including investigations relating to the setting of interest rates and foreign exchange trading and rate setting activities; costs or exposures borne by the Group arising out of the origination or sale of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities in the US; the reliability and resilience of its IT system, the extent of future write-downs and impairment charges caused by depressed asset valuations; the value and effectiveness of any credit protection purchased by the Group; unanticipated turbulence in interest rates, yield curves, foreign currency exchange rates, credit spreads, bond prices, commodity prices, equity prices and basis, volatility and correlation risks; changes in the credit ratings of the Group; changes to the valuation of financial instruments recorded at fair value; competition and consolidation in the banking sector; the ability of the Group to attract or retain senior management or other key employees; regulatory or legal changes (including those requiring any restructuring of the Group’s operations) in the UK, the US and other countries in which the Group operates or a change in UK Government policy; changes to regulatory requirements relating to capital and liquidity; changes to the monetary and interest rate policies of central banks and other governmental and regulatory bodies; changes in UK and foreign laws, regulations, accounting standards and taxes, including changes in regulatory capital regulations and liquidity requirements; impairments of goodwill; pension fund shortfalls; general operational risks; HM Treasury exercising influence over the operations of the Group; reputational risk; the conversion of the B Shares in accordance with their terms; limitations on, or additional requirements imposed on, the Group’s activities as a result of HM Treasury’s investment in the Group; and the success of the Group in managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

 

The forward-looking statements contained in this document speak only as of the date of this announcement, and the Group does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

The information, statements and opinions contained in this document do not constitute a public offer under any applicable legislation or an offer to sell or solicitation of any offer to buy any securities or financial instruments or any advice or recommendation with respect to such securities or other financial instruments.

 

 

2

 

 


 

 

 

Presentation of information

 

Non-GAAP financial information

The directors manage RBS’s performance by class of business, before certain reconciling items, as is presented in the segmental analysis in note 10 (the “non-statutory basis”). Discussion of RBS’s performance focuses on the non-statutory basis as RBS believes that such measures allow a more meaningful analysis of RBS’s financial condition and the results of its operations. These measures are non-GAAP financial measures. A body of generally accepted accounting principles such as IFRS is commonly referred to as ‘GAAP’. A non-GAAP financial measure is defined as one that measures historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash flows but which excludes or includes amounts that would not be so adjusted in the most comparable GAAP measure. Reconciliations of these non-GAAP measures are presented throughout this document or in the segmental analysis in note 10. These non-GAAP financial measures are not a substitute for GAAP measures. Furthermore, RBS has divided its operations into “RBS excluding RBS Capital Resolution (RCR)” for all periods in 2014 and for prior periods “RBS excluding Non-Core”. Certain measures disclosed in this document for RBS excluding RCR/Non-Core operations and used by RBS management are non-GAAP financial measures as they represent a combination of all reportable segments with the exception of RCR/Non-Core. In addition the presentation of Personal & Business Banking (“PBB”), which includes the reportable segments of UK Personal & Business Banking and Ulster Bank, and the presentation of Commercial and Private Banking, which includes the reportable segments of Commercial Banking and Private Banking, are non GAAP financial measures. Furthermore, RBS has presented certain measures “excluding RBS Capital resolution (RCR)” which are deemed non-GAAP measures. Lastly, the liquidity coverage ratio, stressed outflow coverage, net stable funding ratio and stressed coverage ratio represent non-GAAP financial measures given they are metrics that are not yet required to be disclosed by a government, governmental authority or self-regulatory organisation.

 

Divisional Reorganisation

 

Organisational change

On 27 February 2014, RBS announced a refreshed strategic direction with the ambition of building a bank which earns its customers’ trust by serving them better than any other bank.

 

Business structure

RBS is now structured to deliver this ambition by organising itself around the needs of its customers, so as to combine customer groups with similar needs into franchises able to deliver co-ordinated services.

 

The reorganised bank will be a UK-focused retail and corporate bank with an international footprint to drive its corporate business. The previously reported operating divisions are now realigned into three franchises:

 

Personal & Business Banking (PBB) serves individual and mass affluent customers together with small businesses (generally up to £2 million turnover), with more business bankers moving back into branches. PBB comprises two reportable segments, UK Personal & Business Banking, including Williams & Glyn, (UK PBB) and Ulster Bank.

Commercial & Private Banking (CPB) serves commercial and mid-corporate customers and high net worth individuals, deepening relationships with commercial clients, operating overseas through its market-leading trade and foreign exchange services, while connecting our private banking brands more effectively to successful business owners and entrepreneurs. CPB comprises two reportable segments, Commercial Banking and Private Banking.

Corporate & Institutional Banking (CIB) serves our corporate and institutional clients primarily in the UK and Western Europe, as well as those US and Asian multinationals with substantial trade and investment links in the region, with debt financing, risk management and trade services, focusing on core product capabilities that are of most relevance to our clients. CIB is a single reportable segment.

3

 

 


 

 

 

Presentation of information

 

Divisional Reorganisation (continued)

In addition to the segments noted above, RBS will continue to manage and report Citizens Financial Group (CFG) and RBS Capital Resolution (RCR) separately until disposal or wind-down. Residual unallocated costs will continue to be reported within Central items.

 

In the new reporting structure, US Retail & Commercial (US R&C) is now referred to as CFG and Wealth is now referred to as Private Banking.

 

Comparatives have been restated accordingly.

 

Reporting changes

In order to present a more complete picture of funding, operational and business costs of the franchises and operating segments, the following reporting changes have been implemented:

 

To improve the transparency of the operating performance of the reportable segments, a number of previously reported reconciling items (Payment Protection Insurance costs, Interest Rate Hedging Products redress and related costs, regulatory and legal actions, restructuring costs, amortisation of purchased intangible assets and bank levy) have now been allocated to the reportable segments. Only the following will now be reported as reconciling items:

 

Own credit adjustments

 

 

Gain on redemption of own debt

 

 

Write-down of goodwill

 

 

Asset Protection Scheme

 

 

Strategic disposals

 

 

Bonus tax

 

 

RFS Holdings minority interest

 

Revised allocation of costs

As part of its internal reorganisation, RBS has centralised all services and functions. The costs relating to Services and Functions previously reported as direct expenses in the divisions are now reallocated to businesses using appropriate drivers and reported as indirect expenses in the segmental income statements.

 

Treasury allocations

The basis of allocation of Treasury costs has been amended to align the recovery of funding and hedging costs across RBS and for the transfer of certain assets and their associated costs out of Treasury.

 

Revised segmental return on equity

For the purposes of computing segmental return on equity, notional equity is calculated as a percentage of the monthly average of segmental RWAs. Previously, notional equity was allocated at 10% of RWAs after capital deductions (RWAe). This has been revised to 12% of RWAs across all businesses.

 

Comparatives have been restated accordingly.

 

For further details refer to appendix 1.

4

 

 


 

 

 

Presentation of information

 

Non-Core

Non-Core was dissolved with effect from 31 December 2013.

 

RBS Capital Resolution

RBS Capital Resolution (RCR) was established with effect from 1 January 2014 by the transfer of capital intensive and higher risk assets from existing divisions. No business lines moved to RCR and prior period segmental reporting has not been restated. The results of RCR were reported separately for the first time in Q1 2014.

 

Recent developments

 

Citizens Financial Group

On 8 September 2014, RBS announced the launch of the Initial Public Offering of Citizens Financial Group (‘CFG’) and on 24 September 2014, RBS announced the final pricing of the IPO. The offer, including the exercise of the over-allotment option, comprises 161,000,000, or 28.75%, of CFG’s common stock at a price per share of $21.50. Gross proceeds realised by RBS at settlement on 29 September 2014 were $3,461.5 million.

 

Following the Offer, RBS will continue to hold 71.25% of CFG's shares of common stock, which are subject to a 180-day lock-up. During this period the lock-up agreement is subject to modification, waiver or cancellation.

 

Scottish Independence Referendum

On 19 September 2014, the Scottish government announced a majority vote against the separation of Scotland from the United Kingdom in the referendum on Scottish independence. In response to this outcome, RBS has stated that it would not be proceeding with its contingency plan to re-domicile The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc and The Royal Bank of Scotland Plc to England.

 

Director

On the 25 September 2014 RBS announced that its Chairman Sir Philip Hampton will leave the company during 2015 after a suitable successor has been appointed.

 

Trading Update

On the 30 September 2014 RBS issued a brief trading update regarding its anticipated third quarter performance.

5

 

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated income statement

for the period ended 30 June 2014

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest receivable

7,621 

8,560 

  

3,821 

3,800 

4,281 

Interest payable

(2,128)

(3,123)

  

(1,023)

(1,105)

(1,514)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

5,493 

5,437 

  

2,798 

2,695 

2,767 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

2,605 

2,708 

  

1,314 

1,291 

1,392 

Fees and commissions payable

(487)

(460)

  

(251)

(236)

(250)

Income from trading activities

1,493 

2,064 

  

541 

952 

949 

Gain on redemption of own debt

20 

191 

  

20 

242 

Other operating income

1,036 

1,332 

  

345 

691 

720 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

4,667 

5,835 

  

1,949 

2,718 

3,053 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

10,160 

11,272 

  

4,747 

5,413 

5,820 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Staff costs

(3,536)

(3,727)

  

(1,845)

(1,691)

(1,840)

Premises and equipment

(1,275)

(1,104)

  

(622)

(653)

(548)

Other administrative expenses

(1,662)

(2,181)

  

(951)

(711)

(1,418)

Depreciation and amortisation

(554)

(736)

  

(282)

(272)

(349)

Write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets

(212)

  

(130)

(82)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(7,239)

(7,748)

  

(3,830)

(3,409)

(4,155)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

2,921 

3,524 

  

917 

2,004 

1,665 

Impairment (losses)/recoveries

(269)

(2,150)

  

93 

(362)

(1,117)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit before tax

2,652 

1,374 

  

1,010 

1,642 

548 

Tax charge

(733)

(678)

  

(371)

(362)

(328)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit from continuing operations

1,919 

696 

  

639 

1,280 

220 

Profit from discontinued operations, net of tax

35 

138 

  

26 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit for the period

1,954 

834 

  

665 

1,289 

229 

Non-controlling interests

(42)

(117)

  

(23)

(19)

14 

Preference share and other dividends

(487)

(182)

  

(412)

(75)

(101)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit attributable to ordinary and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  B shareholders

1,425 

535 

  

230 

1,195 

142 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Earnings/(loss) per ordinary and equivalent

  

  

  

  

  

  

 B share (EPS)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basic EPS from continuing and discontinued operations

12.7p

  

2.0p

Basic EPS from continuing operations

12.5p

  

1.9p

 

Notes:

(1)

Basic EPS for the half year and quarter ended 30 June 2013 have been restated to reflect the terms of the dividend access share (see Note 9 on page 88).

(2)

Diluted EPS in the half year ended 30 June 2014 and the quarter ended 30 June 2014 were 0.1p lower than basic EPS.

 

Analysis of results is set out on pages 13 to 23.

 

6

 

 


 

 

 

Highlights

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group (“RBS”) reports an operating profit before tax of £2,652 million for H1 2014, up from £1,374 million in H1 2013, driven by more favourable credit conditions and good results from RBS Capital Resolution, with a consequential beneficial impact on capital ratios.

 

“The results show the steady progress we are making as we take the steps to be a much simpler, smaller and fairer bank. These results show that underneath all the noise and huge restructuring of recent years, RBS is a fundamentally stronger bank that can deliver good results for customers and shareholders.”

 

“There is progress on all of our key priorities - capital is stronger, costs are lower and customer activity is gradually improving - although we have only just started with our programme to make it easier for customers to do more business with us.”

 

“But let me sound a note of caution. We are actively managing down a slate of significant legacy issues. This includes significant conduct and litigation issues that will likely hit our profits going forward. I am pleased we have had two good quarters, but no one should get ahead of themselves here - there are bumps in the road ahead of us.”

 

“These results are pleasing but no one at this bank is complacent about the challenges ahead.”

 

Ross McEwan, Chief Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 


 

 

 

Highlights

 

Key points

 

H1 2014 performance

Operating profit before tax was £2,652 million compared with £1,374 million in the first half of 2013, including a gain of £191 million from the sale of the remaining interest in Direct Line Insurance Group in Q1 2014 and a write-down of goodwill of £130 million in Q2 2014. Own credit adjustment was a charge of £51 million compared with a credit of £376 million in H1 2013 which also included a gain of £191 million on redemption of own debt compared with £20 million in H1 2014.

 

 

On a non-statutory basis operating performance in the first half of 2014 was good, with all customer-facing businesses reporting improved operating profits compared with H1 2013. Non-statutory operating profit of £2,601 million included £514 million of restructuring costs (H1 2013 - £271 million) and £250 million of litigation and conduct costs (H1 2013 - £620 million), with £150 million added to provisions for Payment Protection Insurance (H1 2013 - £160 million) and £100 million to interest rate swap redress provisions.

 

 

Total income declined 10% to £10,160 million. On a non-statutory basis total income declined 6% to £9,978 million. Growth of 3% in Personal & Business Banking (PBB) and 2% in Commercial & Private Banking (CPB) was more than offset by lower income, down 10%, in Corporate & Institutional Banking (CIB), reflecting its smaller balance sheet and reduced risk profile. Net interest margin improved to 2.18%, up 21 basis points compared with H1 2013, with continuing benefits from deposit repricing in PBB and CPB outweighing modest erosion of asset margins.

 

 

Operating expenses were 7% lower at £7,239 million. On a non-statutory basis operating expenses were 8% lower at £7,108 million, including £514 million of restructuring costs and £250 million of litigation and conduct costs.  Non-statutory operating expenses, excluding restructuring and litigation and conduct costs, were down 8% to £6,344 million. Overall headcount has fallen by 8,000 over the past 12 months.

 

 

Impairment losses declined by £1,881 million to £269 million. All core businesses showed significant reductions in impairment losses as UK and Irish credit conditions continued to improve. In RBS Capital Resolution (RCR) there was a net write-back of provisions, reflecting disposals at favourable prices. At 30 June 2014, risk elements in lending (REIL) represented 8.3% of gross loans to customers, compared with 9.4% at 31 December 2013.

 

 

The tax charge was £733 million, representing 27.6% of operating profit before tax, and included a £76 million write-off of deferred tax assets.

 

 

The Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio strengthened to 10.1%(1) from 8.6% at the end of 2013, principally driven by reductions in risk-weighted assets in CIB and RCR and the retained profit for the period. RBS remains on track to achieve its medium-term capital targets.

 

 

After charging the initial £320 million Dividend Access Share retirement dividend, profit attributable to ordinary and B shareholders was £1,425 million.

 

8

 

 


 

 

 

Highlights

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Q2 2014 performance

Operating profit before tax totalled £1,010 million, after a write-down of goodwill of £130 million and a charge of £190 million for own credit. Profit attributable to ordinary and B shareholders was £230 million, after charging the initial £320 million Dividend Access Share retirement dividend.

 

 

On a non-statutory basis operating profit in Q2 2014 was £1,318 million, compared with £174 million in Q2 2013 and £1,283 million in Q1 2014. Restructuring costs totalled £385 million and litigation and conduct costs £250 million.

 

 

Total income was 18% lower than in Q2 2013 at £4,747 which included a charge on own credit of £190 million compared with a gain of £139 million on Q1 2014 and a gain of £191 million on the disposal of RBS’s remaining interest in Direct Line Insurance Group in Q1 2014. On a non-statutory basis total income was 10% lower than in Q2 2013 at £4,925 million, with a 4% improvement in UK PBB more than offset by the 13% reduction in CIB, reflecting its smaller balance sheet and lower risk levels. Within CIB, Rates, Currencies and Credit income was £765 million, down 10% from Q2 2013 and 25% from Q1 2014. Citizens Financial Group benefited from a net gain of $283 million on the sale of its Illinois branch network.

 

 

Operating expenses were £3,830 million, down 8% from Q2 2013 and 12% from Q1 2014.

 

 

Impairments amounted to a net release of £93 million compared with losses of £1,117 million in Q2 2013 and £362 million in Q1 2014, benefiting from improvements in bad debt flows and latent provision releases totalling £258 million, primarily reflecting improving credit conditions.

     

 

Balance sheet

Total assets fell to £1,011 billion, down from 1,216 billion from June 2013. Funded assets, which exclude derivatives of £275 billion (30 June 2013 - £374 billion), fell to £736 billion, down £107 billion from June 2013, principally driven by the reduction in CIB’s balance sheet and the run-off of RCR and Non-Core assets.

 

In UK PBB, gross new mortgage lending totalled £9.8 billion in H1 2014, a market share of 9.9%. Repayments remain high, with the low interest rate environment enabling higher levels of principal repayment.

 

In CPB, Commercial Banking, loans and advances in the growable book increased to £64.9 billion, up £2 billion from the prior year, but this was offset by a £2.8 billion planned decline in the non-growable book, which comprises real estate finance, businesses in restructuring and excess single-name concentrations.

 

Overall SME applications were 11% higher in H1 2014 than in the prior year and gross new lending was up 31% at £5.0 billion, with run-off remaining at a similar level to previous years.

 

Total net lending flows reported within the scope of the Funding for Lending Scheme were minus £1.5 billion in Q2 2014 with the majority of the decline in large corporates.

Risk-weighted assets (RWAs) fell to £392 billion at the end of June 2014, down £22 billion from the end of March 2014.

 

 

The CET1 ratio was 10.1%(1) at the end of June 2014, up from 8.6% at the end of 2013 and 9.4% at the end of March 2014 reflecting the attributable profit for the period and lower RWAs.

 

 

The bank’s liquid asset buffer was £138 billion at the end of June 2014, up slightly from the first quarter but down from £146 billion at the end of 2013, leaving ample headroom to accommodate lending growth in H2 2014.

9

 

 


 

 

 

Highlights

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Franchise performance

Personal & Business Banking

 

Operating profit increased to £1,049 million from £307 million in the first half of 2013. Operating profit excluding restructuring costs and litigation and conduct costs of £183 million (H1 2013 - £315 million) was £1,232 million in H1 2014, up from £622 million in H1 2013. The increase in operating profit was principally driven by a decline in impairment losses, predominantly in Ulster Bank. In addition, income grew by 5% in UK PBB with higher personal mortgage and deposit balances and stronger deposit margins.

 

Within PBB, UK Personal & Business Banking (UK PBB) operating profit increased to £994 million from £688 million in the first half of 2013. Operating profit excluding restructuring, litigation and conduct costs of £169 million (H1 2013 - £269 million) rose 22% to £1,163 million, driven by strong income growth (up 5% compared with H1 2013) and a 42% decline in impairment losses.

 

Ulster Bank operating profit increased to £55 million from a loss of £381 million in the first half of 2013. Operating profit excluding restructuring, litigation and conduct of £14 million (H1 2013 - £46 million) was £69 million compared with a loss of £335 million in H1 2013, principally as a result of the marked improvement in impairment losses.

 

Commercial & Private Banking

 

Operating profit increased to £780 million from £501 million in the first half of 2013. Operating profit excluding restructuring costs and litigation and conduct costs of £115 million (H1 2013 - £59 million) was £895 million was 60% higher than in H1 2013, with net interest income benefiting from improving deposit margins and impairment losses substantially reduced.

 

Commercial Banking operating profit increased to £635 million from £413 million in the first half of 2013. Operating profit excluding restructuring costs and litigation and conduct costs of £112 million (H1 2013 - £54 million) rose by 60% to £747 million, with the effect of repricing activity offsetting the impact of a decline in CIB (Markets) revenue share income. Lower impairments reflected fewer significant individual cases together with £60 million of latent provision releases.

 

Private Banking operating profit was £145 million compared with £88 million in the first half of 2013. Operating profit excluding restructuring costs of £3 million (H1 2013 - £5 million) was 59% higher at £148 million, with net interest income benefiting from improved deposit margins and with cost saving initiatives contributing to an 8% reduction in operating expenses.

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

 

Operating profit was £308 million, compared with a loss of £197 million in H1 2013. Operating profit excluding restructuring costs and litigation and conduct costs of £241 million (H1 2013 - £493 million) was £549 million, up 85% from H1 2013. The improvement primarily reflected lower impairments (a net recovery of £39 million compared with losses of £223 million in the prior year).

 

While Rates income improved from a weak H1 2013 (up 40%), Currencies declined by 27% and Credit by 22%, reflecting lower market volatility and the reduction in CIB’s RWA deployment.

 

RWAs fell from £147 billion to £128 billion driven by deleveraging, mitigation and risk-reduction.

 

10

 

 


 

 

 

Highlights

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Segmental performance (continued) 

Citizens Financial Group

 

Operating profit increased by £68 million ($158 million), or 19%, to £421 million ($704 million), reflecting the sale of the Illinois retail branches and small business and select middle market relationships in the Illinois market. Excluding the impact of the sale, £170 million ($283 million) net gain, and restructuring costs of £69 million ($115 million) (H1 2013 – £3 million ($5 million)), operating profit was down 3% driven by lower non-interest income and higher impairment losses partially offset by higher net interest income.

 

The Illinois branch transaction, completed on 20 June 2014, resulted in a net gain of £170 million ($283 million) and restructuring costs of £10 million ($17 million).

 

Net interest income rose 14%, reflecting an expanded investment securities portfolio and 8% growth in average loans and advances, driven by the transfer of a £2,2 billion ($3.6 billion) portfolio from Non-Core.

 

RBS Capital Resolution

 

Over the course of H1 2014 RCR reduced funded assets by £8 billion, or 28%, to £21 billion. RWA equivalent(2) decreased by £21 billion, or 33%, to £44 billion.

 

Operating loss in H1 2014 was £48 million, with an operating profit of £66 million recorded in the second quarter of the year, driven by net impairment releases of £128 million.

 

The combined effect of the small operating loss and RWA equivalent reduction was net CET1 capital accretion of £2 billion.

 

Building the number one bank for trust and service in the UK

RBS is making steady progress towards building a simpler, smaller and fairer bank, and remains focused on delivering the commitments for personal and business customers it announced on 27 February 2014.

 

RBS now offers its best rates to existing credit card and home insurance customers, adding to earlier progress on savings, mortgages, loans and current accounts. There is now no deal across the entire Personal Banking product set that is not available to existing customers.

 

Customer letters and emails have been simplified, and simplification of the product set has continued, with the number of products on offer to Personal Banking customers reduced by 29% since 2012; this will reach over 50% by end 2014.

 

The branch refurbishment programme has continued with a further roll-out of WiFi.

 

RBS has reduced the time taken to open an account from five days to one for most personal customers.

 

By the end of the year, 84% of business banking frontline staff will be based in or above a branch. So that more time can be spent with customers, a further 40 experienced relationship managers have been allocated to serve commercial customers, with a central focus on lending.

 

Lending procedures are being improved. Lending decisions for commercial customers will by the end of the year be made within five days for all but the most complex applications.

 

11

 

 


 

 

 

Highlights

 

Outlook

These results reflect increasing economic confidence and improvements in asset values seen in RBS’s core UK and Irish markets. Economic growth is expected to continue, although the pace may moderate.

 

NIM is expected to remain close to H1 levels, with the majority of deposit re-pricing benefits having now taken place.

 

Income from the fixed income product suite is expected to be lower in the second half of 2014, reflecting both normal seasonal trends and the continuation of the bank’s reduced balance sheet risk appetite.

 

RBS remains on track to deliver its target of £1 billion cost reductions in 2014. Restructuring costs are expected to be higher in the second half of 2014 as the pace of activity to reduce costs in later years picks up. A restructuring charge of around £1.5 billion is expected for 2014, with overall restructuring costs still expected to be around £5 billion over 2014 to 2017 as the change agenda across the bank from economic, legal and regulatory perspectives remains very full.

 

Credit impairment charges in the second half of the year are expected to remain low, subject to macro economic conditions, resulting in a full year charge of around £1 billion, although at these low levels there will be volatility from quarter to quarter.

 

RCR funded assets are expected to be down from £29 billion at its inception to around £15 to £18 billion at the end of 2014. The overall cost (comprising impairments, disposal losses and running expenses) for RCR to achieve its goals was originally expected to be around £4.0 to £4.5 billion between 2014 and 2016. In light of the strong performance in the first half and the more favourable economic environment, these costs are now expected to total around £2.5 to £3.0 billion, of which c.£0.8 billion in 2014, although outcomes are subject to significant potential volatility.

 

The bank is making good progress towards achieving its target CET1 ratio of 11% by the end of 2015 and at least 12% by the end of 2016. However, ongoing conduct and regulatory investigations and litigation continue to present challenges and uncertainties and are expected to be a drag on capital generation over the coming quarters. The timing and amounts of any further settlements or redress remain uncertain and could be significant.

12

 

 


 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

Net interest income

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income (1)

5,493 

5,437 

  

2,798 

2,695 

2,767 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average interest-earning assets (1)

507,088 

555,709 

  

502,155 

512,079 

551,375 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest margin

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - RBS

2.18%

1.97%

  

2.23%

2.13%

2.01%

  - Personal & Business Banking

3.39%

3.15%

  

3.40%

3.37%

3.20%

  - Commercial & Private Banking

2.90%

2.69%

  

2.91%

2.89%

2.77%

  - Citizens Financial Group

2.94%

2.90%

  

2.93%

2.94%

2.89%

 

Note:

(1)

For further analysis and details refer to pages 72 to 74.

 

Key points

 

H1 2014 compared with H1 2013

Net interest income improved by 1% to £5,493 million. The increase was consistent across all businesses, with notable improvements in PBB (£97 million, 4%) and CPB (£90 million, 7%).

 

 

Net interest margin (NIM) increased by 21 basis points to 2.18%, driven by deposit repricing initiatives across a number of businesses. The benefit of reduced funding costs outweighed lower yields on assets. 

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q1 2014

Net interest income improved by 4% to £2,798 million principally driven by improved margins and an additional day in the quarter.

 

 

NIM increased by 10 basis points to 2.23%, driven by lower funding costs, reflecting repricing initiatives across a number of businesses, RCR run-off and a small number of one-off recoveries.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q2 2013

Net interest income improved by 1% to £2,798 million reflected by improved margins.

 

 

NIM increased by 22 basis points to 2.23% benefiting from repricing initiatives across a number of businesses.

 

13

 

 


 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

The following tables reconcile the non-statutory basis results (a non-GAAP financial measure) to the statutory basis results.

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

Non-interest income

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

2,605 

2,708 

 

1,314 

1,291 

1,392 

Fees and commissions payable

(487)

(460)

 

(251)

(236)

(250)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

2,118 

2,248 

  

1,063 

1,055 

1,142 

Income from trading activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - non-statutory basis

1,482 

1,890 

 

626 

856 

874 

  - own credit adjustments*

11 

175 

 

(84)

95 

76 

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

(1) 

 

(1)

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

1,493 

2,064 

  

541 

952 

949 

Gain on redemption of own debt

20 

191 

 

20 

242 

Other operating income

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - non-statutory basis

882 

1,028 

 

438 

444 

661 

  - own credit adjustments*

(62)

201 

 

(106)

44 

51 

  - strategic disposals

191 

 

191 

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

25 

103 

 

13 

12 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

1,036 

1,332 

 

345

691 

720 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total non-interest income - non-statutory basis

4,482 

5,166 

 

2,127 

2,355 

2,677 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total non-interest income -statutory basis

4,667 

5,835 

 

1,949 

2,718 

3,053 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

*Own credit adjustments impact:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from trading activities

11 

175 

 

(84)

95 

76 

Other operating income

(62)

201 

 

(106)

44 

51 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments

(51)

376 

 

(190)

139 

127 

 

Key points

 

H1 2014 compared with H1 2013

Non-interest declined by £1,168 million or 20% which included a charge on own credit of £62 million compared with a gain of £201 million in H1 2013, partially offset by a gain of £191 million on the disposal of RBS’s remaining interest in Direct Line Insurance Group in 2014. On a non-statutory basis non-interest income declined by £684 million or 13%, principally reflecting a 22% reduction in income from trading activities, in line with CIB’s smaller balance sheet and reduced risk profile.

 

 

A net gain of £170 million ($283 million) was recorded on CFG’s sale of its Illinois branch network.

 

 

Gains on the disposal of available-for-sale securities in Treasury were down £245 million to £215 million for H1 2014 (Q2 2014 - £15 million; Q1 2014 - £200 million).

 

 

Gain on redemption of own debt was £20 million compared with £191 million in H1 2013.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q1 2014

Non-interest declined by £769 million or 28%, which included a charge of own credit of £190 million compared with a gain of £139 million in Q1 2014 and a gain of £191 million on the disposal of RBS’s remaining interest in Direct Line Insurance Group in Q1 2014. On a non-statutory basis non-interest income declined by £228 million or 10%, principally reflecting the seasonality of CIB income and lower disposal income in RCR. This was partly offset by the net gain on sale from CFG’s branch sale

 

14

 

 


 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q2 2013

Non-interest income declined by £1,104 million which included a charge on own credit of £190 million compared with a gain of £127 million in Q2 2013. On a non-statutory basis non-interest income declined by £550 million or 21%, which included the weaker performance of Currencies within CIB. This was largely in line with overall market trends and reflected weak client demand and low volatility.

 

 

The movements discussed above were partly offset by the stronger performance of Rates in CIB and the net gain on sale of the Illinois retail branches, coupled with higher current account-related fee income.

15

 

 


 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

The following tables reconcile the non-statutory basis results (a non-GAAP financial measure) to the statutory basis results.

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

Operating expenses

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Staff costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - non-statutory basis

3,340 

3,585 

  

1,693 

1,647 

1,764 

  - restructuring costs

196 

142 

 

153 

43 

76 

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

 

(1) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

3,536 

3,727 

 

1,845 

1,691

1,840 

Premises and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - non-statutory basis

1,079 

1,079 

  

485 

594 

526 

  - restructuring costs

196 

25 

 

137 

59 

22 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

1,275 

1,104 

 

622 

653 

548 

Other administrative expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - non-statutory basis

1,292 

1,479 

  

605 

687 

801 

  - restructuring costs

119 

84 

 

94 

25 

48 

  - litigation and conduct costs

250 

620 

 

250 

570 

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

(2)

 

(1)

(1) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

1,662 

2,181 

 

951 

711 

1,418 

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - non-statutory basis

514 

271 

 

385 

129 

149 

  - staff expenses

(196)

(142)

 

(153)

(43)

(76)

  - premises and equipment

(196)

(25)

 

(137)

(59)

(22)

  - other

(119)

(84)

 

(94)

(25)

(48)

  - Depreciation and amortisation

(3)

(20)

 

(1)

(2)

(3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

 

Litigation and conduct costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - non-statutory basis

250 

620 

 

250 

570 

  - other administrative expenses

(250)

(620)

 

(250)

(570) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - non-statutory basis

551 

716 

  

282 

269 

346 

  - integration and restructuring

20 

 

  - RFS Holdings minority interest

 

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

554 

736 

 

282 

272 

349 

Write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - non-statutory basis

82 

  

82 

  - write-down of goodwill

130 

 

130 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

212 

 

130 

82 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses - non-statutory basis

7,108 

7,750 

  

3,700 

3,408 

4,156 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses - statutory basis

7,239 

7,748 

  

3,830 

3,409 

4,155 

 

 

 

16

 

 


 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

Key points

 

H1 2014 compared with H1 2013

Operating expenses were £509 million which included the write-down of goodwill of £130 million in H1 2014. On a non-statutory basis operating expenses were £642 million, 8%, lower. Non-statutory operating expenses excluding restructuring costs of £514 million (H1 2013 - £271 million) and litigation and conduct costs of £250 million (H1 2013 - £620 million) decreased by £515 million or 8% to £6,344 million. Much of the decrease was achieved in CIB through headcount reductions and tight control of discretionary expenditure. Overall operating expense trends are starting to show the benefits of the reshaping of the bank’s cost base.

 

 

Litigation and conducts costs totalled £250 million compared with £620 million in H1 2013, with an additional provision of £150 million (H1 2013 - £160 million) for Payment Protection Insurance redress recorded in UK PBB and a further £100 million (H1 2013 - £150 million) relating to interest rate hedging product redress booked within Commercial Banking and CIB. H1 2013 included provisions for other regulatory and legal actions of £385 million in CIB.

 

 

Restructuring costs increased by £243 million to £514 million, including significant charges in relation to Williams & Glyn and to the restructuring of the property portfolio.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q1 2014

Operating expenses were up £421 million which included the write-down of goodwill of £130 million in Q2 2014. On a non-statutory basis operating expenses were up £292 million, 9% reflecting higher restructuring and litigation and conduct costs. Non-statutory operating expenses excluding restructuring costs of £385 million (Q1 2014 - £129 million) and litigation and conduct costs of £250 million decreased by £214 million or 7%. This was principally driven by lower staff costs in CIB, operational cost saving initiatives in CPB and lower costs in PBB. This was only partly offset by higher staff costs in RCR.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q2 2013

Operating expenses were down £325 million, 8% reflecting lower litigation and conduct costs. On a non-statutory basis operating expenses were down £456 million, 11%, reflecting lower litigation and conduct costs. Non-statutory operating expenses excluding restructuring costs of £385 million (Q2 2013 - £149 million) and litigation and conduct costs of £250 million (Q2 2013 - £570 million) decreased by £372 million or 11%. The fall was consistent across all businesses, with notable declines in CIB (£114 million, 11%), CPB (£46 million, 7%). The decrease was helped by favourable foreign exchange movements. 

 

17

 

 


 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014 

2013 

  

2014 

2014 

2013 

Impairment losses/(recoveries)

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans

271 

2,161 

  

(89)

360 

1,125 

Securities

(2)

(11)

  

(4)

(8)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses/(recoveries)

269 

2,150 

  

(93)

362 

1,117 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment losses/(recoveries)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - individually assessed

113 

1,472 

  

(42)

155 

826 

  - collectively assessed

348 

734 

  

221 

127 

293 

  - latent

(180)

(36)

  

(258)

78 

15 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer loans

281 

2,170 

  

(79)

360 

1,134 

Bank loans

(10)

(9)

  

(10)

(9)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment losses/(recoveries)

271 

2,161 

  

(89)

360 

1,125 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS excluding RCR/Non-Core

290 

1,258 

  

36 

254 

659 

RCR

(19)

n/a

  

(125)

106 

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

903 

  

n/a

n/a

466 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS

271 

2,161 

  

(89)

360 

1,125 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer loan impairment charge as a % of

  

  

  

  

  

  

  gross loans and advances (1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS excluding RCR/Non-Core

0.2%

0.6%

  

0.3%

0.7%

RCR

(0.1%)

n/a

  

(1.7%)

1.2%

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

3.9%

  

n/a

n/a

4.0%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

  

  

  

  

2014 

2014 

2013 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment provisions

  

  

  

£22.4bn

£24.2bn

£25.2bn

Risk elements in lending

  

  

  

£34.1bn

£37.4bn

£39.4bn

Provision coverage (2)

  

  

  

66%

65%

64%

 

Notes:

(1)

Excludes reverse repurchase agreements and includes disposals groups.

(2)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

Key points

 

H1 2014 compared with H1 2013

Loan impairment losses declined sharply by £1,890 million or 87%, including £180 million of releases of latent provisions (H1 2013 - £36 million). Asset quality continued to improve in the UK and Ireland.

 

 

Loan impairments in RCR amounted to a net recovery of £19 million.

 

 

Provision coverage strengthened to 66% compared with 64% at the end of 2013. REIL were £5.3 billion lower and represented 8.3% of gross customer loans, compared with 9.4% at the end of 2013.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q1 2014

A net recovery of £89 million was recorded in Q2 2014, compared with losses of £360 million in Q1 2014.

 

 

The improvement in loan impairment losses was driven by the release of latent provisions in CPB and CIB and by a strong credit performance in RCR (a net recovery of £125 million compared with losses of £106 million in Q1 2014).

 

 

REIL fell by £3.3 billion. As a percentage of gross loans to customers, REIL declined to 8.3% from 9.0% at 31 March 2014.

18

 

 


 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q2 2013

Loan impairment recoveries totalled £89 million compared with losses of £1,125 million in Q2 2013 which included £466 million in respect of Non-Core.

 

 

The improvement in impairments reflected significantly lower losses in Ulster Bank reflecting stronger credit metrics and the benefits of the investment in programmes to support customers in financial difficulty, and continued strong recoveries across UK PBB and release of latent provisions and non-repeat of significant individual cases in CPB.

 

 

In Q2 2014 loan impairment recoveries in RCR were £125 million.

19

 

 


 

 

 

Analysis of results

  

  

  

  

 

Capital and leverage ratios

  

  

 

  

CRR end-point basis (1)

 

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

 

  

2014 

2014 

2013 (2)

 

Capital

£bn

£bn

£bn

 

  

  

  

  

 

CET1

39.7 

39.1 

36.8 

 

Tier 1

39.7 

39.1 

36.8 

 

Total

48.7 

47.3 

45.5 

 

  

  

  

  

 

RWAs by risk

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

 

Credit risk

  

  

  

 

  - non-counterparty

283.3 

295.2 

317.9 

 

  - counterparty

38.6 

41.3 

39.1 

 

Market risk

33.4 

41.0 

30.3 

 

Operational risk

36.8 

36.8 

41.8 

 

  

  

  

  

 

  

392.1 

414.3 

429.1 

 

  

  

  

  

 

Risk asset ratios

%

%

%

 

  

  

  

  

 

CET1

10.1 

9.4 

8.6 

 

Tier 1

10.1 

9.4 

8.6 

 

Total

12.4 

11.4 

10.6 

 

  

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

Leverage ratio (3)

2014 

2014 

2013 

  

  

  

  

Tier 1 capital - £bn

39.7 

39.1 

36.8 

Exposure - £bn

1,070.2 

1,083.4 

1,082.0 

Leverage ratio - % (3)

3.7 

3.6 

3.4 

               

 

 

Notes:

(1)

Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) as implemented by the Prudential Resolution Authority in the UK, with effect from 1 January 2014.

(2)

Estimated.

(3)

Leverage ratio is calculated using:

·       CRR end-point Tier 1 capital; and

·       Exposure measure based on guidance in the BCBS 270 proposal issued in January 2014, supplemented by the instructions in the March 2014 Basel III Quantitative Impact Study and the related FAQs.

 

See Appendix 1 for further details on capital and leverage.

 

Key points

 

30 June 2014 compared with 31 March 2014

The CRR end-point CET 1 ratio improved to 10.1% from 9.4%, principally driven by retained earnings after charging the initial DAS dividend of £320 million, and continuing reduction in RWAs and expected loss.

 

 

RWAs decreased by £22 billion principally reflecting the £12 billion fall in CIB driven by risk reductions and mitigation costs and £5 billion of run-off and disposals in RCR.

 

20

 

 


 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Capital and leverage ratios (continued)

 

30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013

The CRR end-point CET 1 ratio improved to 10.1% from 8.6%, principally driven by retained earnings, continuing reduction in RWAs and regulatory capital deductions relating to deferred tax assets and expected loss.

 

 

RWAs decreased by £37 billion principally attributable to the risk reductions and mitigation actions in CIB, and run-off and disposals in RCR.

 

 

Leverage ratio improved by 30 basis points reflecting attributable profit, lower regulatory deductions as well as lower leverage exposure, particularly relating to derivatives in CIB.

 

For further details of RBS’s capital and leverage ratios refer to Appendix 1.

21

 

 


 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

Balance sheet

2014

2014

2013

  

  

  

  

Total assets

£1,011bn

£1,024bn

£1,028bn

Derivatives

£275bn

£278bn

£288bn

Funded balance sheet (1)

£736bn

£746bn

£740bn

Net loans and advances to customers (2)

£387bn

£392bn

£393bn

Customer deposits (3)

£401bn

£404bn

£418bn

Loan:deposit ratio - RBS (4)

96%

97%

94%

 

Notes:

(1)

Funded balance sheet represents total assets less derivatives.

(2)

Excludes reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing, and includes disposal groups.

(3)

Excludes repurchase agreements and stock lending, and includes disposal groups.

(4)

Net of provisions, including disposal groups and excluding repurchase agreements. Excluding disposal groups, the loan:deposit ratios for RBS at 30 June 2014 was 96% (31 March 2014 - 97%; 31 December 2013 - 94%).

 

Key points

 

30 June 2014 compared with 31 March 2014

Funded assets decreased by £10 billion to £736 billion principally attributable to lower debt securities in CIB coupled with RCR run-off.

 

 

Net loans and advances to customers decreased by £5 billion to £387 billion principally driven by RCR run-off and disposals, the impact of stronger sterling on US dollar denominated loans, partly offset by good mortgage balance growth in UK PBB.

 

 

Customer deposits decreased by £3 billion driven by lower balances in CFG adversely impacted by foreign exchange movements, deposit repricing in Private Banking and lower balances in CIB. This was partly offset by increased deposit balances in UK PBB.

 

30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013

Funded assets decreased by £4 billion to £736 billion principally driven by RCR run-off.

 

 

Net loans and advances to customers decreased by £6 billion reflecting RCR run-off and the impact of currency movements.

 

 

Customer deposits fell by £17 billion reflecting a managed run-down of surplus liquidity. The customer funding surplus decreased to £14 billion, while the loan:deposit ratio increased by 2 percentage points to 96%.

 

22

 

 


 

 

 

Analysis of results

 

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

Funding and liquidity metrics

2014

2014

2013

  

  

  

  

Deposits (1)

£440bn

£440bn

£453bn

Deposits as a percentage of funded balance sheet

60%

59%

61%

Short-term wholesale funding (2)

£34bn

£31bn

£32bn

Wholesale funding (2)

£102bn

£102bn

£108bn

Wholesale funding as a percentage of funded balance sheet

14%

14%

15%

Short-term wholesale funding as a percentage of funded balance sheet

5%

4%

4%

Short-term wholesale funding as a percentage of total wholesale funding

33%

30%

30%

  

  

  

  

Liquidity portfolio

£138bn

£131bn

£146bn

Liquidity portfolio as a percentage of funded balance sheet

19%

18%

20%

Liquidity portfolio as a percentage of short-term wholesale funding

406%

423%

456%

 

Notes:

(1)

Customer and bank deposits excluding repurchase agreements and stock lending and includes disposal groups.

(2)

Excludes derivative collateral.

 

Key points

 

30 June 2014 compared with 31 March 2014

The bank remains highly liquid with short-term wholesale funding covered 4 times by its liquidity portfolio as at 30 June 2014 (4.2 times as at 31 March 2014).

 

 

The liquidity portfolio increased by £7 billion to £138 billion, mainly driven by decreases in customer loan balances and higher Discount Window Facility assets.

 

30 June 2014 compared with 31 December 2013

The liquidity portfolio decreased by £8 billion to £138 billion, mainly driven by a targeted reduction in volatile financial institution deposits in the first quarter of 2014, partly offset by decreases in customer loan balances and higher Discount Window Facility assets in the second quarter.

 

 

Targeted reductions in long-term wholesale funding and customer deposits contributed to a 700 basis point decrease in the net stable funding ratio to 111%.

 

23

 

 


 

 

 

Segment performance

 

Key measures for each segment are shown in the tables below:

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss) by segment

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

994 

688 

  

484 

510 

268 

Ulster Bank

55 

(381)

  

46 

(210)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

1,049 

307 

  

530 

519 

58 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

635 

413 

  

314 

321 

229 

Private Banking

145 

88 

  

70 

75 

47 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

780 

501 

  

384 

396 

276 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate & Institutional Banking

308 

(197)

  

(25)

333 

(395)

Central items

91 

553 

  

86 

352 

Citizens Financial Group

421 

353 

  

277 

144 

167 

RCR

(48)

n/a

  

66 

(114)

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

(809)

  

n/a

n/a

(284)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non statutory basis

2,601 

708 

  

1,318 

1,283 

174 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciling items

 

 

 

 

 

 

Own credit adjustments

(51)

376 

 

(190)

139 

127 

Gain on redemption of own debt

20 

191 

 

20 

242 

Write-down of goodwill

(130)

 

(130)

Strategic disposals

191 

 

191 

RFS Holdings minority interest

21 

99 

 

12 

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

2,652 

1,374 

  

1,010 

1,642 

548 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Impairment losses/(recoveries) by segment

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

148 

256 

  

60 

88 

126 

Ulster Bank

57 

503 

  

10 

47 

263 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

205 

759 

  

70 

135 

389 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

31 

282 

  

(9)

40 

155 

Private Banking

  

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

31 

289 

  

(8)

39 

157 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate & Institutional Banking

(39)

223 

  

(45)

144 

Central items

(12)

(3)

  

(13)

(3)

Citizens Financial Group

104 

51 

  

31 

73 

32 

RCR

(20)

n/a

  

(128)

108 

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

831 

  

n/a

n/a

398 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory and non-statutory basis

269 

2,150 

  

(93)

362 

1,117 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

24

 

 


 

 

 

Segment performance

 

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

%

%

  

%

%

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest margin by segment

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

3.62 

3.50 

  

3.64 

3.61 

3.56 

Ulster Bank

2.32 

1.82 

  

2.35 

2.29 

1.84 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

3.39 

3.15 

  

3.40 

3.37 

3.20 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

2.70 

2.53 

  

2.73 

2.68 

2.63 

Private Banking

3.72 

3.33 

  

3.73 

3.70 

3.34 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

2.90 

2.69 

  

2.91 

2.89 

2.77 

  

.

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate & Institutional Banking

0.88 

0.72 

  

0.90 

0.85 

0.67 

Citizens Financial Group

2.94 

2.90 

  

2.93 

2.94 

2.89 

RCR

(0.01)

n/a

  

0.08 

(0.08)

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

(0.06)

  

n/a

n/a

0.15 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS net interest margin

2.18 

1.97 

  

2.23 

2.13 

2.01 

 

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

2014

2014

2013

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

Funded assets by segment

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

133.6 

132.8 

132.2 

Ulster Bank

26.6 

26.0 

28.0 

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

160.2 

158.8 

160.2 

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

88.6 

89.6 

87.9 

Private Banking

20.8 

21.1 

21.0 

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

109.4 

110.7 

108.9 

  

  

  

  

Corporate & Institutional Banking

278.7 

286.6 

268.6 

Central items

90.3 

89.5 

101.9 

Citizens Financial Group

75.7 

75.7 

71.3 

RCR

20.9 

24.3 

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

n/a

28.0 

  

  

  

  

  

735.2 

745.6 

738.9 

RFS Holdings minority interest

1.0 

0.9 

0.9 

  

  

  

  

RBS funded assets

736.2 

746.5 

739.8 

25

 

 


 

 

 

Segment performance

 

  

FLB3

Basel 2.5

  

30 June

31 March

1 January

31 December

2014 

2014 

2014 

2013 

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets by segment

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

47.0 

48.5 

49.7 

51.2 

Ulster Bank

27.7 

28.7 

28.2 

30.7 

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

74.7 

77.2 

77.9 

81.9 

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

63.0 

63.5 

61.5 

65.8 

Private Banking

11.8 

12.0 

12.0 

12.0 

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

74.8 

75.5 

73.5 

77.8 

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate & Institutional Banking

127.8 

140.2 

147.1 

120.4 

Other

14.8 

15.5 

19.4 

16.2 

Citizens Financial Group

60.7 

61.3 

60.6 

56.1 

RCR

35.1 

40.5 

46.7 

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

n/a

n/a

29.2 

  

  

  

  

  

RBS before RFS Holdings minority interest

387.9 

410.2 

425.2 

381.6 

RFS Holdings minority interest

4.2 

4.1 

3.9 

3.9 

  

  

  

  

  

RBS risk-weighted assets

392.1 

414.3 

429.1 

385.5 

 

 

Employee numbers by segment

(full time equivalents rounded to the nearest hundred)

30 June

31 March

31 December

2014

2014 

2013 

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

 25,700 

 26,300 

 26,700 

Ulster Bank

 4,500 

 4,600 

 4,700 

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

30,200 

30,900 

31,400 

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

7,100 

7,300 

7,300 

Private Banking

3,500 

3,500 

3,500 

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

10,600 

10,800 

10,800 

  

  

  

  

Corporate & Institutional Banking

4,500 

4,400 

4,700 

Centre

12,800 

13,100 

12,800 

Citizens Financial Group

17,700 

18,500 

18,800 

RCR

800 

1,100 

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

n/a

1,300 

  

  

  

  

  

76,600 

78,800 

79,800 

Services

36,900 

37,800 

38,600 

Integration and restructuring

100 

100 

200 

  

  

  

  

RBS employee numbers

113,600 

116,700 

118,600 

26

 

 


 

 

 

Personal & Business Banking

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

2,599 

2,502 

  

1,321 

1,278 

1,270 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

703 

693 

  

338 

365 

351 

Other non-interest income

72 

78 

  

51 

21 

57 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

775 

771 

  

389 

386 

408 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

3,374 

3,273 

  

1,710 

1,664 

1,678 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff costs

(576)

(593)

  

(288)

(288)

(302)

  - other costs

(260)

(227)

  

(113)

(147)

(108)

Indirect expenses

(1,101)

(1,072)

  

(518)

(583)

(549)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(85)

  

(61)

  - indirect

(35)

(45)

  

(43)

(26)

Litigation and conduct costs

(150)

(185)

  

(150)

(185)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(2,120)

(2,207)

  

(1,110)

(1,010)

(1,231)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

1,254 

1,066 

  

600 

654 

447 

Impairment losses

(205)

(759)

  

(70)

(135)

(389)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

1,049 

307 

  

530 

519 

58 

 

 

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013 

  

2014

2014

2013 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

17.0%

4.3%

  

17.4%

16.7%

1.7%

Net interest margin

3.39%

3.15%

  

3.40%

3.37%

3.20%

Cost:income ratio

63%

67%

  

65%

61%

73%

 

Note:

(1)

Return on equity is based on segmental operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 12% of the monthly average of segmental RWAs).

27

 

 


 

 

 

Personal & Business Banking

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

  

  

31 December

  

2014

2014 

  

2013 

  

£bn

£bn

Change

  

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

154.9 

155.0 

  

159.2 

(3%)

Loan impairment provisions

(6.1)

(6.3)

(3%)

  

(8.4)

(27%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

148.8 

148.7 

  

150.8 

(1%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Funded assets

160.2 

158.8 

1%

  

160.2 

Risk elements in lending

9.1 

9.2 

(1%)

  

13.2 

(31%)

Provision coverage (1)

67%

68%

(100bp)

  

63%

400bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits

166.7 

165.7 

1%

  

166.6 

Assets under management (excluding deposits)

5.3 

5.5 

(4%)

  

5.8 

(9%)

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

89%

90%

(100bp)

  

91%

(200bp)

Total risk-weighted assets

74.7 

77.2 

(3%)

  

81.9 

(9%)

 

Note:

(1)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

 

Key points

Personal & Business Banking (PBB) comprises the former UK Retail and business banking elements of former UK Corporate (UK Personal & Business Banking - UK PBB) and Ulster Bank reportable segments. PBB supports individuals in managing their personal and business banking, with a full range of financial services and advice. Through the RBS, NatWest, and Ulster Bank brands, PBB serves over 18 million personal and business customers in the UK and Ireland. Customers can choose how they manage their finances through access to our branches, online banking, fixed and mobile technology and one of the largest ATM networks in the UK and Ireland.

28

 

 


 

 

 

UK Personal & Business Banking

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

2,276 

2,200 

  

1,152 

1,124 

1,118 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

637 

624 

  

304 

333 

316 

Other non-interest income

49 

  

43 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

686 

629 

  

347 

339 

320 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

2,962 

2,829 

  

1,499 

1,463 

1,438 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff costs

(451)

(469)

  

(226)

(225)

(235)

  - other costs

(225)

(200)

  

(95)

(130)

(96)

Indirect expenses

(975)

(947)

  

(455)

(520)

(484)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(6)

(70)

  

(6)

(47)

  - indirect

(13)

(39)

  

(23)

10 

(22)

Litigation and conduct costs

(150)

(160)

  

(150)

(160)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(1,820)

(1,885)

  

(955)

(865)

(1,044)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

1,142 

944 

  

544 

598 

394 

Impairment losses

(148)

(256)

  

(60)

(88)

(126)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

994 

688 

  

484 

510 

268 

 

29

 

 


 

 

 

UK Personal & Business Banking

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by product

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal advances

467 

443 

  

232 

235 

220 

Personal deposits

302 

227 

  

160 

142 

124 

Mortgages

1,287 

1,277 

  

649 

638 

649 

Cards

374 

419 

  

176 

198 

210 

Business banking

490 

481 

  

245 

245 

247 

Other

42 

(18)

  

37 

(12)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

2,962 

2,829 

  

1,499 

1,463 

1,438 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal advances

79 

84 

  

40 

39 

49 

Mortgages

26 

  

16 

Business banking

30 

87 

  

29 

37 

Cards

34 

59 

  

15 

19 

24 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

148 

256 

  

60 

88 

126 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

   customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  

  

  

   reverse repurchase agreements) by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal advances

2.1%

2.0%

  

2.1%

2.0%

2.4%

Mortgages

0.1%

  

0.1%

Business banking

0.4%

1.1%

  

0.8%

1.0%

Cards

1.3%

2.1%

  

1.1%

1.4%

1.7%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

0.2%

0.4%

  

0.2%

0.3%

0.4%

 

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013 

  

2014

2014

2013 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

25.7%

16.4%

  

25.3%

26.0%

12.8%

Net interest margin

3.62%

3.50%

  

3.64%

3.61%

3.56%

Cost:income ratio

61%

67%

  

64%

59%

73%

 

Note:

(1)

Return on equity is based on segmental operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 12% of the monthly average of segmental RWAs).

30

 

 


 

 

 

UK Personal & Business Banking

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

  

  

31 December

  

2014

2014 

  

2013 

  

£bn

£bn

Change

  

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - personal advances

7.5 

7.9 

(5%)

  

8.1 

(7%)

  - mortgages

101.8 

100.4 

1%

  

99.3 

3%

  - business

14.6 

14.6 

  

14.6 

  - cards

5.3 

5.5 

(4%)

  

5.8 

(9%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

129.2 

128.4 

1%

  

127.8 

1%

Loan impairment provisions

(2.8)

(2.9)

(3%)

  

(3.0)

(7%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

126.4 

125.5 

1%

  

124.8 

1%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Funded assets

133.6 

132.8 

1%

  

132.2 

1%

Risk elements in lending

4.2 

4.5 

(7%)

  

4.7 

(11%)

Provision coverage (1)

66%

65%

100bp

  

63%

300bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - personal current accounts

34.2 

33.8 

1%

  

32.5 

5%

  - personal savings

80.9 

81.1 

  

82.3 

(2%)

  - business/commercial

30.9 

29.7 

4%

  

30.1 

3%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total customer deposits

146.0 

144.6 

1%

  

144.9 

1%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets under management (excluding deposits)

5.3 

5.5 

(4%)

  

5.8 

(9%)

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

87%

87%

  

86%

100bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets (2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk (non-counterparty)

37.5 

39.0 

(4%)

  

41.4 

(9%)

  - Operational risk

9.5 

9.5 

  

9.8 

(3%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total risk-weighted assets

47.0 

48.5 

(3%)

  

51.2 

(8%)

 

Notes:

(1)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

(2)

Risk-weighted assets at 31 December 2013 are on a Basel 2.5 basis.

 

31

 

 


 

 

 

UK Personal & Business Banking

 

Key points

The strategic goal of UK PBB is to become the number one personal and business bank for customer trust and advocacy in the UK. To support this, investment of over £1 billion is planned between 2014 and 2017. Through to the end of June 2014 these initiatives included:

 

Further enhancements to the customer experience were introduced to UK PBB’s mobile and digital services. The business currently has more than 5.5 million online users, and 2.8 million customers now using its mobile application, transacting more than £10 billion in digital payments on an annual basis.

 

 

UK PBB continued its branch refurbishment programme and completed the roll-out of WiFi across the branch network and expanded its ATM network to include increased presence at shopping centres and train stations across the UK.

 

 

UK PBB continued to focus on streamlining processes offering pre-approved loans through online banking and allowing mortgage customers to service their accounts online. We are moving further towards our goal of responding intelligently to each individual customer via their channel of choice.

 

In line with UK PBB’s goal of responsible lending, we introduced the new Clear Rate Credit card in March 2014 ending zero percent balance transfer deals that then revert to higher rates when the deal expires. This product is designed specifically for those customers that want to control and reduce their debt over time without the need to move their balance from card to card or remember when their introductory offer comes to an end.

 

The CashBack Plus scheme, which rewards personal debit card users through selected retailers, was launched in August 2013 and continued to expand, with more than 1.2 million customers now registered. In February 2014, CashBack Plus won ‘Best Card Benefits Programme’ at the annual Cards and Payments awards.

 

Business Banking is the number one business banking franchise in the UK, with a 23% current account market share. The bank’s share of business start-ups increased by 2 percentage points to 24% in the 6 months to June with strong gross new lending over the same period. Net promoter scores improved in the relationship-managed space and UK PBB believes that bringing together Personal and Business banking will enable it to more ably satisfy customer needs.

 

H1 2014 compared with H1 2013

Operating profit increased by 44% to £994 million, with restructuring costs down £90 million to £19 million. Operating profit, excluding restructuring, litigation and conduct costs of £169 million (H1 2013 - £269 million) increased by 22% to £1,163 million, driven by income growth of 5% and a 42% decline in impairment losses.

 

 

Net interest income increased by 3% to £2,276 million, driven by strong deposit growth of 4%, improved margins, and increased personal mortgage balances, up 4%, partly offset by lower income from unsecured lending.

 

 

Non-interest income increased by 9%, to £686 million, primarily driven by higher current account-related fee income and higher insurance profit share. Debit card transactional spend increased by 8%, supported by the CashBack Plus programme.

32

 

 


 

 

 

UK Personal & Business Banking

 

Key points (continued) 

 

H1 2014 compared with H1 2013 (continued) 

Direct costs were up 1% at £676 million, with higher customer compensation and marketing costs only partly offset by a decrease in staff costs driven by lower headcount. Indirect costs were 3% higher at £975 million, reflecting a technology write-off in Q1 2014 of £60 million.

 

 

Impairments were £108 million lower due to improved asset quality and lower default volumes.

 

 

Risk-weighted assets decreased by 10%, reflecting improvements in the quality of the book and business model enhancements, partly offset by mortgage balance growth.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q1 2014

Operating profit decreased by 5% to £484 million, reflecting additional conduct costs of £150 million for Payment Protection Insurance redress. Operating profit, excluding restructuring, litigation and conduct costs of £179 million (Q1 2014 – (£10) million) increased by 33% to £663 million, driven by income growth of 2% and lower costs (down 11%). Impairments also continued to improve.

 

 

Net interest income increased by 2% to £1,152 million, primarily due to improved deposit income from increased balances and margins. Strong mortgage balance growth of £1.4 billion (gross new business lending market share was 10%) was offset by modest pressure on mortgage margins.

 

 

Non-interest income increased by 2% to £347 million, largely due to higher insurance profit share. Card transaction-related fee income improved with transaction levels up 6%.

 

 

Direct costs decreased by 10% to £321 million driven by a remediation provision of £15 million in Q1 2014. Indirect costs declined by 13% to £455 million.

 

 

Impairments were £28 million lower due to lower customer defaults across all products, reflecting continued improvement in asset quality. Recoveries across personal and business banking continued to improve.

 

 

Risk-weighted assets decreased by 3%, reflecting personal unsecured balance reductions partly offset by mortgage balance growth.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q2 2013

Operating profit increased by 81% to £484 million, with restructuring, litigation and conduct costs down £50 million to £179 million. Operating profit, excluding restructuring, litigation and conduct costs of £179 million (Q2 2013 - £229 million) increased by 33% to £663 million, with income up 4% and operating expenses, excluding restructuring and litigation and conduct costs, down 5%. Impairments also improved, halving to £60 million.

 

 

Net interest income increased by 3% to £1,152 million, driven by strong deposit income with balance growth of 4% and improved margins.

 

 

Non-interest income increased by 8% to £347 million, benefiting from higher current account-related fee income and higher insurance profit share.

 

 

Direct costs of £321 million were 3% lower, with staff cost benefits from lower headcount. Indirect costs were down 6%.

 

 

Impairments decreased by 52%, to £60 million, reflecting improvements in the quality of the book and continued strong recoveries across UK PBB.

  

33

 

 


 

 

 

Ulster Bank

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

323 

302 

  

169 

154 

152 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

66 

69 

  

34 

32 

35 

Other non-interest income

23 

73 

  

15 

53 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

89 

142 

  

42 

47 

88 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

412 

444 

  

211 

201 

240 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff costs

(125)

(124)

  

(62)

(63)

(67)

  - other costs

(35)

(27)

  

(18)

(17)

(12)

Indirect expenses

(126)

(125)

  

(63)

(63)

(65)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(15)

  

(14)

  - indirect

(22)

(6)

  

(20)

(2)

(4)

Litigation and conduct costs

(25)

  

(25)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(300)

(322)

  

(155)

(145)

(187)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

112 

122 

  

56 

56 

53 

Impairment losses

(57)

(503)

  

(10)

(47)

(263)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss)

55 

(381)

  

46 

(210)

 

34

 

 


 

 

 

Ulster Bank

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by business

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate

134 

170 

  

65 

69 

88 

Retail

190 

209 

  

100 

90 

120 

Other

88 

65 

  

46 

42 

32 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

412 

444 

  

211 

201 

240 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

35 

181 

  

16 

19 

91 

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

97 

  

51 

  - development

(6)

26 

  

(3)

(3)

12 

Other corporate

186 

  

(9)

17 

111 

Other lending

11 

13 

  

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

57 

503 

  

10 

47 

263 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

   customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  

  

  

   reverse repurchase agreements) by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

0.4%

1.8%

  

0.4%

0.4%

1.8%

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

1.8%

5.4%

  

0.4%

3.2%

5.7%

  - development

(3.0%)

7.4%

  

(3.0%)

(3.0%)

6.9%

Other corporate

0.3%

5.0%

  

(0.7%)

1.3%

5.9%

Other lending

2.2%

2.0%

  

2.0%

2.4%

(0.6%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

0.4%

3.1%

  

0.2%

0.7%

3.2%

 

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013 

  

2014

2014

2013 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

2.7%

(14.9%)

  

4.6%

0.9%

(16.8%)

Net interest margin

2.32%

1.82%

  

2.35%

2.29%

1.84%

Cost:income ratio

73%

73%

  

73%

72%

78%

 

Note:

(1)

Return on equity is based on segmental operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 12% of the monthly average of segmental RWAs).

35

 

 


 

 

 

Ulster Bank

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

  

  

31 December

  

2014

2014 

  

2013 

  

£bn

£bn

Change

  

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

18.1 

18.8 

(4%)

  

19.0 

(5%)

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

1.0 

1.0 

  

3.4 

(71%)

  - development

0.4 

0.4 

  

0.7 

(43%)

Other corporate

5.2 

5.4 

(4%)

  

7.1 

(27%)

Other lending

1.0 

1.0 

  

1.2 

(17%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

25.7 

26.6 

(3%)

  

31.4 

(18%)

Loan impairment provisions

(3.3)

(3.4)

(3%)

  

(5.4)

(39%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

22.4 

23.2 

(3%)

  

26.0 

(14%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Funded assets

26.6 

26.0 

2%

  

28.0 

(5%)

Risk elements in lending

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Mortgages

3.3 

3.1 

6%

  

3.2 

3%

  - Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - investment

0.3 

0.3 

  

2.3 

(87%)

    - development

0.2 

0.2 

  

0.5 

(60%)

  - Other corporate

0.9 

0.9 

  

2.3 

(61%)

  - Other lending

0.2 

0.2 

  

0.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total risk elements in lending

4.9 

4.7 

4%

  

8.5 

(42%)

Provision coverage (1)

68%

72%

(400bp)

  

64%

400bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits

20.7 

21.1 

(2%)

  

21.7 

(5%)

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

108%

110%

(200bp)

  

120%

(1,200bp)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets (2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

26.0 

26.7 

(3%)

  

28.2 

(8%)

    - counterparty

0.1 

0.3 

(67%)

  

0.3 

(67%)

  - Market risk

0.1 

0.2 

(50%)

  

0.5 

(80%)

  - Operational risk

1.5 

1.5 

  

1.7 

(12%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets

27.7 

28.7 

(3%)

  

30.7 

(10%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Spot exchange rate - €/£

1.25 

1.21 

  

  

1.20 

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

(2)

Risk-weighted assets at 31 December 2013 are on a Basel 2.5 basis.

36

 

 


 

 

 

Ulster Bank

 

Key points

Ulster Bank returned to profitability in H1 2014, the first half-yearly profit recorded since 2008. The macroeconomic environment across the island of Ireland has stabilised considerably but trading conditions continue to be volatile and the regulatory environment remains challenging.

 

Key financial highlights:

The transfer of assets to RCR coupled with the benefits of the investment in programmes to support customers in financial difficulty has driven a significant reduction in impairment losses.

 

 

Lending activity has increased in 2014, albeit repayments continue to exceed new lending.

 

 

Net interest margin has improved reflecting a strong focus on reducing the overall cost of funding for Ulster Bank.

 

 

Tight management of expenses remains a key priority; however the investment required to address legacy issues remains significant.

 

 

The right-sizing of the branch network and rationalising of the property footprint is progressing.

 

 

The number of mortgage customers more than 90 days in arrears has declined in each of the last 15 months, a trend not seen elsewhere in the market. This reflects the investment made to support customers in financial difficulty.

 

Further progress was made in H1 2014 to make it simple and easy for customers to do business:

There has been a significant increase in new lending activity following the launch of the big YES mortgage campaign and ‘Ahead for Business’ campaign. New mortgage lending increased by 44% compared with the same period in 2013 while over £650 million of new lending has been made available to business customers.

 

 

Customers have continued to move towards direct channels with 86% of all activity now outside the traditional branch.

 

 

The separation of Ulster Bank batch processing from NatWest and RBS brands was successfully delivered in H1 2014. This significantly reduces the risk of disruption to customers.

 

The creation of RCR resulted in the net transfer of £4.4 billion of gross assets to RCR on 1 January 2014. This has had a significant impact on the comparison of 2014 financial performance with that reported in 2013.

 

H1 2014 compared with H1 2013

Ulster Bank posted an operating profit of £55 million for H1 2014, compared with a loss of £381 million in H1 2013, with the improvement primarily driven by a significant reduction in impairment losses across all portfolios. Operating profit, excluding restructuring, litigation and conduct costs of £14 million (H1 2013 - £46 million) was £69 million for H1 2014, compared with a loss of £335 million for H1 2013.

 

 

Net interest margin increased by 50 basis points to 2.32% primarily reflecting a significant reduction in deposit pricing coupled with the impact of the transfer of underperforming assets to RCR. Net interest income increased by £21 million with the benefit of deposit repricing partly offset by lower income on the tracker mortgage book following reductions in the European Central Bank refinancing interest rate.

 

 

Non-interest income decreased by £53 million primarily due to a favourable mark-to-market movement of £36 million on economic hedges on the mortgage portfolio in H1 2013 as well as the impact of the asset transfer to RCR.

37

 

 


 

 

 

Ulster Bank

 

Key points (continued) 

 

H1 2014 compared with H1 2013 (continued) 

Operating expenses decreased by £22 million reflecting lower headcount and a £32 million reduction in restructuring, litigation and conduct costs, only partly offset by the impact of a cost realignment following the creation of RCR, £22 million, and the introduction of the new bank levy in the Republic of Ireland, £8 million.

 

 

Impairment losses decreased by £446 million or 89% with reductions across all portfolios. This reflects further de-risking of the balance sheet following the transfer of underperforming assets to RCR and the benefit of the ongoing reduction in mortgage arrears.

 

 

The loan:deposit ratio of 108% improved by 12 percentage points during H1 2014, largely reflecting the impact of the transfer of loan balances to RCR.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q1 2014

Operating profit increased by £37 million to £46 million driven by higher income and a further reduction in impairment losses, partly offset by higher restructuring costs. Operating profit, excluding restructuring, litigation and conduct costs of £12 million (Q1 2014 - £2 million) was up £47 million to £58 million.

 

 

Total income increased by £10 million to £211 million. Net interest income increased by £15 million, to £169 million, reflecting lower funding costs and the recognition of interest income on previously non-performing assets. Net interest margin increased by 6 basis points to 2.35%.

 

 

Operating expenses, excluding restructuring costs of £12 million, remained stable. Restructuring costs increased by £10 million as Ulster Bank continued to adjust its property footprint. The cost:income ratio, excluding restructuring, litigation and conduct costs of £12 million (Q1 2014 - £2 million) improved by 3 percentage points to 68% driven by higher income.

 

 

Impairment losses decreased by £37 million largely due to the release of a provision on a segment of the corporate portfolio. Within the mortgage portfolio, a change to the treatment of arrears capitalisations led to a 6% increase in risk elements in lending and a shift in the provisioning of these cases from latent to collective. This, coupled with improving credit metrics, contributed to a £102 million latent provision release in Q2.

 

 

Loan:deposit ratio improved from 110% to 108%.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q2 2013

A significant reduction in impairment losses was the key driver of the £256 million improvement in operating profit. Operating profit, excluding restructuring, litigation and conduct costs of £12 million (Q2 2013 - £43 million) was up £225 million to £58 million.

Total income decreased by £29 million primarily due to a number of substantial one-off gains in Q2 2013 in non-interest income. Net interest income increased by £17 million to £169 million largely driven by initiatives to reduce Ulster bank’s funding costs. Net interest margin increased by 51 basis points reflecting improved deposit margins coupled with the impact of the asset transfer to RCR.

 

 

Operating expenses reduced by £32 million largely due to a reduction in litigation and conduct costs. Excluding restructuring, litigation and conduct costs of £12 million (Q2 2013 - £43 million), operating expenses were flat with the benefit of lower headcount offset by the cost realignment following the creation of RCR, £11 million, and the introduction of the new bank levy in the Republic of Ireland, £4 million.

Impairment losses improved by £253 million or 96%, reflecting stronger credit metrics across all portfolios.

38

 

 


 

 

 

Commercial & Private Banking

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,343 

1,253 

  

685 

658 

643 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

620 

657 

  

311 

309 

334 

Other non-interest income

150 

170 

  

74 

76 

101 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

770 

827 

  

385 

385 

435 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

2,113 

2,080 

  

1,070 

1,043 

1,078 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(426)

(427)

  

(213)

(213)

(215)

  - other

(155)

(175)

  

(74)

(81)

(94)

Indirect expenses

(606)

(629)

  

(293)

(313)

(317)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(42)

(15)

  

(42)

(8)

  - indirect

(23)

(19)

  

(22)

(1)

(11)

Litigation and conduct costs

(50)

(25)

  

(50)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(1,302)

(1,290)

  

(694)

(608)

(645)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

811 

790 

  

376 

435 

433 

Impairment (losses)/recoveries

(31)

(289)

  

(39)

(157)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

780 

501 

  

384 

396 

276 

 

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013 

  

2014

2014

2013 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

12.9%

7.8%

  

12.8%

13.1%

8.6%

Net interest margin

2.90%

2.69%

  

2.91%

2.89%

2.77%

Cost:income ratio

62%

62%

  

65%

58%

60%

 

Note:

(1)

Return on equity is based on segmental operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 12% of the monthly average of segmental RWAs).

 

39

 

 


 

 

 

Commercial & Private Banking

 

  

30 June

31 March

  

31 December

  

2014

2014 

2013 

  

£bn

£bn

Change

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

101.7 

103.0 

(1%)

101.8 

Loan impairment provisions

(1.3)

(1.4)

(7%)

(1.6)

(19%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

100.4 

101.6 

(1%)

100.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Funded assets

109.4 

110.7 

(1%)

108.9 

Assets under management (Private Banking)

28.7 

28.5 

1%

29.7 

(3%)

Risk elements in lending

3.1 

3.7 

(16%)

4.6 

(33%)

Provision coverage (1)

40%

38%

200bp

38%

200bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits (excluding repos)

123.9 

124.2 

127.9 

(3%)

Loan:deposit ratio

81%

82%

(100bp)

78%

300bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets (2)

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

66.3 

67.2 

(1%)

69.7 

(5%)

    - counterparty

0.1 

 - 

-

  - Market risk

0.1 

 - 

0.1 

  - Operational risk

8.3 

8.3 

8.0 

4%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

74.8 

75.5 

(1%)

77.8 

(4%)

 

Notes:

(1)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

(2)

Risk-weighted assets at 31 December 2013 are on a Basel 2.5 basis.

 

Key points

Commercial & Private Banking comprises parts of the former UK Corporate, Wealth and International Banking divisions. It is committed to supporting the bank’s ambition to be the number one bank for customer service, trust and advocacy in its chosen markets by 2020. Commercial Banking’s customers range from UK businesses with an annual turnover of £2 million up to large UK corporations, including real estate and institutional customers. Aligning the Private Banking business with Commercial Banking will enable the bank to better serve and connect those who own and run businesses.

 

With a set of strong brands including NatWest, Lombard, Coutts and Adam & Company, the Commercial & Private Banking business provides its customers with dedicated relationship management and access to sophisticated products and services including lending, speciality finance, transaction banking, risk management and wealth management.

 

During the remainder of 2014, the Private Banking and Commercial Banking teams will continue to join forces to increase business in the UK.

40

 

 


 

 

 

Commercial Banking

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

999 

936 

  

511 

488 

484 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

448 

477 

  

227 

221 

243 

Other non-interest income

121 

136 

  

60 

61 

82 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

569 

613 

  

287 

282 

325 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,568 

1,549 

  

798 

770 

809 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(267)

(254)

  

(134)

(133)

(127)

  - other

(122)

(145)

  

(59)

(63)

(77)

Indirect expenses

(401)

(401)

  

(189)

(212)

(205)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(40)

(14)

  

(40)

(7)

  - indirect

(22)

(15)

  

(21)

(1)

(9)

Litigation and conduct costs

(50)

(25)

  

(50)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(902)

(854)

  

(493)

(409)

(425)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

666 

695 

  

305 

361 

384 

Impairment (losses)/recoveries

(31)

(282)

  

(40)

(155)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

635 

413 

  

314 

321 

229 

 

41

 

 


 

 

 

Commercial Banking

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014 

2013 

  

2014 

2014 

2013 

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by business

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial lending

894 

962 

  

448 

446 

501 

Deposits

153 

88 

  

81 

72 

50 

Asset and invoice finance

366 

334 

  

186 

180 

170 

Other

155 

165 

  

83 

72 

88 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,568 

1,549 

  

798 

770 

809 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

(6)

162 

  

(17)

11 

100 

Asset and invoice finance

  

Private sector education, health, social work,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  recreational and community services

(10)

63 

  

(10)

40 

Banks & financial institutions

  

(1)

Wholesale and retail trade repairs

14 

  

12 

(4)

Hotels and restaurants

(1)

19 

  

(4)

Manufacturing

(4)

  

(5)

Construction

(1)

  

(4)

Other

20 

32 

  

15 

15 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 

282 

  

(9)

40 

155 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

(0.1%)

1.5%

  

(0.4%)

0.2%

1.8%

Asset and invoice finance

0.1%

  

0.1%

0.2%

Private sector education, health, social work,

  

  

  

  

  

  

  recreational and community services

(0.3%)

1.6%

  

(0.5%)

2.1%

Banks & financial institutions

0.1%

  

(0.1%)

0.1%

Wholesale and retail trade repairs

0.5%

0.1%

  

0.1%

0.8%

(0.3%)

Hotels and restaurants

(0.1%)

0.9%

  

(0.5%)

0.3%

0.7%

Manufacturing

0.4%

(0.2%)

  

0.4%

0.3%

(0.5%)

Construction

0.4%

(0.1%)

  

0.4%

0.4%

(0.7%)

Other

0.2%

0.3%

  

0.1%

0.3%

0.3%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

0.1%

0.7%

  

0.2%

0.7%

 

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013 

  

2014

2014

2013 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

12.5%

7.6%

  

12.4%

12.6%

8.5%

Net interest margin

2.70%

2.53%

  

2.73%

2.68%

2.63%

Cost:income ratio

58%

55%

  

62%

53%

53%

 

Note:

(1)

Return on equity is based on segmental operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 12% of the monthly average of segmental RWAs).

 

42

 

 


 

 

 

Commercial Banking

 

  

30 June

31 March

  

31 December

  

2014

2014 

2013 

  

£bn

£bn

Change

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  - Commercial real estate

18.8 

19.0 

(1%)

20.2 

(7%)

  - Asset and invoice finance

13.7 

13.6 

1%

11.7 

17%

  - Private sector education, health, social work,

  

  

  

  

  

      recreational and community services

7.2 

7.5 

(4%)

7.9 

(9%)

  - Banks & financial institutions

6.9 

7.3 

(5%)

6.9 

  - Wholesale and retail trade repairs

5.9 

6.0 

(2%)

5.8 

2%

  - Hotels and restaurants

3.3 

3.6 

(8%)

3.6 

(8%)

  - Manufacturing

3.9 

3.7 

5%

3.7 

5%

  - Construction

2.0 

2.1 

(5%)

2.1 

(5%)

  - Other

23.4 

23.4 

23.1 

1%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

85.1 

86.2 

(1%)

85.0 

Loan impairment provisions

(1.2)

(1.3)

(8%)

(1.5)

(20%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

83.9 

84.9 

(1%)

83.5 

0%

  

  

  

  

  

  

Funded assets

88.6 

89.6 

(1%)

87.9 

1%

Risk elements in lending

2.9 

3.4 

(15%)

4.3 

(33%)

Provision coverage (1)

41%

37%

400bp

38%

300bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits (excluding repos)

88.0 

87.6 

90.7 

(3%)

Loan:deposit ratio

95%

97%

(200bp)

92%

300bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets (2)

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk (non-counterparty)

56.6 

57.1 

(1%)

59.7 

(5%)

  - Operational risk

6.4 

6.4 

6.1 

5%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

63.0 

63.5 

(1%)

65.8 

(4%)

 

Notes:

(1)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

(2)

Risk-weighted assets at 31 December 2013 are on a Basel 2.5 basis.

 

Key points

During the first half of 2014, the Commercial Banking business has been reshaped to meet the needs of its customers in the most efficient way. Complexity and costs are targeted to decline, with lower staff levels, predominantly in non-customer-facing departments, supported by focused investment aimed at making it easier for customers to do business:

 

Over 40 additional experienced relationship managers have been allocated to serve Commercial Banking customers, with a central focus on lending.

 

 

Lending procedures are changing to speed up the process and to meet the business’s commitment to make all but the most complex loan decisions within five days by the end of 2014.

 

 

A new online loan application facility for smaller business customers was launched in February 2014, which will be extended to larger SMEs over the course of 2014.

 

 

Two-thirds of lending decisions are now made locally.

 

 

60% of Relationship Managers have now completed an accreditation programme.

43

 

 


 

 

 

Commercial Banking

 

Key points (continued) 

Whilst these changes and investments are being made, Commercial Banking continued to focus on delivering for its customers:

 

An additional 5,000 customers have received proactive ‘Statements of Appetite’, bringing the total to over 17,000. Over £7 billion of new or additional funding has now been offered.

 

 

The number of complaints from SME customers fell by 7.5% compared to last year.

 

 

A positive trend in the Net Promoter Score has been achieved over the last 12 months.

 

 

For the sixth consecutive year, Lombard received the Business Moneyfacts award for ‘Best Leasing & Asset Finance Provider’.

 

H1 2014 compared with H1 2013

Operating profit increased to £635 million delivering a return on equity of 12.5% with lower impairments and higher income more than offsetting increased charges for restructuring, litigation and conduct costs (£58 million). Excluding restructuring costs of £62 million (H1 2013 - £29 million) and conduct costs of £50 million (H1 2013 - £25 million), operating profit increased by £280 million and return on equity was 14.7%.

 

 

Net interest income increased by 7% reflecting re-pricing activity, partially offset by reduced yields on current accounts due to the continued low rate environment.

 

 

Non-interest income decreased by 7% from lower other income (£56 million), including fees and disposal gains (£27 million), a decline in CIB (Markets) revenue share income (£17 million) partially offset by lower costs arising from closing out interest rate hedging products associated with impaired loans (£30 million).

 

 

Operating expenses increased by £48 million from higher restructuring and conduct related costs (£58 million), including interest rate swap redress, up £25 million, partially offset by direct costs down £10 million as cost saving initiatives start to take effect.

 

 

Impairments were down £251 million reflecting fewer individual cases across the portfolio, primarily in mid to large corporate and latent provision releases of £58 million, as credit conditions improved in Q2 2014.

 

 

The loan:deposit ratio increased by 200 basis points to 95%, primarily a result of reduced deposits, down 3%, reflecting the rebalancing of the Bank’s liquidity position.

 

 

Risk-weighted assets were £2.8 billion lower reflecting the net movement of transfers to RCR and from Non-Core, effective from 1 January 2014.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q1 2014

Operating profit declined by 2% as increased income and lower impairments were more than offset by higher restructuring, litigation and conduct costs. Excluding these costs of £111 million (Q1 2014 - £1 million), operating profit increased by £103 million.

 

 

Net interest income increased by 5% from margin expansion on deposits and the benefit of an additional day in the quarter.

 

 

Non-interest income increased by 2% primarily from improved transaction services income £7 million, with stable income from asset finance, CIB revenue share and other lending fees.

 

 

Operating expenses, up 21%, were impacted by £61 million of restructuring costs in the quarter, as the business aligns itself to better support its customers, and included a £50 million charge for interest rate swap redress. Operating expenses, excluding restructuring and litigation and conduct costs of £111 million (Q1 2014 - £1 million), decreased by 6% due to operational cost saving initiatives.

44

 

 


 

 

 

Commercial Banking

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q1 2014 (continued) 

Impairments declined by £49 million primarily from a release of latent  provisions of £58 million as credit conditions improved.

 

 

The loan:deposit ratio declined by 200 basis points from a 1% decline in asset volumes, most of which was in the mid to large corporate business.

 

 

Risk-weighted assets decreased by 1% primarily due to balance sheet movements.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q2 2013

Operating profit improved by £85 million, driven by lower impairments partially offset by higher restructuring, litigation and conduct charges.

 

 

Net interest income increased by 6% in line with the half year trends noted above. Improved margins from re-pricing activity offset lower yields due to the continued low interest rate environment.

 

 

Non-interest income decreased by 12% from lower CIB (Markets) revenue share and gains from equity disposals partially offset by the reduced close out charges on interest rate hedging products as noted above.

 

 

Operating expenses were up reflecting increased restructuring, litigation and conduct costs in Q2 2014, which were partially offset by lower direct and indirect costs.

 

 

Impairments decreased by £164 million reflecting fewer significant individual cases and the latent provisions release in Q2 2014.

45

 

 


 

 

 

Private Banking

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

344 

317 

  

174 

170 

159 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

172 

180 

  

84 

88 

91 

Other non-interest income

29 

34 

  

14 

15 

19 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

201 

214 

  

98 

103 

110 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

545 

531 

  

272 

273 

269 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(159)

(173)

  

(79)

(80)

(88)

  - other

(33)

(30)

  

(15)

(18)

(17)

Indirect expenses

(205)

(228)

  

(104)

(101)

(112)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(2)

(1)

  

(2)

(1)

  - indirect

(1)

(4)

  

(1)

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(400)

(436)

  

(201)

(199)

(220)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

145 

95 

  

71 

74 

49 

Impairment (losses)/recoveries

(7)

  

(1)

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

145 

88 

  

70 

75 

47 

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014 

2013 

  

2014 

2014 

2013 

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by business

  

  

  

  

  

  

Investments

90 

97 

  

45 

45 

49 

Banking

455 

434 

  

227 

228 

220 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

545 

531 

  

272 

273 

269 

 

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013 

  

2014

2014

2013 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

15.0%

8.9%

  

14.5%

15.3%

9.4%

Net interest margin

3.72%

3.33%

  

3.73%

3.70%

3.34%

Cost:income ratio

73%

82%

  

74%

73%

82%

 

Note:

(1)

Return on equity is based on segmental operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 12% of the monthly average of segmental RWAs).

 

46

 

 


 

 

 

Private Banking

 

  

30 June

31 March

  

31 December

  

2014

2014 

2013 

  

£bn

£bn

Change

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  - personal

5.5 

5.5 

5.5 

  - mortgages

8.7 

8.7 

8.7 

  - other

2.4 

2.6 

(8%)

2.6 

(8%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

16.6 

16.8 

(1%)

16.8 

(1%)

Loan impairment provisions

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

16.5 

16.7 

(1%)

16.7 

(1%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Funded assets

20.8 

21.1 

(1%)

21.0 

(1%)

Assets under management

28.7 

28.5 

1%

29.7 

(3%)

Risk elements in lending

0.2 

0.3 

(33%)

0.3 

(33%)

Provision coverage (1)

39%

45%

(600bp)

43%

(400bp)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits (excluding repos)

35.9 

36.6 

(2%)

37.2 

(3%)

Loan:deposit ratio

46%

45%

100bp

45%

100bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets (2)

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

9.7 

10.1 

(4%)

10.0 

(3%)

    - counterparty

0.1 

-

-

  - Market risk

0.1 

-

0.1 

  - Operational risk

1.9 

1.9 

1.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

11.8 

12.0 

(2%)

12.0 

(2%)

 

Notes:

(1)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

(2)

Risk-weighted assets at 31 December 2013 are on a Basel 2.5 basis.

 

Key points

The Private Banking business continues to invest in expanding its product offering in response to client demand for global, integrated solutions. Enhancements in the first half of 2014 included the introduction of an around-the-clock weekday dealing capability for foreign exchange products, serving Coutts’s UK and international client-base.

 

We are currently reviewing our strategy, focusing on options for our non-UK related activities. The review is expected to complete later in the year.

 

In the UK, further refinements to Coutts’s Retail Distribution Review compliant advice framework have improved efficiency, with total assets under advice now standing at £4.5 billion.

47

 

 


 

 

 

Private Banking

 

Key points (continued) 

 

H1 2014 compared with H1 2013

Operating profit was £145 million for the first half of 2014, delivering a return on equity of 15.0%. Excluding restructuring costs of £3 million (H1 2013 - £5 million), operating profit increased by £55 million and the return on equity was 15.3%, driven by improved income, lower operating expenses and lower impairments.

 

 

Total income was £14 million, or 3%, higher. Net interest income increased by £27 million due to a combination of improved deposit margins following a re-pricing exercise in the UK and lower treasury charges. Non-interest income declined by £13 million reflecting the impact of adverse foreign exchange movements and lower transactional activity in the international business.

 

 

Operating expenses declined by 8% to £400 million. Operating expenses excluding restructuring, litigation and conduct costs of £3 million (H1 2013 - £5 million) were down £34 million, 8%, at £397 million reflecting savings from the streamlining of the property footprint, favourable foreign exchange movements, reduced headcount and the continued management of discretionary costs.

 

 

Impairment charges declined by £7 million as a result of fewer specific impairments.

 

 

Client assets and liabilities were 7% lower than the previous year, with the decrease in assets under management driven by low margin custody asset outflows, adverse foreign exchange movements, portfolio exits and reduced balances in the UK. Deposits were £3.0 billion lower, largely as a result of re-pricing action in the UK. Lending declined by £0.5 billion as repayments outstripped new lending in the latter part of 2013.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q1 2014

Operating profit was £70 million for the quarter, £5 million lower, largely as a result of a small increase in impairments and operating expenses, with income broadly flat.

 

 

Operating expenses were up £2 million, wholly as a result of increased restructuring costs.

 

 

Client assets and liabilities were 1% lower than the prior quarter, wholly driven by a £0.7 billion reduction in deposits following the UK re-pricing exercise and outflows in the international business. Assets under management increased by £0.2 billion due to positive market movements. Lending remained broadly flat.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q2 2013

Operating profit increased by £23 million benefitting from higher income, lower costs and lower impairments.

 

 

Total income was £3 million, 1%, higher. Net interest income rose by £15 million due to improved deposit margins following a re-pricing exercise in the UK and lower treasury charges. Non-interest income declined by £12 million largely as a result of adverse foreign exchange movements and lower transactional activity in the international business.

 

 

Operating expenses declined by £19 million reflecting savings from the streamlining of the property footprint, reduced headcount, beneficial foreign exchange movements and the continued tight management of discretionary costs.

 

48

 

 


 

 

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

365 

313 

  

186 

179 

141 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

490 

556 

  

247 

243 

275 

Income from trading activities

1,482 

1,753 

  

597 

885 

787 

Other operating income

90 

86 

  

46 

44 

33 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

2,062 

2,395 

  

890 

1,172 

1,095 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

2,427 

2,708 

  

1,076 

1,351 

1,236 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(488)

(580)

  

(216)

(272)

(247)

  - other

(260)

(284)

  

(147)

(113)

(154)

Indirect expenses

(1,169)

(1,325)

  

(581)

(588)

(657)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(28)

(37)

  

(13)

(15)

(24)

  - indirect

(163)

(46)

  

(139)

(24)

(20)

Litigation and conduct costs

(50)

(410)

  

(50)

-  

(385)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(2,158)

(2,682)

  

(1,146)

(1,012)

(1,487)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

269 

26 

  

(70)

339 

(251)

Impairment recoveries/(losses)

39 

(223)

  

45 

(6)

(144)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss)

308 

(197)

  

(25)

333 

(395)

 

 

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2014 

2013 

  

2014 

2014 

2013 

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by product

  

  

  

  

  

  

Rates

656 

467 

  

297 

359 

255 

Currencies

351 

479 

  

159 

192 

282 

Credit

774 

992 

  

309 

465 

315 

Global Transaction Services

421 

425 

  

214 

207 

211 

Portfolio

318 

323 

  

156 

162 

167 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total (excluding revenue share and run-off businesses)

2,520 

2,686 

  

1,135 

1,385 

1,230 

Inter-segment revenue share

(119)

(141)

  

(59)

(60)

(68)

Run-off businesses

26 

163 

  

26 

74 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

2,427 

2,708 

  

1,076 

1,351 

1,236 

49

 

 


 

 

 

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

 

Key metrics

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014 

2013 

  

2014 

2014 

2013 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

2.7%

(1.6%)

  

(0.5%)

5.6%

(6.8%)

Net interest margin

0.88%

0.72%

  

0.90%

0.85%

0.67%

Cost:income ratio

89%

99%

  

107%

75%

120%

 

Note:

(1)

Return on equity is based on segmental operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 12% of the monthly average of segmental RWAs).

 

 

  

30 June

31 March

  

31 December

  

2014

2014 

2013 

  

£bn

£bn

Change

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

69.2 

70.7 

(2%)

69.1 

Loan impairment provisions

(0.2)

(0.2)

(0.9)

(78%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

69.0 

70.5 

(2%)

68.2 

1%

Net loans and advances to banks (1)

19.4 

20.0 

(3%)

20.5 

(5%)

Reverse repos

78.8 

78.1 

1%

76.2 

3%

Securities

67.9 

75.0 

(9%)

72.1 

(6%)

Cash and eligible bills

18.7 

21.0 

(11%)

20.6 

(9%)

Other

24.9 

22.0 

13%

11.0 

126%

  

  

  

  

  

  

Funded assets

278.7 

286.6 

(3%)

268.6 

4%

  

  

  

  

  

  

Provision coverage (2)

168%

199%

(3,100bp)

59%

10,900bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

Repos

73.1 

77.5 

(6%)

74.8 

(2%)

Customer deposits (excluding repos)

55.5 

57.1 

(3%)

64.8 

(14%)

Bank deposits (excluding repos)

31.7 

29.5 

7%

30.2 

5%

Debt securities in issue

17.3 

18.1 

(4%)

21.5 

(20%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets (3)

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

     - non-counterparty

58.4 

59.0 

(1%)

61.8 

(6%)

     - counterparty

28.9 

34.0 

(15%)

17.5 

65%

  - Market risk

28.7 

35.3 

(19%)

26.4 

9%

  - Operational risk

11.8 

11.9 

(1%)

14.7 

(20%)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

127.8 

140.2 

(9%)

120.4 

6%

 

Notes:

(1)

Excludes disposal groups.

(2)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

(3)

Risk-weighted assets at 31 December 2013 are on a Basel 2.5 basis. On a fully loaded Basel 3 basis risk-weighted assets at 1 January 2014 were £147.1 billion.

50

 

 


 

 

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

 

Key points

The creation of Corporate & Institutional Banking (CIB) (which comprises the former Markets and International Banking divisions) is largely complete. The new franchise will continue to focus on the corporate and institutional client base while maintaining the same vigorous levels of cost reduction and capital management. The commitment to clients was highlighted this quarter when the business was awarded Global Finance’s Best Supply Chain Finance provider in Western Europe for the seventh consecutive year and also received The Banker’s Loans Deal of the Year Europe award.

 

The low interest rate and low volatility trading environment continues to be challenging. Investor activity remains subdued and excess client liquidity has curtailed lending. Opportunities for income generation were limited in comparison to the same period last year, when central bank intervention generated significant volatility.

 

H1 2014 compared with H1 2013

Operating profit increased by £505 million, reflecting lower impairments, cost reductions and lower litigation and conduct costs, partially offset by lower income as the business continued to reduce in size to focus on core activities. Restructuring costs were also higher. Operating profit excluding restructuring, litigation and conduct costs of £241 million (H1 2013 - £493 million) increased by £253 million or 85% to £549 million.

 

 

Rates income increased by £189 million, 40%, compared with a weak H1 2013. Income associated with continued deleveraging and de-risking of the business supported the result.

 

 

Currencies income was £128 million or 27% lower than in H1 2013, when the business took advantage of volatility caused by central bank intervention in the United States and Japan.

 

 

Credit income was £218 million or 22% lower in H1 2014 compared with H1 2013, which benefited from the general credit market rally. This, combined with a reduced deployment of risk-weighted assets, resulted in lower income. Within Credit income, Asset Backed Product (ABP) income was £510 million, compared with £617 million in H1 2013.

 

 

Global Transaction Services and Portfolio were both flat compared with H1 2013, reflecting the subdued levels of client activity and continued low margin market environment.

 

 

Operating expenses were down by 20%, reflecting lower litigation and conduct costs partly offset by higher restructuring costs. Operating expenses excluding restructuring, litigation and conduct costs of £241 million (H1 2013 - £493 million) fell by 12%, driven by headcount reductions and tight control of discretionary expenditure.

 

 

Impairments represented a net recovery of £39 million, compared with a loss of £223 million in H1 2013, driven by the release of latent provisions, reflecting the creation of RCR and improving credit conditions and the non-repeat of significant individual cases.

 

 

Funded assets increased compared with 31 December 2013 as activity levels picked up. Compared with 30 June 2013, however, funded assets fell significantly, down from £328 billion to £279 billion, reflecting the refocusing of the business on core activities.

 

 

Risk-weighted assets increased following the introduction of CRD IV on 1 January 2014. On a like-for-like Basel III basis, risk-weighted assets fell significantly from £172 billion at 30 June 2013, to £128 billion at 30 June 2014. This was driven by a range of mitigation and de-risking actions and the transfer of £13 billion of risk-weighted assets to RCR.

 

51

 

 


 

 

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q1 2014

An operating loss of £25 million was driven by restructuring costs and litigation and conduct costs of £202 million. Excluding these items of £202 million (Q1 2014 - £39 million), operating profit was £177 million, down £195 million, reflecting lower income principally in Credit and Rates.

 

 

Client activity in Rates weakened compared with Q1 2014, and trading gains were lower. As a result, income declined by £62 million.

 

 

Currencies income, down £33 million, continued to be impacted by limited volume and volatility in a highly competitive market environment.

 

 

Credit income decreased by 34%, driven by a lower level of gains in asset backed products following more favourable market movements in Q1 2014. ABP income was £188 million compared with £322 million in Q1 2014.

 

 

Global Transaction Services and Portfolio remained stable as they continued to be impacted by the low margin environment and subdued client activity.

 

 

Operating expenses increased by 13% due to restructuring and litigation and conduct costs. Operating expenses excluding restructuring, litigation and conduct costs of £202 million (Q1 2014 - £39 million) were down 3%, driven by lower staff costs.

 

 

Funded  assets remained broadly stable in a subdued market environment. The small reduction was driven by debt securities in the Rates business.

 

 

Risk-weighted assets fell by £12 billion, reflecting continued mitigation actions and reduced risk exposures.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q2 2013

Rates increased by £42 million, 16%, despite a low volatility environment, benefiting from income associated with de-risking the business in contrast to Q2 2013, which was impacted by difficult trading conditions.

 

 

Currencies income was £123 million or 44% lower, reflecting the subdued market conditions, compared to greater volatility in Q2 2013 following central bank intervention in the United States and Japan.

 

 

Income from Portfolio fell £11 million or 7%. Q2 2013 included a gain on an asset sale.

 

 

Operating expenses fell by £341 million, 23%, driven by lower litigation and conduct costs and the ongoing cost reduction programme, partially offset by a £108 million increase in restructuring costs.

 

52

 

 


 

 

 

Central items

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central items not allocated

91 

553 

  

86 

352 

 

Funding and operating costs have been allocated to operating divisions based on direct service usage, the requirement for market funding and other appropriate drivers where services span more than one division.

 

Residual unallocated items relate to volatile corporate items that do not naturally reside within a division.

 

Key points

 

H1 2014 compared with H1 2013

Central items not allocated represented a credit of £91 million compared with a credit of £553 million in H1 2013. The change was principally driven by lower gains on the disposal of available-for-sale securities in Treasury, which were down £245 million to £215 million for H1 2014, along with a £150 million restructuring charge relating to the Williams & Glyn franchise.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q1 2014

Central items not allocated represented a credit of £86 million compared with a credit of £5 million in Q1 2014. The improvement principally reflects lower restructuring costs relating to Williams & Glyn and favourable movements in respect of fair value movements on derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting in Treasury partially offset by lower AFS gains.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q2 2013

Central items not allocated represented a credit of £86 million compared with a credit of £352 million in

Q2 2013. The change was principally driven by lower gains on the disposal of available-for-sale securities in Treasury, which were down £342 million to £13 million for Q2 2014.

 

53

 

 


 

 

 

Citizens Financial Group (£ Sterling)

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

987 

939 

  

499 

488 

469 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

350 

382 

  

181 

169 

192 

Other non-interest income

270 

188 

  

210 

60 

86 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

620 

570 

  

391 

229 

278 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,607 

1,509 

  

890 

717 

747 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(512)

(572)

  

(261)

(251)

(286)

  - other

(501)

(482)

  

(252)

(249)

(233)

Indirect expenses

(48)

  

(27)

Restructuring costs

(69)

(3)

  

(69)

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(1,082)

(1,105)

  

(582)

(500)

(548)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

525 

404 

  

308 

217 

199 

Impairment losses

(104)

(51)

  

(31)

(73)

(32)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

421 

353 

  

277 

144 

167 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average exchange rate - US$/£

1.669 

1.544 

  

1.683 

1.655 

1.536 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by product

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages and home equity

223 

249 

  

111 

112 

123 

Personal lending and cards

204 

204 

  

106 

98 

104 

Retail deposits

376 

379 

  

190 

186 

189 

Commercial lending

333 

335 

  

168 

165 

167 

Commercial deposits

216 

200 

  

109 

107 

98 

Other

255 

142 

  

206 

49 

66 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,607 

1,509 

  

890 

717 

747 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential mortgages

12 

  

(5)

10 

Home equity

34 

37 

  

15 

19 

18 

SBO home equity

  

(17)

21 

Corporate and commercial

(35)

  

(1)

(11)

Other consumer

55 

37 

  

26 

29 

15 

Securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

104 

51 

  

31 

73 

32 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  

  

  

  reverse repurchase agreements) by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential mortgages

0.4%

  

0.4%

(0.3%)

0.7%

Home equity

0.6%

0.5%

  

0.5%

0.6%

0.5%

SBO home equity

0.6%

  

(5.6%)

6.5%

Corporate and commercial

0.1%

(0.3%)

  

0.1%

(0.2%)

Other consumer

1.2%

0.8%

  

1.2%

1.3%

0.7%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

0.4%

0.2%

  

0.2%

0.5%

0.2%

 

54

 

 


 

 

 

Citizens Financial Group (£ Sterling)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Key metrics

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

7.5%

6.6%

  

9.8%

5.1%

6.3%

Net interest margin

2.94%

2.90%

  

2.93%

2.94%

2.89%

Cost:income ratio

67%

73%

  

65%

70%

73%

 

Note:

(1)

Return on equity is based on segmental operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 12% of monthly average of segmental RWAs).

 

  

30 June

31 March

  

  

31 December

  

2014

2014 

  

2013

  

£bn

£bn

Change

  

£bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

6.4 

6.2 

3%

  

5.8 

10%

  - home equity

11.3 

12.0 

(6%)

  

12.1 

(7%)

  - SBO home equity

1.2 

1.3 

(8%)

  

100%

  - corporate and commercial

24.2 

24.7 

(2%)

  

24.1 

  - other consumer

9.1 

9.0 

1%

  

8.6 

6%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

52.2 

53.2 

(2%)

  

50.6 

3%

Loan impairment provisions

(0.5)

(0.5)

  

(0.3)

67%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

51.7 

52.7 

(2%)

  

50.3 

3%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Funded assets

75.7 

75.7 

  

71.3 

6%

Investment securities

14.5 

14.9 

(3%)

  

12.9 

12%

Risk elements in lending

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - retail

1.1 

1.1 

  

0.9 

22%

  - commercial

0.2 

0.2 

  

0.1 

100%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total risk elements in lending

1.3 

1.3 

  

1.0 

30%

Provision coverage (1)

38%

41%

(300bp)

  

26%

1,200bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits (excluding repos)

52.9 

54.9 

(4%)

  

55.1 

(4%)

Bank deposits (excluding repos)

4.7 

3.4 

38%

  

2.0 

135%

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

98%

96%

200bp

  

91%

700bp

Risk-weighted assets (2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

54.8 

55.4 

(1%)

  

50.7 

8%

    - counterparty

0.8 

0.8 

  

0.5 

60%

  - Operational risk

5.1 

5.1 

  

4.9 

4%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

60.7 

61.3 

(1%)

  

56.1 

8%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Spot exchange rate - US$/£

1.711 

1.668 

  

  

1.654 

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

(2)

Risk-weighted assets at 31 December 2013 are on a Basel 2.5 basis.

 

Key points

Sterling strengthened against the US dollar during the first half of 2014, with the spot exchange rate at 30 June 2014 increasing 3% compared with 31 December 2013.

 

55

 

 


 

 

 

Citizens Financial Group (US dollar)

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

$m

$m

  

$m

$m

$m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,647 

1,449 

  

838 

809 

720 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

584 

590 

  

305 

279 

295 

Other non-interest income

452 

291 

  

353 

99 

133 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

1,036 

881 

  

658 

378 

428 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

2,683 

2,330 

  

1,496 

1,187 

1,148 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(855)

(883)

  

(439)

(416)

(439)

  - other

(835)

(744)

  

(423)

(412)

(359)

Indirect expenses

(74)

  

(40)

Restructuring costs

(115)

(5)

  

(115)

(3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(1,805)

(1,706)

  

(977)

(828)

(841)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

878 

624 

  

519 

359 

307 

Impairment losses

(174)

(78)

  

(53)

(121)

(48)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

704 

546 

  

466 

238 

259 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of income by product

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages and home equity

373 

384 

  

188 

185 

189 

Personal lending and cards

340 

314 

  

178 

162 

159 

Retail deposits

627 

586 

  

319 

308 

291 

Commercial lending

556 

518 

  

283 

273 

257 

Commercial deposits

360 

309 

  

183 

177 

151 

Other

427 

219 

  

345 

82 

101 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

2,683 

2,330 

  

1,496 

1,187 

1,148 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Analysis of impairments by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential mortgages

19 

  

10 

(9)

16 

Home equity

57 

56 

  

25 

32 

27 

SBO home equity

  

(28)

34 

Corporate and commercial

13 

(53)

  

(2)

15 

(17)

Other consumer

94 

56 

  

45 

49 

22 

Securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total impairment losses

174 

78 

  

53 

121 

48 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross

  

  

  

  

  

  

  customer loans and advances (excluding

  

  

  

  

  

  

  reverse repurchase agreements) by sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential mortgages

0.4%

  

0.4%

(0.3%)

0.7%

Home equity

0.6%

0.5%

  

0.5%

0.6%

0.5%

SBO home equity

0.6%

  

(5.6%)

6.5%

Corporate and commercial

0.1%

(0.3%)

  

0.1%

(0.2%)

Other consumer

1.2%

0.8%

  

1.2%

1.3%

0.7%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

0.4%

0.2%

  

0.2%

0.5%

0.2%

56

 

 


 

 

 

Citizens Financial Group (US dollar)

 

Key metrics

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performance ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

Return on equity (1)

7.5%

6.6%

  

9.8%

5.1%

6.3%

Net interest margin

2.94%

2.90%

  

2.93%

2.94%

2.89%

Cost:income ratio

67%

73%

  

65%

70%

73%

 

Note:

(1)

Return on equity is based on segmental operating profit after tax divided by average notional equity (based on 12% of monthly average of segmental RWAs).

 

57

 

 


 

 

 

Citizens Financial Group (US dollar)

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

  

  

31 December

  

  

2014

2014 

  

  

2013 

  

  

$bn

$bn

Change

  

$bn

Change

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

10.9 

10.3 

6%

  

9.6 

14%

  - home equity

19.4 

20.0 

(3%)

  

20.1 

(3%)

  - SBO home equity

2.0 

2.1 

(5%)

  

100%

  - corporate and commercial

41.4 

41.2 

  

39.8 

4%

  - other consumer

15.6 

15.2 

3%

  

14.1 

11%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

89.3 

88.8 

1%

  

83.6 

7%

Loan impairment provisions

(0.9)

(0.9)

  

(0.4)

125%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

88.4 

87.9 

1%

  

83.2 

6%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Funded assets

129.5 

126.2 

3%

  

117.9 

10%

Investment securities

24.9 

24.9 

  

21.3 

17%

Risk elements in lending

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - retail

1.9 

1.9 

  

1.5 

27%

  - commercial

0.3 

0.3 

  

0.2 

50%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total risk elements in lending

2.2 

2.2 

  

1.7 

29%

Provision coverage (1)

38%

41%

(300bp)

  

26%

1,200bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits (excluding repos)

90.5 

91.6 

(1%)

  

91.1 

(1%)

Bank deposits (excluding repos)

8.0 

5.7 

40%

  

3.3 

142%

Loan:deposit ratio (excluding repos)

98%

96%

200bp

  

91%

700bp

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk-weighted assets (2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

93.8 

92.4 

2%

  

83.8 

12%

    - counterparty

1.3 

1.3 

  

0.8 

63%

  - Operational risk

8.7 

8.5 

2%

  

8.2 

6%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

103.8 

102.2 

2%

  

92.8 

12%

 

Notes:

(1)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

(2)

Risk-weighted assets at 31 December 2013 are on a Basel 2.5 basis.

 

Key points

H1 2014 and Q2 2014 results are not directly comparable with prior year periods; prior year results exclude Non-Core operations and include Group allocations. In the context of the planned disposal of Citizens Financial Group, central Group costs are no longer allocated to the division.

 

H1 2014 compared with H1 2013

Operating profit increased by £68 million ($158 million), or 19%, to £421 million ($704 million), reflecting the sale of the Illinois retail branches and small business and select middle market relationships in the Illinois market. Excluding the impact of the sale, £170 million ($283 million) net gain, and restructuring costs, £69 million ($115 million) (H1 2013 - £3 million ($5 million)), operating profit was down 4% driven by lower non-interest income and higher impairment losses partially offset by higher net interest income.

58

 

 


 

 

 

Citizens Financial Group (US dollar)

 

Key points (continued) 

 

H1 2014 compared with H1 2013 (continued) 

The branch sale comprised retail branches located in Illinois, including certain customer deposits of £2.8 million ($4.8 billion) and selected loans of £0.6 billion ($1.0 billion) (primarily middle market, small business, home equity and credit card balances). The transaction which completed on 20 June 2014 and resulted in a net gain of £170 million ($283 million) and restructuring costs of £10 million ($17 million).

 

 

The operating environment and market conditions remained challenging, with intense competition for loans. An extended period of low short-term rates limited net interest margin expansion and the rise in long-term rates dramatically slowed mortgage refinance volumes.

 

 

Net interest income was up £48 million ($198 million), or 5%, to £987 million ($1,647 million) driven by a larger investment portfolio, loan growth including the transfer of assets from Non-Core, the benefit of interest rate swaps and deposit pricing discipline.

 

 

Higher rates led to investment security purchases resulting in average portfolio growth of £3.0 billion ($6.3 billion) over the year.

 

 

Average loans and advances were flat. On a US dollar basis average loans and advances were up 9%, driven by the £2.1 billion ($3.6 billion) transfer of assets from Non-Core, commercial and auto loan growth, a strategic initiative to purchase residential mortgages and to hold more originations on the balance sheet. This was partially offset by home equity run-off.

 

 

Average customer deposits were down 10%, with planned run-off of high priced deposits. Consumer checking balances were down 5% and small business checking balances were down 4%, principally due to the strengthening of sterling against the US dollar. On a US dollar basis consumer and small business checking balances both grew by 3% over the year.

 

 

Excluding the gain on the sale of the Illinois branches of £170 million ($283 million), non-interest income was down £120 million ($128 million), or 21%, to £450 million ($753 million) reflecting lower securities gains of  £41 million ($69 million), lower mortgage banking fees of £29 million ($49 million), as refinancing volumes have slowed, and lower deposit fees of £19 million ($31 million) due to a change in the posting order of customer transactions, partially offset by higher commercial banking fee income of £13 million ($21 million). Mortgage origination activity has slowed as market rates have risen, leading to lower applications combined with lower levels of gains on sales of mortgages.

 

 

Excluding restructuring costs of £69 million ($115 million) (H1 2013 - £3 million ($5 million)), operating expenses were down £89 million ($11 million), or 8%, to £1,013 million ($1,690 million) driven by the removal of indirect costs in 2014, incentive reversals for prior year plans and lower retirement costs partially offset by lower mortgage servicing rights impairment recapture and higher consumer regulatory compliance costs.

 

 

Restructuring costs include costs related to the sale of the Illinois branches and other initiatives intended to improve the overall effectiveness and efficiency of the franchise.

 

 

Impairment losses increased by £53 million ($96 million) to £104 million ($174 million) due to a reserve build of £9 million ($15 million) in H1 2014 compared with a reserve release of £38 million ($58 million) in H1 2013 and higher charge-offs including those related to assets transferred from Non-Core.

 

59

 

 


 

 

 

Citizens Financial Group (US dollar)

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q1 2014

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q1 2014 (continued) 

Operating profit increased by £133 million ($228 million), or 92%, to £277 million ($466 million) largely due to the sale of the Illinois retail branches and small business and select middle market relationships. Excluding the impact of the sale, £170 million ($283 million), and restructuring costs, £69 million ($115 million), operating profit was up £32 million ($60 million), or 22%, to £176 million ($298 million) driven by lower impairment losses. 

 

 

Net interest income was up £11 million ($29 million), or 4% at £499 million ($838 million) driven by a larger investment portfolio, loan growth and the impact of day count.

 

 

Average loans and advances were flat. On a US dollar basis average loans and advances were up 2%, driven by higher commercial loans, auto loan organic growth and purchases and a strategic initiative to purchase residential mortgages.

 

 

Excluding the gain on the sale of the Illinois retail branches of £170 million ($283 million) in Q2 2014, non-interest income was broadly in line with the prior quarter.

 

 

Excluding restructuring costs of £69 million ($115 million), operating expenses were up £13 million ($34 million), or 3%, at £513 million ($862 million) due to higher incentives as Q1 2014 included incentive reversals for prior year plans.

 

 

Impairment losses decreased by £42 million ($68 million) to £31 million ($53 million) for the quarter due to lower charge-offs of £11 million ($19 million) and a reserve release in Q2 2014 of £11 million ($19 million) reflecting asset quality improvements, compared to a reserve build in Q1 2014 of £21 million ($34 million).

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q2 2013

Excluding the impact of the Illinois retail branch sale, £170 million ($283 million net gain), and restructuring costs, £69 million ($115 million) (Q2 2013 - £2 million ($3 million)), operating profit increased by £7 million ($36 million), or 4%, driven by higher net interest income and lower operating expenses partially offset by lower non-interest income.

 

 

Income and expense drivers are consistent with H1 2014 compared with H1 2013.

 

 

Impairment losses were broadly in line with prior year despite the Non-Core transfer. 

 

60

 

 


 

 

 

RBS Capital Resolution

 

RCR is managed and analysed by four business pillars - Ulster Bank, Real Estate Finance, Corporate and Markets. Real Estate Finance excludes commercial real estate lending in Ulster Bank.

 

  

Half year

  

  

  

ended

Quarter ended

30 June

30 June

31 March

  

2014 

2014 

2014 

  

£m

£m

£m 

  

  

  

  

Income statement

  

  

  

Net interest income/(expense)

11 

16 

(5)

Funding costs of rental assets

(12)

(9)

(3)

  

  

  

  

Net interest income/(expense)

(1) 

(8)

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

31 

17 

14 

Income from trading activities (1)

(53)

(69)

16 

Other operating income (1)

131 

80 

51 

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

109 

28 

81 

  

  

  

  

Total income

108 

35 

73 

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  - staff

(89)

(51)

(38)

  - other

(32)

(14)

(18)

Indirect expenses

(55)

(32)

(23)

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(176)

(97)

(79)

  

  

  

  

Operating loss before impairment losses

(68)

(62)

(6)

Impairment recoveries/(losses) (1)

20 

128 

(108)

  

  

  

  

Operating (loss)/profit

(48)

66 

(114)

  

  

  

  

Total income

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

14 

(13)

Real Estate Finance

96 

13 

83 

Corporate

(14)

(12)

(2)

Markets

25 

20 

  

  

  

  

Total income

108 

35 

73 

  

  

  

  

Impairment (recoveries)/losses

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

(15)

(67)

52 

Real Estate Finance

(34)

(123)

89 

Corporate

39 

73 

(34)

Markets

(10)

(11)

  

  

  

  

Total impairment (recoveries)/losses

(20)

(128)

108 

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment charge as % of gross customer loans and advances (2)

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

(0.2%)

(1.9%)

1.3%

Real Estate Finance

(0.9%)

(6.6%)

4.1%

Corporate

1.0%

3.7%

(1.5%)

Markets

(2.0%)

(3.6%)

  

  

  

  

Total

(0.1%)

(1.7%)

1.2%

 

Notes:

(1)

Q2 2014 results included £225 million (Q1 2014 - £56 million) of net gains from the disposal of assets, comprising £6 million gain (Q1 2014 - £5 million loss) in income from trading activities, £38 million of losses (Q1 2014 - £3 million) in other operating income and £257 million (Q1 2014 - £64 million) release of impairment provisions.

(2)

Includes disposal groups.

 

61

 

 


 

 

 

RBS Capital Resolution

 

  

  

  

30 June

31 March

  

  

2014 

2014 

  

  

  

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

Capital and balance sheet

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers (gross) (1)

  

  

30.0 

34.0 

Loan impairment provisions

  

  

(14.4)

(15.7)

  

  

  

  

  

Net loans and advances to customers

  

  

15.6 

18.3 

  

  

  

  

  

Debt securities

  

  

1.9 

2.2 

Total funded assets

  

  

20.9 

24.3 

Total third party assets (including derivatives)

  

  

34.4 

38.8 

  

  

  

  

  

Risk elements in lending

  

  

20.4 

23.0 

Provision coverage (2)

  

  

71%

68%

Risk-weighted assets (3)

  

  

  

  

  - Credit risk

  

  

  

  

    - non-counterparty

  

  

22.6 

29.6 

    - counterparty

  

  

8.2 

5.7 

  - Market risk

  

  

4.3 

5.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

35.1 

40.5 

  

  

  

  

  

Gross loans and advances to customers (1)

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

  

  

13.9 

15.5 

Real Estate Finance

  

  

7.4 

8.6 

Corporate

  

  

7.8 

9.1 

Markets

  

  

0.9 

0.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30.0 

34.0 

  

  

  

  

  

Funded assets

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

  

  

3.5 

4.4 

Real Estate Finance (3)

  

  

6.7 

7.7 

Corporate

  

  

7.4 

8.6 

Markets

  

  

3.3 

3.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

20.9 

24.3 

  

  

  

  

  

Risk weighted assets (4)

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

  

  

2.3 

2.8 

Real Estate Finance

  

  

6.4 

11.5 

Corporate

  

  

15.1 

14.7 

Markets

  

  

11.3 

11.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

35.1 

40.5 

  

  

  

  

  

RWA equivalent (RWAe) (5)

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

  

  

4.5 

6.7 

Real Estate Finance

  

  

10.5 

13.4 

Corporate

  

  

16.6 

17.0 

Markets

  

  

11.9 

13.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

43.5 

50.9 

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes disposal groups.

(2)

Provision coverage represents loan impairment provisions as a percentage of risk elements in lending.

(3)

Real Estate Finance funded assets comprise those in the UK (£4.4 billion), Germany (£1.0 billion), Spain (£0.5 billion) and other geographies (£0.8 billion).

(4)

On a fully loaded Basel 3 basis risk-weighted assets at 1 January 2014 were £46.7 billion.

(5)

RWA equivalent (RWAe) is an internal metric that measures the equity capital employed in divisions. RWAe converts both performing and non-performing exposures into a consistent capital measure, being the sum of the regulatory RWAs and the regulatory capital deductions, the latter converted to RWAe by applying a multiplier. The Group applies a CET 1 ratio of 10%; this results in an end point CRR RWAe conversion multiplier of 10.

 

62

 

 


 

 

 

RBS Capital Resolution

 

Funded assets and RWAe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-performing (1)

  

Performing (1)

  

Total

  

Funded assets

RWAe 

  

Capital

  

Funded assets

RWAe 

  

Capital

  

Funded assets

RWAe 

  

Capital

Gross

Net

RWA

deducts

Gross

Net

RWA

deducts (2)

Gross

Net

RWA

deducts

30 June 2014

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£m

  

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£m

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

13.0 

2.6 

4.4 

446 

  

1.1 

0.9 

0.1 

2.3 

(229)

  

14.1 

3.5 

4.5 

2.3 

217 

Real Estate Finance

5.0 

2.7 

4.1 

0.3 

389 

  

4.1 

4.0 

6.4 

6.1 

16 

  

9.1 

6.7 

10.5 

6.4 

405 

Corporate

2.6 

1.2 

1.8 

184 

  

6.3 

6.2 

14.8 

15.1 

(28)

  

8.9 

7.4 

16.6 

15.1 

156 

Markets

0.1 

0.1 

0.5 

0.2 

34 

  

3.2 

3.2 

11.4 

11.1 

30 

  

3.3 

3.3 

11.9 

11.3 

64 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total RCR

20.7 

6.6 

10.8 

0.5 

1,053 

  

14.7 

14.3 

32.7 

34.6 

(211)

  

35.4 

20.9 

43.5 

35.1 

842 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 March 2014

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

14.6 

3.6 

6.3 

0.1 

622 

  

1.1 

0.8 

0.4 

2.7 

(235)

  

15.7 

4.4 

6.7 

2.8 

387 

Real Estate Finance

5.4 

2.9 

2.9 

0.3 

260 

  

4.9 

4.8 

10.5 

11.2 

(76)

  

10.3 

7.7 

13.4 

11.5 

184 

Corporate

2.9 

1.2 

2.1 

0.1 

209 

  

7.5 

7.4 

14.9 

14.6 

28 

  

10.4 

8.6 

17.0 

14.7 

237 

Markets

0.2 

0.2 

0.3 

-

26 

  

3.4 

3.4 

13.5 

11.5 

205 

  

3.6 

3.6 

13.8 

11.5 

231 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total RCR

23.1 

7.9 

11.6 

0.5 

1,117 

  

16.9 

16.4 

39.3 

40.0 

(78)

  

40.0 

24.3 

50.9 

40.5 

1,039 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1 January 2014

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

14.8 

3.7 

7.6 

0.2 

738 

  

1.4 

1.1 

1.3 

3.1 

(179)

  

16.2 

4.8 

8.9 

3.3 

559 

Real Estate Finance

7.2 

4.2 

6.1 

0.3 

580 

  

5.8 

5.3 

12.5 

13.2 

(75)

  

13.0 

9.5 

18.6 

13.5 

505 

Corporate

3.3 

1.7 

2.9 

0.2 

269 

  

8.1 

8.1 

18.2 

16.2 

208 

  

11.4 

9.8 

21.1 

16.4 

477 

Markets

0.2 

0.1 

0.6 

-

58 

  

4.7 

4.7 

15.8 

13.5 

233 

  

4.9 

4.8 

16.4 

13.5 

291 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total RCR

25.5 

9.7 

17.2 

0.7 

1,645 

  

20.0 

19.2 

47.8 

46.0 

187 

  

45.5 

28.9 

65.0 

46.7 

1,832 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Performing assets are those with an internal asset quality band of AQ1 - 9; and non-performing assets are in AQ10 with a probability of default being 100%.

(2)

The negative capital deductions are a result of the latent loss provisions held in respect of the performing portfolio.

(3)

Capital deductions relating to expected loss less impairment provisions were £823 million (31 March 2014 - £960 million; 1 January 2014 - £1,774 million).

 

63

 

 


 

 

 

RBS Capital Resolution

 

Funded assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1 April

  

  

  

  

30 June

2014 

Net run-off 

Disposals (1)

Impairments 

Other

2014 

Quarter ended 30 June 2014

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

4.4 

(0.1)

(0.8)

0.1 

(0.1)

3.5 

Real Estate Finance

7.7 

(0.4)

(0.6)

0.1 

(0.1)

6.7 

Corporate

8.6 

(0.8)

(0.2)

(0.1)

(0.1)

7.4 

Markets

3.6 

(0.1)

(0.2)

-

-

3.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

24.3 

(1.4)

(1.8)

0.1 

(0.3)

20.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1 January

  

  

  

  

31 March

2014 

Net run-off 

Disposals (1)

Impairments 

Other

2014 

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

4.8 

(0.1)

(0.2)

(0.1)

-

4.4 

Real Estate Finance

9.5 

(1.2)

(0.5)

(0.1)

-

7.7 

Corporate

9.8 

(0.7)

(0.5)

-

-

8.6 

Markets

4.8 

(0.5)

(0.7)

-

-

3.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

28.9 

(2.5)

(1.9)

(0.2)

-

24.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Risk-weighted assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

1 April

  

  

Risk

  

Other (3)

30 June

2014 

Net run-off 

Disposals (1)

parameters (2)

Impairments

2014 

Quarter ended 30 June 2014

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

2.8 

-

(0.1)

(0.4)

-

-

2.3 

Real Estate Finance

11.5 

(0.2)

(0.6)

(4.2)

-

(0.1)

6.4 

Corporate

14.7 

(0.6)

(0.5)

2.2 

(0.4)

(0.3)

15.1 

Markets

11.5 

(1.6)

(0.7)

2.2 

-

(0.1)

11.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

40.5 

(2.4)

(1.9)

(0.2)

-

(0.5)

35.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1 January

  

  

Risk

  

Other (3)

31 March

2014 

Net run-off 

Disposals (1)

parameters (2)

Impairments

2014 

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

3.3 

(0.5)

-

-

-

2.8 

Real Estate Finance

13.5 

(1.6)

(0.1)

(0.3)

-

11.5 

Corporate

16.4 

(0.3)

(0.5)

(0.8)

-

(0.1)

14.7 

Markets

13.5 

(0.2)

(0.6)

(1.2)

-

-

11.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

46.7 

(2.6)

(1.2)

(2.3)

-

(0.1)

40.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

For the notes to this table refer to the following page.

  

  

64

 

 


 

 

 

 

RBS Capital Resolution

 

Capital deductions

  

  

  

  

  

1 April

Net run-off 

  

Risk

Impairments 

Other (3)

30 June

2014 

Disposals (1)

parameters (2)

2014 

Quarter ended 30 June 2014

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

387 

(26)

(103)

17 

(46)

(12)

217 

Real Estate Finance

184 

(81)

(29)

242 

101 

(12)

405 

Corporate

237 

(23)

(62)

97 

(83)

(10)

156 

Markets

231 

(9)

(79)

(79)

-

-

64 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

1,039 

(139)

(273)

277 

(28)

(34)

842 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1 January

Net run-off 

  

Risk

Impairments 

Other (3)

31 March

2014 

Disposals (1)

parameters (2)

2014 

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

559 

(2)

(14)

(135)

(17)

(4)

387 

Real Estate Finance

505 

(211)

(59)

31 

(78)

(4)

184 

Corporate

477 

(71)

17 

(159)

(27)

237 

Markets

291 

-

-

(56)

-

(4)

231 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

1,832 

(284)

(56)

(319)

(122)

(12)

1,039 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

RWA equivalent

  

  

  

  

  

1 April

Net run-off 

  

Risk

Impairments 

Other (3)

30 June

2014 

Disposals (1)

parameters (2)

2014 

Quarter ended 30 June 2014

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

6.7 

(0.3)

(1.1)

(0.2)

(0.5)

(0.1)

4.5 

Real Estate Finance

13.4 

(1.0)

(0.9)

(1.8)

1.0 

(0.2)

10.5 

Corporate

17.0 

(0.8)

(1.1)

3.2 

(1.2)

(0.5)

16.6 

Markets

13.8 

(1.7)

(1.5)

1.4 

-

(0.1)

11.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

50.9 

(3.8)

(4.6)

2.6 

(0.7)

(0.9)

43.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1 January

Net run-off 

  

Risk

Impairments 

Other (3)

31 March

2014 

Disposals (1)

parameters (2)

2014 

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

8.9 

(0.5)

(0.1)

(1.4)

(0.2)

6.7 

Real Estate Finance

18.6 

(3.7)

(0.7)

(0.8)

13.4 

Corporate

21.1 

(1.0)

(0.3)

(2.4)

(0.3)

(0.1)

17.0 

Markets

16.4 

(0.2)

(0.6)

(1.7)

-

(0.1)

13.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

65.0 

(5.4)

(1.7)

(5.5)

(1.3)

(0.2)

50.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Notes:

(1)

Includes all aspects relating to disposals, including associated removal of deductions from regulatory capital.

(2)

Principally reflects credit migration and other technical adjustments.

(3)

Includes fair value adjustments and foreign exchange movements.

65

 

 


 

 

 

RBS Capital Resolution

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross loans and advances, REIL and related impairments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

YTD

  

  

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

Impairment

YTD

  

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of

charge/

Amounts

  

loans (1)

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans

(gain) (2)

written-off

30 June 2014

£bn

£bn

£bn

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By sector:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

10.7 

8.2 

4.4 

77 

54 

41 

(35)

839 

  - development

7.6 

7.0 

6.1 

92 

87 

80 

(65)

222 

Asset finance

2.5 

0.9 

0.4 

36 

44 

16 

19 

21 

Other corporate

9.1 

4.3 

3.5 

47 

81 

38 

71 

532 

Other

0.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30.0 

20.4 

14.4 

68 

71 

48 

(10)

1,619 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

By donating segment

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  and sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 - investment

4.5 

4.3 

2.7 

96 

63 

60 

(42)

126 

 - development

6.5 

6.4 

5.8 

98 

91 

89 

(79)

192 

Other corporate

2.9 

2.3 

2.1 

79 

91 

72 

106 

157 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total Ulster Bank

13.9 

13.0 

10.6 

94 

82 

76 

(15)

475 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

2.2 

1.3 

0.5 

59 

38 

23 

33 

51 

  - development

0.8 

0.5 

0.2 

63 

40 

25 

15 

11 

Asset finance

Other corporate

1.2 

0.6 

0.4 

50 

67 

33 

30 

113 

Other

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total Commercial Banking

4.2 

2.4 

1.1 

57 

46 

26 

78 

182 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CIB

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - investment

4.0 

2.6 

1.2 

65 

46 

30 

(26)

662 

  - development

0.3 

0.1 

0.1 

33 

100 

33 

(1)

19 

Asset finance

2.5 

0.9 

0.4 

36 

44 

16 

19 

18 

Other corporate

5.0 

1.4 

1.0 

28 

71 

20 

(65)

262 

Other

0.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total CIB

11.9 

5.0 

2.7 

42 

54 

23 

(73)

962 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

30.0 

20.4 

14.4 

68 

71 

48 

(10)

1,619 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

13.9 

8.0 

5.0 

58 

63 

36 

(71)

1,057 

Europe

15.0 

12.0 

9.2 

80 

77 

61 

78 

553 

US

0.3 

0.1 

33 

(8)

RoW

0.8 

0.3 

0.2 

38 

67 

25 

(9)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30.0 

20.4 

14.4 

68 

71 

48 

(10)

1,619 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

0.6 

(10)

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes disposal groups.

(2)

Impairment losses include those relating to AFS securities; sector analyses above include allocation of latent impairment charges.

66

 

 


 

 

 

RBS Capital Resolution

 

Gross loans and advances, REIL and related impairments (continued) 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Impairment

  

  

Gross

  

charge/

Amounts

  

loans (1)

Provisions

(gain) (2)

written-off

31 March 2014

£bn

£bn

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

By donating segment and sector

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster Bank

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

 - investment

5.4 

3.1 

47 

 - development

7.1 

6.2 

(29)

31 

Other corporate

3.0 

2.0 

34 

25 

  

  

  

  

  

Total Ulster Bank

15.5 

11.3 

52 

59 

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  - investment

2.4 

0.5 

52 

  - development

0.7 

0.3 

13 

Other corporate

1.7 

0.5 

16 

25 

Other

-

-

-

  

  

  

  

  

Total Commercial Banking

4.8 

1.3 

81 

32 

  

  

  

  

  

CIB

  

  

  

  

Commercial real estate

  

  

  

  

  - investment

5.1 

1.4 

34 

370 

  - development

0.3 

0.1 

10 

Asset finance

2.5 

0.4 

-

Other corporate

5.6 

1.2 

(47)

326 

Other

0.2 

-

(30)

-

  

  

  

  

  

Total CIB

13.7 

3.1 

(25)

699 

  

  

  

  

  

Total

34.0 

15.7 

108 

790 

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

0.7 

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes disposal groups.

(2)

Impairment losses include those relating to AFS securities; sector analyses above include allocation of latent impairment charges.

 

67

 

 


 

 

 

RBS Capital Resolution

 

Key points

 

H1 2014

Funded assets have reduced by £8 billion, or 28%, to £21 billion since inception on 1 January 2014, driven by disposals and run-off.

 

 

RWA equivalent decreased by £21 billion, or 33%, to £44 billion during H1 2014. This primarily reflects disposals and run-off, supplemented by methodology changes and lower operational and market risk RWAs.

 

 

The operating loss of £48 million benefited from £281 million of disposal gains and recoveries in H1 2014 with underlying impairments of £301 million.

 

 

The net effect of the operating loss and RWA equivalent (RWAe) reduction resulted in net CET1 accretion of £2 billion.

 

Q2 2014 compared with Q1 2014

Capital

RWAe reduction of £7 billion, to £44 billion, reflects a combination of disposals, run-off and lower market risk RWAs.

 

 

The operating focus in the quarter was on capital intensive positions to maximise the capital accretion benefit. Reductions in these positions were achieved in a capital accretive manner and consistent with our asset management principles. Disposal activity was spread across all sectors, with the most notable reductions in the Ulster Bank and Real Estate business pillars.

 

Funded assets

Funded assets fell to £21 billion, a reduction of £3 billion, or 14%, during the quarter.

 

 

The reduction was achieved by a mixture of run-off and disposals, and continued to benefit from a combination of strong liquidity in the market and asset demand in specific sectors. The first major disposal in Ireland was completed in Q2 2014 which reduced funded assets by £0.5 billion.

 

 

The percentage mix of assets across each of the business pillars remained broadly stable.

 

Operating performance  

Operating profit for the second quarter was £66 million, a £180 million improvement compared with Q1 2014 and included a £36 million latent provision release reflecting improving credit conditions. The operating performance also benefited from a number of disposal gains and recoveries with good pricing in the market and efficient execution.

 

 

The favourable market conditions were reflected in higher than anticipated sale prices for assets disposed of in the quarter, resulting in disposal gains of £225 million, primarily through the write back of impairment provisions, compared with £56 million in Q1 2014.

 

 

The net effect of the operating profit of £66 million and RWAe reduction of £7 billion(1) resulted in net CET1 accretion of £0.8 billion in the quarter.

 

Funding employed

RCR continues to be funded primarily by RBS Treasury and has no material third party deposits.

 

 

 

A run off profile of 85% over three years has been assumed for RCR’s asset base with the associated funding cost being calculated from Treasury issuance maturing in line with the run down of the RCR balance sheet.

 

Note

(1)

Capital equivalent - £0.7 billion at an internal CET1 ratio of 10%.

 

68

 

 


 

 

 

Condensed consolidated income statement

for the period ended 30 June 2014

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest receivable

7,621 

8,560 

  

3,821 

3,800 

4,281 

Interest payable

(2,128)

(3,123)

  

(1,023)

(1,105)

(1,514)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

5,493 

5,437 

  

2,798 

2,695 

2,767 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

2,605 

2,708 

  

1,314 

1,291 

1,392 

Fees and commissions payable

(487)

(460)

  

(251)

(236)

(250)

Income from trading activities

1,493 

2,064 

  

541 

952 

949 

Gain on redemption of own debt

20 

191 

  

20 

242 

Other operating income

1,036 

1,332 

  

345 

691 

720 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest income

4,667 

5,835 

  

1,949 

2,718 

3,053 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

10,160 

11,272 

  

4,747 

5,413 

5,820 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Staff costs

(3,536)

(3,727)

  

(1,845)

(1,691)

(1,840)

Premises and equipment

(1,275)

(1,104)

  

(622)

(653)

(548)

Other administrative expenses

(1,662)

(2,181)

  

(951)

(711)

(1,418)

Depreciation and amortisation

(554)

(736)

  

(282)

(272)

(349)

Write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets

(212)

  

(130)

(82)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(7,239)

(7,748)

  

(3,830)

(3,409)

(4,155)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

2,921 

3,524 

  

917 

2,004 

1,665 

Impairment (losses)/recoveries

(269)

(2,150)

  

93 

(362)

(1,117)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit before tax

2,652 

1,374 

  

1,010 

1,642 

548 

Tax charge

(733)

(678)

  

(371)

(362)

(328)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit from continuing operations

1,919 

696 

  

639 

1,280 

220 

Profit from discontinued operations, net of tax

35 

138 

  

26 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit for the period

1,954 

834 

  

665 

1,289 

229 

Non-controlling interests

(42)

(117)

  

(23)

(19)

14 

Preference share and other dividends

(487)

(182)

  

(412)

(75)

(101)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit attributable to ordinary and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  B shareholders

1,425 

535 

  

230 

1,195 

142 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Earnings/(loss) per ordinary and equivalent

  

  

  

  

  

  

 B share (EPS)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basic EPS from continuing and discontinued operations

12.7p

  

2.0p

Basic EPS from continuing operations

12.5p

  

1.9p

 

Notes:

(1)

Basic EPS for the half year and quarter ended 30 June 2013 have been restated to reflect the terms of the dividend access share (see Note 9 on page 88).

(2)

Diluted EPS in the half year ended 30 June 2014 and the quarter ended 30 June 2014 were 0.1p lower than basic EPS.

 

69

 

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income

for the period ended 30 June 2014

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit for the period

1,954 

834 

  

665 

1,289 

229 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Items that qualify for reclassification

  

  

  

  

  

  

Available-for-sale financial assets

529 

 (733) 

  

265 

264 

 (1,009) 

Cash flow hedges

248 

 (1,536) 

  

 (47) 

295 

 (1,502) 

Currency translation

 (733) 

1,310 

  

 (598) 

 (135) 

113 

Tax

 (160) 

726 

  

 (72) 

 (88) 

678 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other comprehensive (loss)/income after tax

 (116) 

 (233) 

  

 (452) 

336 

 (1,720) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period

1,838 

601 

  

213 

1,625 

 (1,491) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total comprehensive income/(loss) is

  

  

  

  

  

  

  attributable to:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

30 

134 

  

24 

 (15) 

Preference shareholders

140 

152 

  

75 

65 

81 

Paid-in equity holders

27 

30 

  

17 

10 

20 

Dividend access share

320 

 - 

  

320 

 - 

 - 

Ordinary and B shareholders

1,321 

285 

  

 (205) 

1,526 

 (1,577) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1,838 

601 

  

213 

1,625 

 (1,491) 

 

Key points

The movement in available-for-sale financial assets during both the half year and quarter reflects unrealised gains predominately arising on Spanish and US bonds, partially offset by realised gains on high quality UK, Dutch and German sovereign bonds.

 

 

Cash flow hedging gains in H1 largely result from decreases in Sterling, Euro and US dollar swap rates in the main durations of the underlying portfolio.

 

 

Currency translation losses during the half year and quarter are principally due to the strengthening of Sterling against the US dollar and, in the quarter, the Euro.

 

70

 

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated balance sheet

at 30 June 2014

 

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

68,670 

69,647 

82,659 

Net loans and advances to banks

28,904 

28,302 

27,555 

Reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing

28,163 

26,470 

26,516 

Loans and advances to banks

57,067 

54,772 

54,071 

Net loans and advances to customers

385,554 

390,780 

390,825 

Reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing

53,542 

51,743 

49,897 

Loans and advances to customers

439,096 

442,523 

440,722 

Debt securities

112,794 

120,737 

113,599 

Equity shares

7,834 

9,761 

8,811 

Settlement balances

19,682 

16,900 

5,591 

Derivatives

274,906 

277,294 

288,039 

Intangible assets

12,173 

12,428 

12,368 

Property, plant and equipment

7,115 

7,437 

7,909 

Deferred tax

3,107 

3,289 

3,478 

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

7,418 

7,077 

7,614 

Assets of disposal groups

1,246 

1,905 

3,017 

  

  

  

  

Total assets

1,011,108 

1,023,770 

1,027,878 

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

Bank deposits

39,179 

35,371 

35,329 

Repurchase agreements and stock lending

31,722 

31,691 

28,650 

Deposits by banks

70,901 

67,062 

63,979 

Customer deposits

401,226 

401,276 

414,396 

Repurchase agreements and stock lending

51,540 

57,085 

56,484 

Customer accounts

452,766 

458,361 

470,880 

Debt securities in issue

59,087 

61,755 

67,819 

Settlement balances

15,128 

17,175 

5,313 

Short positions

39,019 

37,850 

28,022 

Derivatives

270,087 

274,506 

285,526 

Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities

14,876 

15,336 

16,017 

Retirement benefit liabilities

2,742 

2,829 

3,210 

Deferred tax

605 

583 

507 

Subordinated liabilities

24,809 

24,139 

24,012 

Liabilities of disposal groups

125 

3,238 

3,378 

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities

950,145 

962,834 

968,663 

  

  

  

  

Equity

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

618 

612 

473 

Owners’ equity*

  

  

  

  Called up share capital

6,811 

6,752 

6,714 

  Reserves

53,534 

53,572 

52,028 

  

  

  

  

Total equity

60,963 

60,936 

59,215 

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities and equity

1,011,108 

1,023,770 

1,027,878 

  

  

  

  

* Owners’ equity attributable to:

  

  

  

Ordinary and B shareholders

55,053 

55,032 

53,450 

Other equity owners

5,292 

5,292 

5,292 

  

  

  

  

  

60,345 

60,324 

58,742 

71

 

 


 

 

 

Average balance sheet

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

  

%

%

  

%

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average yields, spreads and margins of the

  

  

  

  

  

  banking business

  

  

  

  

  

Gross yield on interest-earning assets of banking business

3.03 

3.11 

  

3.05 

3.01 

Cost of interest-bearing liabilities of banking business

(1.20)

(1.50)

  

(1.17)

(1.24)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest spread of banking business

1.83 

1.61 

  

1.88 

1.77 

Benefit from interest-free funds

0.36 

0.36 

  

0.35 

0.36 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest margin of banking business

2.18 

1.97 

  

2.23 

2.13 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average interest rates

  

  

  

  

  

Base rate

0.50 

0.50 

  

0.50 

0.50 

  

  

  

  

  

  

London inter-bank three month offered rates

  

  

  

  

  

  - Sterling

0.52 

0.51 

  

0.52 

0.52 

  - Eurodollar

0.23 

0.28 

  

0.23 

0.23 

  - Euro

0.30 

0.21 

  

0.30 

0.30 

72

 

 


 

 

 

 

Average balance sheet

 

  

Half year ended

  

Half year ended

  

30 June 2014

  

30 June 2013

  

Average

  

  

  

Average

  

  

  

balance

Interest

Rate

  

balance

Interest

Rate

  

£m

£m

%

  

£m

£m

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to banks

69,097 

178 

0.52 

  

74,631 

222 

0.60 

Loans and advances to customers

382,284 

7,061 

3.72 

  

406,483 

7,640 

3.79 

Debt securities

55,707 

382 

1.38 

  

74,595 

698 

1.89 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest-earning assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - banking business (1)

507,088 

7,621 

3.03 

  

555,709 

8,560 

3.11 

  - trading business (2)

176,200 

  

  

  

232,773 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest earning assets

351,509 

  

  

  

521,802 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total assets

1,034,797 

  

  

  

1,310,284 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

16,991 

95 

1.13 

  

26,410 

223 

1.70 

Customer accounts

297,928 

987 

0.67 

  

332,939 

1,577 

0.96 

Debt securities in issue

38,728 

557 

2.90 

  

54,267 

698 

2.59 

Subordinated liabilities

23,016 

432 

3.79 

  

23,955 

447 

3.76 

Internal funding of trading business

(20,254)

57 

(0.57)

  

(18,266)

178 

(1.97)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest-bearing liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - banking business

356,409 

2,128 

1.20 

  

419,305 

3,123 

1.50 

  - trading business (2)

185,308 

  

  

  

236,675 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - demand deposits

81,316 

  

  

  

76,820 

  

  

  - other liabilities

351,614 

  

  

  

507,624 

  

  

Owners’ equity (3)

60,150 

  

  

  

69,860 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

1,034,797 

  

  

  

1,310,284 

  

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Interest income includes amounts (unwind of discount) recognised on impaired loans and receivables. The average balances of such loans are included in average loans and advances to banks and loans and advances to customers.

(2)

Interest receivable and interest payable on trading assets and liabilities are included in income from trading activities.

(3)

Including equity attributable to ordinary and B shareholders of £53,931 million (H1 2013 - £63,261 million).

73

 

 


 

 

 

Average balance sheet

 

  

Quarter ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June 2014

  

31 March 2014

  

Average

  

  

  

Average

  

  

  

balance

Interest

Rate

  

balance

Interest

Rate

  

£m

£m

%

  

£m

£m

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to banks

66,047 

89 

0.54 

  

72,181 

89 

0.50 

Loans and advances to customers

380,731 

3,543 

3.73 

  

383,857 

3,518 

3.72 

Debt securities

55,377 

189 

1.37 

  

56,041 

193 

1.40 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest-earning assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - banking business (1)

502,155 

3,821 

3.05 

  

512,079 

3,800 

3.01 

  - trading business (2)

175,066 

  

  

  

177,347 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest earning assets

358,298 

  

  

  

344,641 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total assets

1,035,519 

  

  

  

1,034,067 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

Deposits by banks

16,983 

41 

0.97 

  

16,884 

54 

1.30 

Customer accounts

294,937 

471 

0.64 

  

300,953 

516 

0.70 

Debt securities in issue

37,690 

270 

2.87 

  

39,778 

287 

2.93 

Subordinated liabilities

23,536 

220 

3.75 

  

22,386 

212 

3.84 

Internal funding of trading business

(22,224)

21 

(0.38)

  

(18,262)

36 

(0.80)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest-bearing liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - banking business

350,922 

1,023 

1.17 

  

361,739 

1,105 

1.24 

  - trading business (2)

184,529 

  

  

  

186,096 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-interest-bearing liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - demand deposits

82,213 

  

  

  

80,409 

  

  

  - other liabilities

357,505 

  

  

  

345,875 

  

  

Owners’ equity (3)

60,350 

  

  

  

59,948 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liabilities and owners’ equity

1,035,519 

  

  

  

1,034,067 

  

  

 

Notes:

(1)

Interest income includes amounts (unwind of discount) recognised on impaired loans and receivables. The average balances of such loans are included in average loans and advances to banks and loans and advances to customers.

(2)

Interest receivable and interest payable on trading assets and liabilities are included in income from trading activities.

(3)

Including equity attributable to ordinary and B shareholders of £54,425 million (Q1 2014 - £53,436 million).

 

74

 

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the period ended 30 June 2014

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Called-up share capital

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

6,714 

6,582 

  

6,752 

6,714 

6,619 

Ordinary shares issued

97 

50 

  

59 

38 

13 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

6,811 

6,632 

  

6,811 

6,752 

6,632 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Paid-in equity

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning and end of period

979 

979 

  

979 

979 

979 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Share premium account

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

24,667 

24,361 

  

24,760 

24,667 

24,455 

Ordinary shares issued

218 

122 

  

125 

93 

28 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

24,885 

24,483 

  

24,885 

24,760 

24,483 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Merger reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning and end of period

13,222 

13,222 

  

13,222 

13,222 

13,222 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Available-for-sale reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

(308)

(346)

  

(62)

(308)

(10)

Unrealised gains/(losses)

844 

14 

  

411 

433 

(568)

Realised gains

(366)

(605)

  

(148)

(218)

(441)

Tax

(68)

333 

  

(63)

(5)

305 

Recycled to profit or loss on disposal of businesses (1)

36 

(110)

  

36 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

138 

(714)

  

138 

(62)

(714)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash flow hedging reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

(84)

1,666 

  

141 

(84)

1,635 

Amount recognised in equity

968 

(859)

  

315 

653 

(1,118)

Amount transferred from equity to earnings

(720)

(677)

  

(362)

(358)

(384)

Tax

(70)

361 

  

(70)

358 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

94 

491 

  

94 

141 

491 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Foreign exchange reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

3,691 

3,908 

  

3,551 

3,691 

5,072 

Retranslation of net assets

(872)

1,430 

  

(702)

(170)

44 

Foreign currency gains on hedges of net assets

155 

(131)

  

123 

32 

70 

Tax

(11)

(3)

  

(9)

(2)

15 

Recycled to profit or loss on disposal of businesses

(3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

2,963 

5,201 

  

2,963 

3,551 

5,201 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Capital redemption reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning and end of period

9,131 

9,131 

  

9,131 

9,131 

9,131 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Contingent capital reserve

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning and end of period

(1,208)

  

(1,208)

 

For the notes to this table refer the following page.

75

 

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity

for the period ended 30 June 2014

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Retained earnings

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

867 

10,596 

  

1,986 

867 

10,949 

Profit attributable to ordinary and B 

  

  

  

  

  

  

   shareholders and other equity owners

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

1,895 

607 

  

627 

1,268 

241 

  - discontinued operations

17 

110 

  

15 

Equity preference dividends paid

(140)

(152)

  

(75)

(65)

(81)

Dividend Access Share dividend

(320)

  

(320)

Paid-in equity dividends paid, net of tax

(27)

(30)

  

(17)

(10)

(20)

Loss on disposal of own shares held

(18)

  

(18)

Shares released for employee benefits

(41)

(1)

  

(5)

(36)

(1)

Share-based payments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - gross

(4)

  

47 

(39)

33 

  - tax

(1)

(3)

  

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

2,258 

11,105 

  

2,258 

1,986 

11,105 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own shares held

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

(137)

(213)

  

(136)

(137)

(211)

Disposal of own shares

73 

  

71 

Shares released for employee benefits

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

(136)

(139)

  

(136)

(136)

(139)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Owners’ equity at end of period

60,345 

69,183 

  

60,345 

60,324 

69,183 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

473 

1,770 

  

612 

473 

532 

Currency translation adjustments and other movements

(16)

14 

  

(19)

(1)

Profit/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

24 

89 

  

12 

12 

(21)

  - discontinued operations

18 

28 

  

11 

Movements in available-for-sale securities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - unrealised (losses)/gains

(2)

  

(1)

(1)

  - realised losses

  

  - tax

(1)

  

  - recycled to profit or loss on disposal of discontinued

  

  

  

  

  

  

    operations (2)

(5)

  

Equity raised

115 

  

115 

Equity withdrawn and disposals

(1,429)

  

(42)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

618 

475 

  

618 

612 

475 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total equity at end of period

60,963 

69,658 

  

60,963 

60,936 

69,658 

 

Notes:

(1)

Net of tax - £11 million (Q1 2014 - £11 million; Q2 2013 - £35 million).

(2)

Net of tax - £1 million in H1 2013.

 

 

 

 

For an explanation of the movements in the available-for-sale, cash flow hedging and foreign exchange reserves refer to page 70.

76

 

 


 

 

Condensed consolidated cash flow statement

for the period ended 30 June 2014

 

  

Half year ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

2014 

2013 

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

Operating activities

  

  

Operating profit before tax on continuing operations

2,652 

1,374 

Operating profit before tax on discontinued operations

40 

161 

Adjustments for non-cash items

(897)

(7,378)

  

  

  

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from trading activities

1,795 

(5,843)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

(7,634)

431 

  

  

  

Net cash flows from operating activities before tax

(5,839)

(5,412)

Income taxes received/(paid)

41 

(260)

  

  

  

Net cash flows from operating activities

(5,798)

(5,672)

  

  

  

Net cash flows from investing activities

(641)

12,293 

  

  

  

Net cash flows from financing activities

921 

(1,408)

  

  

  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

(2,391)

4,948 

  

  

  

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

(7,909)

10,161 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

121,177 

132,841 

  

  

  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

113,268 

143,002 

77

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

1. Basis of preparation

The Group’s condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority and IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’. They should be read in conjunction with the Group’s 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F which were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee of the IASB as adopted by the European Union (EU) (together IFRS).

 

From 13 March 2013, Direct Line Group (DLG) was classified as an associated undertaking and at 31 December 2013 the Group’s interest in DLG was transferred to disposal groups. The Group disposed of its remaining interest in DLG in February 2014.

 

The consolidated financial statements comprise the condensed consolidated income statement, condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income,condensed consolidated balance sheet, condensed consolidated statement of changed in equity, condensed consolidated cash flow statement and related explanatory notes 1 to 18 and have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’.

 

The Group’s 2014 condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in compliance with the British Bankers’ Association Code for Financial Reporting Disclosure published in September 2010.

 

Going concern

The Group’s business activities and financial position, and the factors likely to affect its future development and performance are discussed on pages 6 to 136. Its objectives and policies in managing the financial risks to which it is exposed and its regulatory capital resources, liquidity and funding management are discussed in the Capital and risk management appendix. A summary of the risk factors which could materially affect the Group’s future results are described on pages 138 to 140.

 

Having reviewed the Group’s forecasts, projections and other relevant evidence, the directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group will continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the results for the half year ended 30 June 2014 have been prepared on a going concern basis.

 

2. Accounting policies

There have been no significant changes to the Group’s principal accounting policies as set out on pages 369 to 381 of the Group’s 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F apart from the adoption of new and revised IFRSs that are effective from 1 January 2014:

 

‘Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IAS 32)’ adds application guidance to IAS 32 to address inconsistencies identified in the application of the standard’s criteria for offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities.

 

‘Investment Entities (amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27)’ applies to investment entities; such entities should account for their subsidiaries (other than those that provide services related to the entity’s investment activities) at fair value through profit or loss.

 

IFRIC 21 ‘Levies’ provides guidance on accounting for levies payable to public authorities if certain conditions are met on a particular date.

 

IAS 36 ‘Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets (Amendments to IAS 36)’ aligns IAS 36’s disclosure requirements about recoverable amounts with IASB’s original intentions.

78

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

2. Accounting policies (continued) 

IAS 39 ‘Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting (Amendments to IAS 39)’ provides relief from discontinuing hedge accounting on novation of a derivative designated as a hedging instrument.

 

The implementation of these requirements has not had a material effect on the Group’s financial statements.

 

Critical accounting policies and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The reported results of the Group are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of its financial statements. The judgements and assumptions that are considered to be the most important to the portrayal of the Group’s financial condition are those relating to pensions; goodwill; provisions for liabilities; deferred tax; loan impairment provisions and fair value of financial instruments. These critical accounting policies and judgments are described on pages 378 to 381 of the Group’s 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

Recent developments in IFRS

In July 2014 the IASB published IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’. IFRS 9 replaces the current financial instruments standard IAS 39, setting out new accounting requirements in a number of areas. First, there are revisions to the classification and measurement of financial instruments. There are new restrictions on the ability to account for financial assets at amortised cost and a prohibition on the bifurcation of embedded derivatives from financial assets. Accounting for financial liabilities is largely unchanged except for the treatment of changes in the fair value of liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss attributable to own credit risk; these are recognised in other comprehensive income. Secondly, there are amended requirements for hedge accounting designed to align the accounting more closely to the risk management framework and remove or simplify some of the rule-based requirements of IAS 39. The basic mechanics of hedge accounting: fair value, cash flow and net investment hedges are retained. Finally, there is a new approach to credit impairment provisions moving from IAS 39’s incurred loss model to an expected loss model. An expected loss model will result in the recognition of credit impairment losses earlier than an incurred loss model. IFRS 9 is effective for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

 

IFRS 9 makes major and fundamental changes to accounting for financial instruments. The Group is continuing its assessment of its effect on the Group’s financial statements.

 

The IASB also published:

in January 2014 IFRS 14 ‘Regulatory Deferral Accounts’ which permits costs that can be deferred in the presentation of regulatory accounts to be deferred also in accordance with IFRS.

 

 

in May 2014 IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ effective from 1 January 2017 replacing IAS 11 ‘Construction Contracts’, IAS 18 ‘Revenue’ and several Interpretations. Contracts are bundled or unbundled into distinct performance obligations with revenue recognised as the obligations are met.

 

 

in May 2014 ‘Accounting for Acquisitions of interests in Joint Operations’, an amendment to IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’ to clarify that the donor of assets and liabilities to a joint operation should hold its continuing interest in them at the lower of cost and recoverable amount.

 

 

in May 2014 ‘Clarification of Acceptable Methods of Depreciation and Amortisation’ amending IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment and IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ to require any policy less prudent than straight line to be justified.

 

The Group is reviewing these requirements to determine their effect, if any, on its financial reporting.

79

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

  

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m 

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to customers

7,061 

7,640 

  

3,543 

3,518 

3,809 

Loans and advances to banks

178 

222 

  

89 

89 

114 

Debt securities

382 

698 

  

189 

193 

358 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest receivable

7,621 

8,560 

  

3,821 

3,800 

4,281 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer accounts

987 

1,577 

  

471 

516 

740 

Deposits by banks

95 

223 

  

41 

54 

107 

Debt securities in issue

557 

698 

  

270 

287 

345 

Subordinated liabilities

432 

447 

  

220 

212 

225 

Internal funding of trading businesses

57 

178 

  

21 

36 

97 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest payable

2,128 

3,123 

  

1,023 

1,105 

1,514 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

5,493 

5,437 

  

2,798 

2,695 

2,767 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Fees and commissions receivable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - payment services

647 

688 

  

325 

322 

355 

  - credit and debit card fees

500 

529 

  

245 

255 

275 

  - lending (credit facilities)

703 

698 

  

371 

332 

345 

  - brokerage

207 

252 

  

102 

105 

143 

  - investment management

206 

210 

  

100 

106 

97 

  - trade finance

138 

153 

  

71 

67 

75 

  - other

204 

178 

  

100 

104 

102 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

2,605 

2,708 

  

1,314 

1,291 

1,392 

Fees and commissions payable

(487)

(460)

  

(251)

(236)

(250)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net fees and commissions

2,118 

2,248 

  

1,063 

1,055 

1,142 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Foreign exchange

420 

450 

  

202 

218 

255 

Interest rate

672 

402 

  

424 

248 

203 

Credit

397 

880 

  

41 

356 

328 

Own credit adjustments

11 

175 

  

(84)

95 

76 

Other

(7)

157 

  

(42)

35 

87 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Income from trading activities

1,493 

2,064 

  

541 

952 

949 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gain on redemption of own debt

20 

191 

  

20 

242 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating lease and other rental income

178 

256 

  

87 

91 

118 

Own credit adjustments

(62)

201 

  

(106)

44 

51 

Other changes in the fair value of financial assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  and liabilities designated as at fair value through

  

  

  

  

  

  

  profit or loss and related derivatives

29 

29 

  

20 

17 

Changes in fair value of investment properties

(43)

(16)

  

(31)

(12)

(7)

Profit on sale of:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - securities

343 

572 

  

132 

211 

419 

  - property, plant and equipment

40 

23 

  

16 

24 

  - subsidiaries, networks and associates

363 

18 

  

171 

192 

24 

Dividend income

30 

35 

  

17 

13 

21 

Share of results of associates

55 

204 

  

28 

27 

27 

Other income

103 

10 

  

22 

81 

45 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other operating income

1,036 

1,332 

  

345 

691 

720 

80

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses (continued)

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013 

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total non-interest income

4,667 

5,835 

  

1,949 

2,718 

3,053 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

10,160 

11,272 

  

4,747 

5,413 

5,820 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Staff costs

(3,536)

(3,727)

  

(1,845)

(1,691)

(1,840)

Premises and equipment

(1,275)

(1,104)

  

(622)

(653)

(548)

Other (1)

(1,662)

(2,181)

  

(951)

(711)

(1,418)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Administrative expenses

(6,473)

(7,012)

  

(3,418)

(3,055)

(3,806)

Depreciation and amortisation

(554)

(736)

  

(282)

(272)

(349)

Write down of goodwill

(130)

  

(130)

Write down of other intangible assets

(82)

  

(82)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(7,239)

(7,748)

  

(3,830)

(3,409)

(4,155)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loan impairment losses/(recoveries)

271 

2,161 

  

(89)

360 

1,125 

Securities

(2)

(11)

  

(4)

(8)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Impairment losses/(recoveries)

269 

2,150 

  

(93)

362 

1,117 

 

Note:

(1)

Includes Payment Protection Insurance costs, Interest Rate Hedging Products redress and related costs and regulatory and legal actions costs - see below for further details.

 

Payment Protection Insurance (PPI)

An additional charge of £150 million has been recognised for PPI in Q2 2014 (Q1 2014 - nil; Q2 2013 - £185 million) as a result of higher customer response rates and higher average redress costs. The cumulative charge in respect of PPI is £3.2 billion, of which £2.6 billion (82%) in redress and expenses had been utilised by 30 June 2014. Of the £3.2 billion cumulative charge, £2.9 billion relates to redress and £0.3 billion to administrative expenses.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

926 

895 

  

708 

926 

705 

Charge to income statement

150 

185 

  

150 

185 

Utilisations

(490)

(376)

  

(272)

(218)

(186)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

586 

704 

  

586 

708 

704 

 

The remaining provision provides coverage for approximately seven months for redress and administrative expenses, based on the current average monthly utilisation.

 

81

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses (continued)

The table below shows the sensitivity of the provision to changes in the principal assumptions (all other assumptions remaining the same).

 

 

 

Sensitivity

 

Actual to date 

Current 

 assumption 

Change in 

assumption 

Consequential 

change in 

provision 

Assumption

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

Past business review take up rate

47%

52%

+/-5

+/-56

Uphold rate (1)

89%

88%

+/-5

+/-17

Average redress

£1,741

£1,722

+/-5

+/-15

 

Note:

(1)

Uphold rate excludes claims where no PPI policy was held.

 

Interest that will be payable on successful complaints has been included in the provision as has the estimated cost to the Group of administering the redress process. The Group expects the majority of the cash outflows associated with this provision to have occurred by the end of 2014. There are uncertainties as to the eventual cost of redress which will depend on actual complaint volumes, take up and uphold rates and average redress costs. Assumptions relating to these are inherently uncertain and the ultimate financial impact may be different than the amount provided. The Group will continue to monitor the position closely and refresh its assumptions.

 

Interest Rate Hedging Products (IRHP) redress and related costs

Following an industry-wide review conducted in conjunction with the Financial Services Authority (now being dealt with by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA)), the Group agreed to provide redress to customers in relation to certain interest rate hedging products sold to small and medium-sized businesses classified as retail clients under FSA rules. An additional charge of £100 million has been recognised in Q2 2014 (Q1 2014 and Q2 2013 - nil), principally reflecting the marginal increase in our redress experience compared to expectations. We have now agreed outcomes with the independent reviewer relating to over 95% of cases. A cumulative charge of £1.4 billion has been recognised, of which £1.1 billion relates to redress and £0.3 billion relates to administrative expenses.

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period

1,077 

676 

  

878 

1,077 

702 

Charge to income statement

100 

50 

  

100 

Utilisations

(417)

(56)

  

(218)

(199)

(32)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

760 

670 

  

760 

878 

670 

82

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

3. Analysis of income, expenses and impairment losses (continued)

The Group is progressing with its review of sales of IRHP and providing basic redress to all customers who are entitled to it. Customers may also be entitled to be compensated for any consequential losses they may have suffered. The Group is not able to measure reliably any liability it may have and has accordingly not made any provision. Customers will receive redress monies without having to wait for the assessment of any additional consequential loss claims which are outside the allowance for such claims included in the 8% interest on redress due.

 

The Group continues to monitor the level of provision given the uncertainties over the number of transactions that will qualify for redress and the nature and cost of that redress.

 

Regulatory and legal actions

The Group is party to certain legal proceedings and regulatory investigations and continues to co-operate with a number of regulators. All such matters are periodically reassessed with the assistance of external professional advisers, where appropriate, to determine the likelihood of the Group incurring a liability and to evaluate the extent to which a reliable estimate of any liability can be made. No additional charge has been booked in 2014 (Q2 2013 - £385 million). A charge of £1,910 million in Q4 2013 was primarily in respect of matters related to mortgage-backed securities and securities related litigation following recent third party litigation settlements and regulatory decisions

 

4. Pensions

Pension costs for the half year ended 30 June 2014 amounted to £281 million (H1 2013 - £297 million; Q2 2014 - £138 million; Q1 2014 - £143 million and Q2 2013 - £149 million). Defined benefit schemes’ charges are based on the actuarially determined pension cost rates at 31 December 2013.

 

In May 2014, the triennial funding valuation of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group Pension Fund was agreed which showed that the value of the liabilities exceeded the value of assets by £5.6 billion at 31 March 2013, a ratio of 82%. To eliminate this deficit, RBS will pay annual contributions of £650 million from 2014 to 2016 and £450 million (indexed in line with inflation) from 2017 to 2023. These contributions are in addition to regular annual contributions of approximately £270 million in respect of the ongoing accrual of benefits as well as contributions to meet the expenses of running the scheme.

83

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

5. Loan impairment provisions and REIL

 

Loan impairments

Operating profit is stated after charging loan impairment losses of £271 million (H1 2013 - £2,161 million). The balance sheet loan impairment provisions decreased in the half year ended 30 June 2014 from £25,216 million to £22,446 million and the movements thereon were:

  

Half year ended

  

30 June 2014

  

30 June 2013

  

RBS

  

  

  

RBS excl.

  

  

excl. RCR

RCR

Total

Non-Core

Non-Core

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period (1)

8,716 

16,500 

25,216 

  

10,062 

11,188 

21,250 

Currency translation and other adjustments

(118)

(395)

(513)

  

207 

341 

548 

Amounts written-off

(868)

(1,619)

(2,487)

  

(1,155)

(968)

(2,123)

Recoveries of amounts previously written-off

84 

14 

98 

  

90 

31 

121 

Charge to income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

290 

(19)

271 

  

1,258 

903 

2,161 

Unwind of discount (recognised in interest income)

(63)

(76)

(139)

  

(104)

(100)

(204)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

8,041 

14,405 

22,446 

  

10,358 

11,395 

21,753 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June 2014

  

31 March 2014

  

30 June 2013

  

RBS

  

  

  

RBS

  

  

  

RBS excl.

Non-

  

excl. RCR

RCR

Total

excl. RCR

RCR

Total

Non-Core

Core

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period (1)

8,516 

15,719 

24,235 

  

8,716 

16,500 

25,216 

  

10,266 

11,228 

21,494 

Currency translation and other

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  adjustments

(75)

(333)

(408)

  

(43)

(62)

(105)

  

71 

75 

146 

Amounts written-off

(447)

(827)

(1,274)

  

(421)

(792)

(1,213)

  

(626)

(341)

(967)

Recoveries of amounts previously 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  written-off

43 

46 

  

41 

11 

52 

  

41 

15 

56 

Charge to income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

36 

(125)

(89)

  

254 

106 

360 

  

659 

466 

1,125 

Unwind of discount

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  (recognised in interest income)

(32)

(32)

(64)

(31)

(44)

(75)

  

(53)

(48)

(101)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

8,041 

14,405 

22,446 

  

8,516 

15,719 

24,235 

  

10,358 

11,395 

21,753 

 

Note:

(1)

As a result of the creation of RCR on 1 January 2014, £855 million of provisions were transferred from Non-Core to the original donating divisions and £16,500 million of provisions were transferred to RCR, £12,984 million from Non-Core and £3,516 million from other divisions.

 

Provisions at 30 June 2014 include £50 million in respect of loans and advances to banks (31 March 2014 - £62 million; 31 December 2013 - £63 million; 30 June 2013 - £83 million).

84

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

5. Loan impairment provisions and REIL (continued) 

 

Risk elements in lending

Risk elements in lending (REIL) comprises impaired loans and accruing loans past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest. Impaired loans are all loans (including loans subject to forbearance) for which an impairment provision has been established; for collectively assessed loans, impairment loss provisions are not allocated to individual loans and the entire portfolio is included in impaired loans. Accruing loans past due 90 days or more comprise loans past due 90 days where no impairment loss is expected and those awaiting individual assessment. A latent provision is established for the latter.

 

REIL decreased by £5,311 million in the half year ended 30 June 2014 to £34,081 million and the movements thereon were:

 

  

Half year ended

  

30 June 2014

  

30 June 2013

  

RBS

  

  

  

RBS excl.

  

  

excl. RCR

RCR

Total

Non-Core

Non-Core

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period (1)

15,276 

24,116 

39,392 

  

19,766 

21,374 

41,140 

Currency translation and other adjustments

(167)

(658)

(825)

  

458 

642 

1,100 

Additions

2,273 

1,887 

4,160 

  

4,878 

1,978 

6,856 

Transfers (2)

(121)

52 

(69)

  

292 

(4)

288 

Transfer to performing book

(111)

(74)

(185)

  

(55)

(25)

(80)

Repayments and disposals

(2,629)

(3,276)

(5,905)

  

(2,858)

(2,140)

(4,998)

Amounts written-off

(868)

(1,619)

(2,487)

  

(1,155)

(968)

(2,123)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

13,653 

20,428 

34,081 

  

21,326 

20,857 

42,183 

 

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June 2014

  

31 March 2014

  

30 June 2013

  

RBS

  

  

  

RBS

  

  

  

RBS excl.

  

  

excl. RCR

RCR

Total

excl. RCR

RCR

Total

Non-Core

Non-Core

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At beginning of period (1)

14,351 

23,002 

37,353 

  

15,276 

24,116 

39,392 

  

20,286 

20,756 

41,042 

Currency translation and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  other adjustments

(102)

(560)

(662)

  

(65)

(98)

(163)

  

82 

114 

196 

Additions

810 

564 

1,374 

  

1,463 

1,323 

2,786 

  

2,781 

1,039 

3,820 

Transfers (2)

(65)

36 

(29)

  

(56)

16 

(40)

  

203 

(35)

168 

Transfer to performing book

(8)

(71)

(79)

  

(103)

(3)

(106)

  

(14)

(6)

Repayments and disposals

(886)

(1,716)

(2,602)

  

(1,743)

(1,560)

(3,303)

  

(1,386)

(684)

(2,070)

Amounts written-off

(447)

(827)

(1,274)

  

(421)

(792)

(1,213)

  

(626)

(341)

(967)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At end of period

13,653 

20,428 

34,081 

  

14,351 

23,002 

37,353 

  

21,326 

20,857 

42,183 

 

Notes:

(1)

As a result of the creation of RCR on 1 January 2014, £1,328 million of REIL were transferred from Non-Core to the original donating divisions and £24,116 million of REIL were transferred to RCR, £17,686 million from Non-Core and £6,430 million from other divisions.

(2)

Represents transfers between REIL and potential problem loans.

 

Provision coverage of REIL was 66% at 30 June 2014 (31 March 2014 - 65%; 31 December 2013 - 64%; 30 June 2013 - 52%).

 

Refer to Appendix 1 for analyses of loan impairments and REIL by segment, sector and geographical region.

85

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

6. Tax

The actual tax charge differs from the expected tax charge computed by applying the standard UK corporation tax rate of 21.5% (2013 - 23.25%).

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit before tax

2,652 

1,374 

  

1,010 

1,642 

548 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Expected tax charge

(570)

(319)

  

(217)

(353)

(127)

Losses in year where no deferred tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  asset recognised

(22)

(116)

  

(9)

(13)

(44)

Foreign profits taxed at other rates

(87)

(120)

  

(30)

(57)

(32)

Unrecognised timing differences

13 

(12)

  

(15)

Non-deductible goodwill impairment

(28)

  

(28)

Items not allowed for tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - losses on disposals and write-downs

(5)

  

(5)

  - UK bank levy

(30)

(29)

  

(11)

(19)

(9)

  - regulatory and legal actions

(90)

  

(90)

  - employee share schemes

(5)

(14)

  

(2)

(3)

(7)

  - other disallowable items

(64)

(82)

  

(39)

(25)

(45)

Non-taxable items

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - gain on sale of Direct Line Insurance Group

41 

  

41 

  - other non-taxable items

13 

86 

  

(1)

14 

31 

Taxable foreign exchange movements

(2)

  

(4)

Losses brought forward and utilised

45 

27 

  

36 

22 

Reduction in carrying value of deferred tax asset

  

  

  

  

  

  

  in respect of losses in US

(76)

  

(76)

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

38 

(7)

  

26 

12 

(8)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Actual tax charge

(733)

(678)

  

(371)

(362)

(328)

 

At 30 June 2014, the Group has recognised a deferred tax asset of £3,107 million (31 March 2014 - £3,289 million; 31 December 2013 - £3,478 million) and a deferred tax liability of £605 million (31 March 2014 - £583 million; 31 December 2013 - £507 million). These include amounts recognised in respect of UK trading losses of £2,135 million (31 March 2014 - £2,240 million; 31 December 2013 - £2,411 million). Under UK tax legislation, these UK losses can be carried forward indefinitely to be utilised against profits arising in the future. The Group has considered the carrying value of this asset as at 30 June 2014 and concluded that it is recoverable based on future profit projections.

86

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

7. Profit/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS Sempra Commodities JV

(2)

  

RFS Holdings BV Consortium Members

38 

113 

  

21 

17 

Direct Line Group

19 

  

Other

(13)

  

(14)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

42 

117 

  

23 

19 

(14)

 

8. Dividends                                                                                                              

Dividends paid to preference shareholders and paid-in equity holders, and the dividend on the Dividend Access Share are as follows:

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013

  

2014

2014

2013

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Preference shareholders

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01

105 

116 

  

40 

65 

45 

Non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01

34 

35 

  

34 

35 

Non-cumulative preference shares of £1

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Paid-in equity holders

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest on securities classified as equity, net of tax

27 

30 

  

17 

10 

20 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Dividend Access Share dividend

320 

  

320 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

487 

182 

  

412 

75 

101 

 

The Group has resumed payments on all discretionary non-equity capital instruments following the end of the European Commission ban in 2012 for RBS and 2013 for RBS N.V. Future coupons and dividends on hybrid capital instruments will only be paid subject to, and in accordance with, the terms of the relevant instruments.

 

The Board has decided to continue partially neutralising the Common Equity Tier 1 impact of Group hybrid capital instruments. It is expected that £300 million of new equity will be issued during the course of 2014 to achieve this aim, of which £100 million was issued in May 2014 and a further £51 million in July 2014.

 

Following approval of the DAS Retirement Agreement by independent shareholders at a General Meeting in June 2014, provision has been made for the DAS retirement initial dividend of £320 million.

87

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

9. Earnings per ordinary and equivalent B share

At a General Meeting on 25 June 2014, the Company’s independent shareholders approved an agreement between RBS and Her Majesty's Treasury for the retirement of the Dividend Access Share (the DAS retirement agreement).

 

Prior to the DAS retirement agreement, the DAS was entitled to a dividend amounting to the greater of 7% of the aggregate issue price of B shares and 250% of the ordinary dividend rate multiplied by the number of B shares issued, less any dividends paid on the B shares and on ordinary shares issued on their conversion. When calculating earnings per share, IFRS requires profit or loss to be allocated to participating equity instruments as if all of the profit or loss for the period had been distributed. Consequently, earnings for all periods presented ending on or before 31 March 2014 are allocated solely to the dividend access share and earnings per ordinary and equivalent B share are nil for all periods. Adjusted earnings per ordinary and equivalent B share excludes the rights of the dividend access share for periods prior to 25 June 2014 and has been calculated on the basis tabulated on the following page.

 

After the DAS retirement agreement came into effect, once RBS has paid dividends on the DAS totalling £1.5 billion (subject to increases after 1 January 2016), the DAS will lose its preferential dividend rights and will become a single B share. The dividends are payable at the discretion of the directors. The first DAS dividend of £320 million payable within 45 business days of approval of the agreement, has been recognised as a liability at 30 June 2014. Unpaid DAS dividends will be subject to an increase of 5% per annum from 1 January 2016 and an increase of 10% per annum from 1 January 2021.

 

These changes to the DAS agreement have re-characterised the DAS such that it is no longer a participating share; it is only entitled to total dividends of £1.5 billion, subject to increases after 1 January 2016. Consequently earnings per share for periods ended after 25 June 2014 only reflect DAS dividends recognised before the end of a reporting period; this amounted to £320 million in respect of the half year and quarter ended 30 June 2014. Dividends can be paid on ordinary and B shares only once the total remaining amount of retirement dividend of £1,180 million, subject to increases as above, has been paid.

88

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

9. Earnings per ordinary and equivalent B share (continued) 

 

  

Half year ended

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June

30 June

  

30 June

31 March

30 June

2014

2013*

  

2014

2014

2013*

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Earnings

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit from continuing operations attributable

  

  

  

  

  

  

  to ordinary and B shareholders (£m)

1,408 

425 

  

215 

1,193 

140 

Profit from discontinued operations attributable to

  

  

  

  

  

  

  ordinary and B shareholders (£m)

17 

110 

  

15 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit attributable to ordinary and B shareholders (£m)

1,425 

535 

  

230 

1,195 

142 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ordinary shares outstanding during the period (millions)

6,208 

6,052 

  

6,235 

6,181 

6,073 

Equivalent B shares in issue during the period (millions)

5,100 

5,100 

  

5,100 

5,100 

5,100 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Weighted average number of ordinary

  

  

  

  

  

  

  shares and equivalent B shares outstanding

  

  

  

  

  

  

  during the period (millions)

11,308 

11,152 

  

11,335 

11,281 

11,173 

Effect of dilutive share options and convertible

  

  

  

  

  

  

  securities (millions)

97 

114 

  

89 

110 

114 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary

  

  

  

  

  

  

  shares and equivalent B shares outstanding

  

  

  

  

  

  

  during the period (millions)

11,405 

11,266 

  

11,424 

11,391 

11,287 

Basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per ordinary and

  

  

  

  

  

  

   equivalent B share (EPS)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Basic EPS from continuing operations

12.5p

  

1.9p

Earnings allocated to DAS

3.8p

  

10.6p

1.2p

Own credit adjustments

0.4p

(2.6p)

  

1.3p

(0.9p)

(0.8p)

Gain on redemption of own debt

(0.2p)

(1.7p)

  

(0.2p)

(2.1p)

Write-down of goodwill

1.1p

  

1.1p

Strategic disposals

(1.7p)

  

(1.7p)

(0.1p)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Adjusted EPS from continuing operations

12.1p

(0.5p)

  

4.3p

7.8p

(1.8p)

Basic EPS from discontinued operations

0.2p

  

0.1p

Earnings allocated to DAS

1.0p

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Adjusted EPS from discontinued operations

0.2p

1.0p

  

0.1p

 

* Basic EPS for the half year and quarter ended 30 June 2013 have been restated to reflect the terms of the DAS.

 

Notes:

(1)

Diluted EPS from continuing operations in the half year ended 30 June 2014 and the quarter ended 30 June 2014 were 0.1p lower than basic EPS.

(2)

Adjusted EPS has been restated to reflect the change in presentation of one-off and other items set out on page 4.

 

89

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis

On 27 February 2014, RBS announced the reorganisation of the previously reported operating divisions into three franchises:

 

Personal & Business Banking (PBB), comprising two reportable segments, UK Personal & Business Banking, including Williams & Glyn, (UK PBB) and Ulster Bank.

 

 

Commercial & Private Banking (CPB), comprising two reportable segments, Commercial Banking and Private Banking.

 

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking (CIB); a single reportable segment.

 

RBS Capital Resolution (RCR) was established with effect from 1 January 2014 by the transfer of capital intensive and higher risk assets from existing divisions. Non-Core was dissolved on 31 December 2013. No business lines moved to RCR and so comparative data has not been restated.

 

RBS will continue to manage and report Citizens Financial Group (CFG) and RBS Capital Resolution (RCR) separately until disposal or wind-down. Residual unallocated costs will continue to be reported within central items.

 

As part of its internal reorganisation, RBS has also centralised all services and functions. The costs relating to Services and Functions previously reported as direct expenses in the divisions are now reallocated to businesses using appropriate drivers and reported as indirect expenses in the segmental income statements. 

 

In addition, a number of previously reported reconciling items (Payment Protection Insurance costs, Interest Rate Hedging Products redress and related costs, regulatory and legal actions, restructuring costs, amortisation of purchased intangible assets and bank levy) have now been allocated to the reportable segments.

 

Comparatives have been restated accordingly.

 

Analysis of operating profit

The following tables provide a segmental analysis of operating profit/(loss) by main income statement captions.

 

90

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis (continued) 

 

Analysis of operating profit (continued)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net

Non-

  

  

Impairment

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

(losses)/

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

recoveries

profit/(loss)

Half year ended 30 June 2014

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

2,276 

686 

2,962 

(1,820)

(148)

994 

Ulster Bank

323 

89 

412 

(300)

(57)

55 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

2,599 

775 

3,374 

(2,120)

(205)

1,049 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

999 

569 

1,568 

(902)

(31)

635 

Private Banking

344 

201 

545 

(400)

145 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

1,343 

770 

2,113 

(1,302)

(31)

780 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate & Institutional Banking

365 

2,062 

2,427 

(2,158)

39 

308 

Central items

203 

146 

349 

(270)

12 

91 

Citizens Financial Group

987 

620 

1,607 

(1,082)

(104)

421 

RCR

(1)

109 

108 

(176)

20 

(48)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-statutory basis

5,496 

4,482 

9,978 

(7,108)

(269)

2,601 

Reconciling items:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments (1)

(51)

(51)

(51)

Gain on redemption of own debt

20 

20 

20 

Write down of goodwill

(130)

(130)

Strategic disposals

191 

191 

191 

RFS Holdings minority interest

(3)

25 

22 

(1)

21 

Statutory basis

5,493 

4,667 

10,160 

(7,239)

(269)

2,652 

 

Note:

(1)

Comprises £11 million gain included in 'Income from trading activities' and £62 million loss included in 'Other operating income' on a statutory basis.

 

91

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis (continued) 

 

Analysis of operating profit (continued)

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net

Non-

  

  

Impairment

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

(losses)/

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

recoveries

profit/(loss)

Half year ended 30 June 2013*

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

2,200 

629 

2,829 

(1,885)

(256)

688 

Ulster Bank

302 

142 

444 

(322)

(503)

(381)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

2,502 

771 

3,273 

(2,207)

(759)

307 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

936 

613 

1,549 

(854)

(282)

413 

Private Banking

317 

214 

531 

(436)

(7)

88 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

1,253 

827 

2,080 

(1,290)

(289)

501 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate & Institutional Banking

313 

2,395 

2,708 

(2,682)

(223)

(197)

Central items

453 

219 

672 

(122)

553 

Citizens Financial Group

939 

570 

1,509 

(1,105)

(51)

353 

Non-Core

(18)

384 

366 

(344)

(831)

(809)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-statutory basis

5,442 

5,166 

10,608 

(7,750)

(2,150)

708 

Reconciling items:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments (1)

376 

376 

376 

Gain on redemption of own debt

191 

191 

191 

RFS Holdings minority interest

(5)

102 

97 

99 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

5,437 

5,835 

11,272 

(7,748)

(2,150)

1,374 

 

*Restated

 

Note:

(1)

Comprises £175 million gain included in 'Income from trading activities' and £201 million gain included in 'Other operating income' on a statutory basis.

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis (continued) 

 

Analysis of operating profit (continued)

 

  

Net

Non-

  

  

Impairment

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

(losses)/

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

recoveries

profit/(loss)

Quarter ended 30 June 2014

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

1,152 

347 

1,499 

(955)

(60)

484 

Ulster Bank

169 

42 

211 

(155)

(10)

46 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

1,321 

389 

1,710 

(1,110)

(70)

530 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

511 

287 

798 

(493)

314 

Private Banking

174 

98 

272 

(201)

(1)

70 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

685 

385 

1,070 

(694)

384 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate & Institutional Banking

186 

890 

1,076 

(1,146)

45 

(25)

Central items

100 

44 

144 

(71)

13 

86 

Citizens Financial Group

499 

391 

890 

(582)

(31)

277 

RCR

28 

35 

(97)

128 

66 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-statutory basis

2,798 

2,127 

4,925 

(3,700)

93 

1,318 

Reconciling items:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments (1)

(190)

(190)

(190)

Write down of goodwill

(130)

(130)

RFS Holdings minority interest

12 

12 

12 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

2,798 

1,949 

4,747 

(3,830)

93 

1,010 

 

Note:

(1)

Comprises £84 million loss included in 'Income from trading activities' and £106 million loss included in 'Other operating income' on a statutory basis.

 

93

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis (continued) 

 

Analysis of operating profit (continued)

 

  

Net

Non-

  

  

Impairment

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

(losses)/

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

recoveries

profit/(loss)

Quarter ended 31 March 2014*

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

1,124 

339 

1,463 

(865)

(88)

510 

Ulster Bank

154 

47 

201 

(145)

(47)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

1,278 

386 

1,664 

(1,010)

(135)

519 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

488 

282 

770 

(409)

(40)

321 

Private Banking

170 

103 

273 

(199)

75 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

658 

385 

1,043 

(608)

(39)

396 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate & Institutional Banking

179 

1,172 

1,351 

(1,012)

(6)

333 

Central items

103 

102 

205 

(199)

(1)

Citizens Financial Group

488 

229 

717 

(500)

(73)

144 

RCR

(8)

81 

73 

(79)

(108)

(114)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-statutory basis

2,698 

2,355 

5,053 

(3,408)

(362)

1,283 

Reconciling items:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments (1)

139 

139 

139 

Gain on redemption of own debt

20 

20 

20 

Strategic disposals

191 

191 

191 

RFS Holdings minority interest

(3)

13 

10 

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

2,695 

2,718 

5,413 

(3,409)

(362)

1,642 

 

*Restated

 

Note:

(1)

Comprises £95 million gain included in Income from trading activities and £44 million gain included in Other operating income on a statutory basis.

 

 

 

 

 

94

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis (continued) 

 

Analysis of operating profit (continued)

 

  

Net

Non-

  

  

Impairment

  

interest

interest

Total

Operating

(losses)/

Operating

income

income

income

expenses

recoveries

profit/(loss)

Quarter ended 30 June 2013*

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

1,118 

320 

1,438 

(1,044)

(126)

268 

Ulster Bank

152 

88 

240 

(187)

(263)

(210)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

1,270 

408 

1,678 

(1,231)

(389)

58 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

484 

325 

809 

(425)

(155)

229 

Private Banking

159 

110 

269 

(220)

(2)

47 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

643 

435 

1,078 

(645)

(157)

276 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate & Institutional Banking

141 

1,095 

1,236 

(1,487)

(144)

(395)

Central items

228 

207 

435 

(86)

352 

Citizens Financial Group

469 

278 

747 

(548)

(32)

167 

Non-Core

19 

254 

273 

(159)

(398)

(284)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-statutory basis

2,770 

2,677 

5,447 

(4,156)

(1,117)

174 

Reconciling items:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments (1)

127 

127 

127 

Gain on redemption of own debt

242 

242 

242 

Strategic disposals

RFS Holdings minority interest

(3)

(2)

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

2,767 

3,053 

5,820 

(4,155)

(1,117)

548 

 

*Restated

 

Note:

(1)

Comprises £76 million gain included in 'Income from trading activities' and £51 million gain included in 'Other operating income' on a statutory basis.

 

 

 

 

95

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis (continued)

 

Total revenue

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended

  

30 June 2014

  

30 June 2013*

  

  

Inter

  

  

  

Inter

  

  

External

segment

Total

  

External

segment

Total

Total revenue

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

3,583 

3,590 

  

3,620 

3,627 

Ulster Bank

408 

40 

448 

  

549 

36 

585 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

3,991 

47 

4,038 

  

4,169 

43 

4,212 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

1,729 

13 

1,742 

  

1,778 

16 

1,794 

Private Banking

470 

258 

728 

  

503 

340 

843 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

2,199 

271 

2,470 

  

2,281 

356 

2,637 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate & Institutional Banking

3,033 

2,028 

5,061 

  

3,461 

2,691 

6,152 

Central items

1,200 

2,051 

3,251 

  

1,550 

4,665 

6,215 

Citizens Financial Group

1,724 

1,729 

  

1,644 

50 

1,694 

RCR

443 

254 

697 

  

n/a

n/a

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

n/a

n/a

  

1,081 

223 

1,304 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-statutory basis

12,590 

4,656 

17,246 

  

14,186 

8,028 

22,214 

Reconciling items:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments

(51)

(51)

  

376 

376 

Gain on redemption of own debt

20 

20 

  

191 

191 

Strategic disposals

191 

191 

  

RFS Holdings minority interest

25 

25 

  

102 

102 

Elimination of intra-group transactions

(4,656)

(4,656)

  

(8,028)

(8,028)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

12,775 

12,775 

  

14,855 

14,855 

 

*Restated

96

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

10. Segmental analysis (continued) 

 

Total revenue (continued) 

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June 2014

  

31 March 2014*

  

30 June 2013*

  

  

Inter

  

  

  

Inter

  

  

  

Inter

  

  

External

segment

Total

  

External

segment

Total

  

External

segment

Total

Total revenue

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

1,806 

1,809 

  

1,777 

1,781 

  

1,821 

(7)

1,814 

Ulster Bank

210 

20 

230 

  

198 

20 

218 

  

289 

27 

316 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

2,016 

23 

2,039 

  

1,975 

24 

1,999 

  

2,110 

20 

2,130 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

875 

(18)

857 

  

854 

31 

885 

  

909 

917 

Private Banking

234 

127 

361 

  

236 

131 

367 

  

255 

162 

417 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

1,109 

109 

1,218 

  

1,090 

162 

1,252 

  

1,164 

170 

1,334 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate & Institutional Banking

1,383 

1,128 

2,511 

  

1,650 

900 

2,550 

  

1,628 

1,470 

3,098 

Central items

552 

1,019 

1,571 

  

648 

1,032 

1,680 

  

873 

2,319 

3,192 

Citizens Financial Group

947 

949 

  

777 

780 

  

813 

25 

838 

RCR

193 

97 

290 

  

250 

157 

407 

  

n/a

n/a

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

n/a

n/a

  

n/a

n/a

n/a

  

620 

144 

764 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-statutory basis

6,200 

2,378 

8,578 

  

6,390 

2,278 

8,668 

  

7,208 

4,148 

11,356 

Reconciling items:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments

(190)

(190)

  

139 

139 

  

127 

127 

Gain on redemption of own debt

  

20 

20 

  

242 

242 

Strategic disposals

  

191 

191 

  

RFS Holdings minority interest

11 

11 

  

14 

14 

  

Elimination of intra-group transactions

(2,378)

(2,378)

  

(2,278)

(2,278)

  

(4,148)

(4,148)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

6,021 

6,021 

  

6,754 

6,754 

  

7,584 

7,584 

 

Total assets and liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

  

31 March 2014*

  

31 December 2013*

Assets

Liabilities

  

Assets

Liabilities

  

Assets

Liabilities

Total assets

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK Personal & Business Banking

133,559 

147,650 

  

132,802 

146,264 

  

132,153 

146,255 

Ulster Bank

26,734 

24,718 

  

26,160 

26,055 

  

28,183 

27,047 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal & Business Banking

160,293 

172,368 

  

158,962 

172,319 

  

160,336 

173,302 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

88,573 

90,272 

  

89,608 

90,158 

  

87,900 

93,201 

Private Banking

20,794 

36,379 

  

21,227 

37,173 

  

21,168 

37,564 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial & Private Banking

109,367 

126,651 

  

110,835 

127,331 

  

109,068 

130,765 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporate & Institutional Banking

537,563 

493,282 

  

546,968 

503,189 

  

551,200 

512,691 

Central items

92,392 

81,308 

  

91,219 

82,839 

  

103,450 

84,279 

Citizens Financial Group

76,090 

63,661 

  

76,063 

63,547 

  

71,738 

61,289 

RCR

34,449 

12,731 

  

38,793 

13,475 

  

n/a

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

n/a

  

n/a

n/a

  

31,177 

6,100 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-statutory basis

1,010,154 

950,001 

  

1,022,840 

962,700 

  

1,026,969 

968,426 

Reconciling item:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RFS Holdings minority interest

954 

144 

  

930 

134 

  

909 

237 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Statutory basis

1,011,108 

950,145 

  

1,023,770 

962,834 

  

1,027,878 

968,663 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

*Restated

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

97

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments

 

Classification

The following tables analyse the Group’s financial assets and liabilities in accordance with the categories of financial instruments in IAS 39 with assets and liabilities outside the scope of IAS 39 shown separately.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non

  

Financial instruments

financial

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Amortised

Finance

assets/

  

HFT (1)

DFV (2)

HD (3)

AFS (4)

LAR (5)

HTM(6)

 cost 

leases

liabilities

Total 

30 June 2014

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

  

68,670 

  

  

  

68,670 

Loans and advances to banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - reverse repos

25,139 

  

3,024 

  

  

  

28,163 

  - other

9,907 

  

18,997 

  

  

  

28,904 

Loans and advances to customers

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - reverse repos

53,142 

  

400 

  

  

  

53,542 

  - other

18,171 

50 

  

360,790 

  

6,543 

  

385,554 

Debt securities

55,893 

121 

  

48,698 

3,526 

4,556 

  

  

  

112,794 

Equity shares

6,444 

338 

  

1,052 

  

  

  

7,834 

Settlement balances

  

19,682 

  

  

  

19,682 

Derivatives

270,807 

  

4,099 

  

  

  

  

  

  

274,906 

Intangible assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

12,173 

12,173 

Property, plant and equipment

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

7,115 

7,115 

Deferred tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

3,107 

3,107 

Prepayments, accrued income and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  other assets

  

  

  

7,418 

7,418 

Assets of disposal groups

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1,246 

1,246 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

439,503 

509 

4,099 

49,750 

475,089 

4,556 

  

6,543 

31,059 

1,011,108 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - repos

28,931 

  

  

  

  

2,791 

  

  

31,722 

  - other

22,168 

  

  

  

  

17,011 

  

  

39,179 

Customer accounts

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - repos

46,861 

  

  

  

  

4,679 

  

  

51,540 

  - other

9,287 

5,248 

  

  

  

  

386,691 

  

  

401,226 

Debt securities in issue

7,339 

12,967 

  

  

  

  

38,781 

  

  

59,087 

Settlement balances

  

  

  

  

15,128 

  

  

15,128 

Short positions

39,019 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

39,019 

Derivatives

266,544 

  

3,543 

  

  

  

  

  

  

270,087 

Accruals, deferred income and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  other liabilities

  

  

  

  

1,744 

15 

13,117 

14,876 

Retirement benefit liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

2,742 

2,742 

Deferred tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

605 

605 

Subordinated liabilities

846 

  

  

  

  

23,963 

  

  

24,809 

Liabilities of disposal groups

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

125 

125 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

420,149 

19,061 

3,543 

  

  

  

490,788 

15 

16,589 

950,145 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Equity

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

60,963 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1,011,108 

 

For the notes to this table refer to the following page.

98

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments: Classification (continued) 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non 

  

Financial instruments

financial 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Amortised

Finance 

assets/ 

  

HFT (1)

DFV (2)

HD (3)

AFS (4)

LAR (5)

 cost 

leases 

liabilities 

Total 

31 December 2013

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

  

82,659 

  

  

  

82,659 

Loans and advances to banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - reverse repos

25,795 

  

721 

  

  

  

26,516 

  - other

9,952 

  

17,603 

  

  

  

27,555 

Loans and advances to customers

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - reverse repos

49,897 

  

-

  

  

  

49,897 

  - other

19,170 

49 

  

-

364,772 

  

6,834 

  

390,825 

Debt securities

56,582 

122 

  

53,107 

3,788 

  

  

  

113,599 

Equity shares

7,199 

400 

  

1,212 

  

  

  

  

8,811 

Settlement balances

  

5,591 

  

  

  

5,591 

Derivatives

283,508 

  

4,531 

  

  

  

  

  

288,039 

Intangible assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

12,368 

12,368 

Property, plant and equipment

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

7,909 

7,909 

Deferred tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

3,478 

3,478 

Prepayments, accrued income and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  other assets

  

  

  

7,614 

7,614 

Assets of disposal groups

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

3,017 

3,017 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

452,103 

571 

4,531 

54,319 

475,134 

  

6,834 

34,386 

1,027,878 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - repos

23,127 

  

  

  

5,523 

  

  

28,650 

  - other

19,764 

  

  

  

15,565 

  

  

35,329 

Customer accounts

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - repos

52,300 

  

  

  

4,184 

  

  

56,484 

  - other

10,236 

5,862 

  

  

  

398,298 

  

  

414,396 

Debt securities in issue

8,560 

15,848 

  

  

  

43,411 

  

  

67,819 

Settlement balances

  

  

  

5,313 

  

  

5,313 

Short positions

28,022 

  

  

  

  

  

  

28,022 

Derivatives

281,299 

  

4,227 

  

  

  

  

  

285,526 

Accruals, deferred income and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  other liabilities

  

  

  

1,764 

19 

14,234 

16,017 

Retirement benefit liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

3,210 

3,210 

Deferred tax

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

507 

507 

Subordinated liabilities

868 

  

  

  

23,144 

  

  

24,012 

Liabilities of disposal groups

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

3,378 

3,378 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

423,308 

22,578 

4,227 

  

  

497,202 

19 

21,329 

968,663 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Equity

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

59,215 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1,027,878 

Notes:

(1)

Held-for-trading.

(2)

Designated as at fair value.

(3)

Hedging derivatives.

(4)

Available-for-sale.

(5)

Loans and receivables.

(6)

Held to maturity

 

Apart from the reclassification of £3.6 billion of Treasury debt securities from AFS to HTM in Q1 2014, there were no other reclassifications in the first half of 2014.

99

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments (continued) 

 

Valuation reserves

When valuing financial instruments in the trading book, adjustments are made to mid-market valuations to cover bid-offer spread, liquidity and credit risk. The table below shows credit valuation adjustments (CVA) and other valuation reserves.  CVA represent an estimate of the adjustment to fair value that a market participant would make to incorporate the risk inherent in derivative exposures.

 

  

30 June

31 December

2014 

2013 

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

Credit valuation adjustments

  

  

  - monoline insurers and credit derivative product companies (CDPC)

57 

99 

  - other counterparties

1,433 

1,667 

  

  

  

  

1,490 

1,766 

  

  

  

Other valuation reserves

  

  

  - bid-offer

405 

513 

  - funding valuation adjustment

522 

424 

  - product and deal specific

718 

745 

  - other

27 

  

  

  

  

1,672 

1,690 

  

  

  

Valuation reserves

3,162 

3,456 

 

The table below analyses CVA relating to other counterparties by rating and sector.

  

  

  

30 June

31 December

Ratings:

2014 

2013 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

AAA

85 

104 

AA to AA+

25 

13 

A to AA-

111 

168 

BBB- to A-

336 

446 

Non-investment grade

876 

936 

  

  

  

  

1,433 

1,667 

  

  

  

Counterparty:

  

  

Banks

38 

89 

Other financial institutions

196 

199 

Corporate

1,013 

1,126 

Government

186 

253 

  

  

  

  

1,433 

1,667 

 

Key points

The decrease in CVA was primarily driven by tightening of credit spreads.

 

 

Other valuation reserves were broadly flat with balance sheet reduction impacts being offset by additional funding related reserves.

 

100

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments: Valuation reserves (continued) 

 

Own credit

The cumulative own credit adjustment (OCA) recorded on held-for-trading (HFT) and designated as at fair value through profit or loss (DFV) debt securities in issue, subordinated liabilities and derivative liabilities are set out below.

 

Cumulative OCA (CR)/DR (1)

  

  

  

Subordinated 

  

  

  

Debt securities in issue (2)

liabilities 

  

  

  

HFT 

DFV 

Total 

DFV 

Total 

Derivatives 

Total (3)

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

(395)

(87)

(482)

237 

(245)

54 

(191)

31 December 2013

(467)

(33)

(500)

256 

(244)

96 

(148)

30 June 2013

(488)

244 

(244)

380 

136 

309 

445 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Carrying values of underlying liabilities

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

7.3 

13.0 

20.3 

0.8 

21.1 

  

  

31 December 2013

8.6 

15.8 

24.4 

0.9 

25.3 

  

  

30 June 2013

9.3 

20.7 

30.0 

0.9 

30.9 

  

  

 

Notes:

(1)

The OCA does not alter cash flows and is not used for performance management.

(2)

Includes wholesale and retail note issuances.

(3)

The reserve movement between periods will not equate to the reported profit or loss for own credit. The balance sheet reserve is stated by conversion of underlying currency balances at spot rates for each period, whereas the income statement includes intra-period foreign exchange sell-offs.

 

Key points

The cumulative OCA decreased during the first half of 2014 due to tightening of RBS credit spreads in the second quarter of 2014 partially offset by the impact of time decay (e.g. the reduction in the remaining time to maturity of the trades reduces the impact of changes in RBS credit spreads).

 

 

Senior issued debt OCA is determined by reference to secondary debt issuance spreads, the five year spread tightened to 72 basis points (31 December 2013 - 92 basis points; 30 June 2013 - 140 basis points).

 

 

RBS CDS spreads tightened to 85 basis points (31 December 2013 - 114 basis points; 30 June 2013 - 228 basis points).

 

101

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments (continued) 

 

Financial instruments carried at fair value - valuation hierarchy

Commentary on the control environment, valuation techniques and related aspects pertaining to financial instruments measured at fair value are included in the Group’s 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F. There have been no material changes to valuation or levelling approaches in the half year to 30 June 2014.

 

The tables below show financial instruments carried at fair value on the Group’s balance sheet by valuation hierarchy – level 1, level 2 and level 3 and valuation sensitivities for level 3 balances.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Level 3 sensitivity

  

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

  

Favourable 

Unfavourable 

30 June 2014

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to banks

34.7 

0.3 

35.0 

  

20 

(10)

Loans and advances to customers

71.2 

0.2 

71.4 

  

20 

(30)

Debt securities

58.3 

44.6 

1.8 

104.7 

  

130 

(60)

Equity shares

6.1 

1.1 

0.6 

7.8 

  

100 

(80)

Derivatives

0.1 

271.8 

3.1 

275.0 

  

330 

(190)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

64.5 

423.4 

6.0 

493.9 

  

600 

(370)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Proportion

13.1%

85.7%

1.2%

100.0%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS excluding RCR

64.4 

409.5 

4.4 

478.3 

  

  

  

RCR

0.1 

13.9 

1.6 

15.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

64.5 

423.4 

6.0 

493.9 

  

  

  

 

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to banks

35.5 

0.3 

35.8 

  

30 

(10)

Loans and advances to customers

68.9 

0.2 

69.1 

  

20 

(30)

Debt securities

58.0 

49.7 

2.1 

109.8 

  

160 

(100)

Equity shares

7.0 

1.1 

0.7 

8.8 

  

120 

(110)

Derivatives

0.1 

284.4 

3.5 

288.0 

  

390 

(250)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

65.1 

439.6 

6.8 

511.5 

  

720 

(500)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Proportion

12.7%

86.0%

1.3%

100.0%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS excluding Non-Core

64.9 

436.2 

4.9 

506.0 

  

  

  

Non-Core

0.2 

3.4 

1.9 

5.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

65.1 

439.6 

6.8 

511.5 

  

  

  

102

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments: Valuation hierarchy (continued) 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Level 3 sensitivity

  

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

  

Favourable 

Unfavourable 

30 June 2014

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

51.0 

0.1 

51.1 

  

10 

Customer accounts

61.2 

0.2 

61.4 

  

(10)

Debt securities in issue

19.0 

1.3 

20.3 

  

30 

(50)

Short positions

34.3 

4.7 

39.0 

  

Derivatives

0.1 

267.6 

2.5 

270.2 

  

130 

(120)

Subordinated liabilities

0.8 

0.8 

  

-

-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

34.4 

404.3 

4.1 

442.8 

  

170 

(180)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Proportion

7.8%

91.3%

0.9%

100.0%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS excluding RCR

34.4 

393.5 

3.7 

431.6 

  

  

  

RCR

10.8 

0.4 

11.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

34.4 

404.3 

4.1 

442.8 

  

  

  

 

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

42.8 

0.1 

42.9 

  

10 

Customer accounts

68.2 

0.2 

68.4 

  

(10)

Debt securities in issue

23.1 

1.3 

24.4 

  

50 

(70)

Short positions

23.9 

4.1 

28.0 

  

Derivatives

0.1 

282.4 

3.0 

285.5 

  

130 

(120)

Subordinated liabilities

0.9 

0.9 

  

-

-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

24.0 

421.5 

4.6 

450.1 

  

190 

(200)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Proportion

5.3%

93.7%

1.0%

100.0%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS excluding Non-Core

24.0 

420.1 

4.5 

448.6 

  

  

  

Non-Core

1.4 

0.1 

1.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

24.0 

421.5 

4.6 

450.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

103

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments (continued) 

 

Valuation techniques

The table below shows a breakdown of valuation techniques and the ranges for those unobservable inputs used in valuation models and techniques that have a material impact on the valuation of Level 3 financial instruments. The table excludes unobservable inputs where the impact on valuation is less significant. Movements in the underlying input may have a favourable or unfavourable impact on the valuation depending on the particular terms of the contract and the exposure. For example an increase in the credit spread of a bond would be favourable for the issuer and unfavourable for the note holder. Whilst we indicate where we consider that there are significant relationships between the inputs, these inter-relationships will be affected by macro economic factors including interest rates, foreign exchange rates or equity index levels.

 

 

Level 3 (£bn)

  

  

Range

Financial instruments

Assets

Liabilities

Valuation technique

Unobservable inputs

Low

High

Loans

0.3

0.1

Discounted cash flow (DCF)

Credit spreads (2)

285bps

1211bps

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

Deposits

0.2

0.2

Option pricing

Volatility (3)

27%

30%

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

DCF

Credit spreads (2)

0bps

25bps

 

 

 

 

Recovery rates (4)

0%

71%

 

 

 

Price based

Price (5)

80%

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt securities

 

 

  

  

  

  

RMBS

0.2

 

Price based

Price (5)

0%

99%

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

DCF

Probability of default (6)

3%

12%

  

 

 

 

Yield (5)

10%

40%

  

 

 

 

Conditional prepayment rates (CPR) (7)

0%

10%

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

CDO and CLO

0.8

 

Price based

Price (5)

0%

100%

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

DCF

Yield (5)

0%

40%

  

 

 

 

Probability of default (6)

2%

10%

Other ABS

0.4

 

Price based

Price (5)

0%

100%

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

Other debt securities

0.4

 

DCF

Credit spreads (2)

100bps

109bps

  

 

 

Price based

Price (5)

0%

100%

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

Equity securities

0.6

 

Price based

Price (5)

0%

100%

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

EBITDA multiple

EBITDA multiple (8)

12x

40x

  

 

 

DCF

Yield (5)

10%

30%

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

  

Recovery rates (4)

0%

100%

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

Derivatives

 

 

  

  

  

  

Foreign exchange

1.0

0.6

Option pricing model

Correlation (9)

(41%)

100%

  

 

 

 

Volatility (3)

6%

23%

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

Interest rate

1.3

0.5

Option pricing model

Correlation (9)

(40%)

100%

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

DCF

CPR (7)

2%

20%

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

Equities and commodities

0.1

0.6

Option pricing model

Volatility (3)

27%

30%

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

Credit

0.7

0.8

Price based

Price (5)

0%

100%

  

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

DCF based on defaults

Recovery rates (4)

0%

100%

  

 

 

  and recoveries

Credit spreads (2)

25bps

410bps

104

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments: Valuation techniques (continued) 

 

Notes:

(1)

Level 3 structured issued debt securities of £1.3 billion are not included in the table above as valuation is consistent with the valuation of the embedded derivative component.

(2)

Credit spreads and discount margins: Credit spreads and margins express the return required over a benchmark rate or index to compensate for the credit risk associated with a cash instrument. A higher credit spread would indicate that the underlying instrument has more credit risk associated with it. Consequently, investors require a higher yield to compensate for the higher risk. The discount rate comprises credit spread or margin plus the benchmark rate; it is used to value future cash flows.

(3)

Volatility: A measure of the tendency of a price to change with time.

(4)

Recovery rate: Reflects market expectations about the return of principal for a debt instrument or other obligations after a credit event or on liquidation. Recovery rates tend to move conversely to credit spreads.

(5)

Price and yield: There may be a range of price based information used for evaluating the value of an instrument. This may be a direct comparison of one instrument or portfolio with another or movements in a more liquid instrument may be used to indicate the movement in the value of less liquid instrument. The comparison may also be indirect in that adjustments are made to the price to reflect differences between the pricing source and the instrument being valued, for example different maturity, credit quality, seniority or expected payouts. Similarly to price, an instrument’s yield may be compared to other instruments either directly or indirectly. Prices move inversely to yields.

(6)

Probability of default: This is a measure of the expected rate of losses in an underlying portfolio of mortgages or other receivables. The higher the probability of default the lower the value of the underlying portfolio. The cumulative losses tend to move conversely to prepayment rates and in line with constant default rates. The higher the rate, the higher the expected number of defaults and therefore the expected losses. An increase in the default rate is likely to reduce the value of an asset.

(7)

Conditional prepayment rate: The measure of the rate at which underlying mortgages or loans are prepaid. An increase in prepayment rates in a portfolio may increase or decrease its value depending upon the credit quality and payment terms of the underlying loans. For example an increase in prepayment rate of a portfolio of high credit quality underlying assets may reduce the value and size of the portfolio whereas for lower credit quality underlyings it may increase the value.

(8)

EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation) multiple: This is a commonly used valuation technique for equity holdings. The EBITDA of a company is used as a proxy for the future cash flows and when multiplied by an appropriate factor gives an estimate for the value of the company.

(9)

Correlation: Measures the degree by which two prices or other variables are observed to move together. If they move in the same direction there is positive correlation; if they move in opposite directions there is negative correlation. Correlations typically include relationships between: default probabilities of assets in a basket (a group of separate assets), exchange rates, interest rates and other financial variables.

(10)

Group does not have any material liabilities measured at fair value that are issued with an inseparable third party credit enhancement.

(11)

Improvements in price discovery resulted in transfers of £0.2 billion and £0.1 billion of asset and liabilities respectively from level 3 to level 2. Transfers from level 2 to level 3 mainly comprised debt securities in issue of £0.2 billion, derivative assets and liabilities of £0.1 billion each and debt securities of £0.1 billion due to increased unobservability of inputs used in the valuation of these instruments. There were no significant transfers between level 1 and level 2.

 

105

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments: Movement in level 3 portfolios

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Amounts recorded in

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

the income statement

  

At 

Amount recorded in

  

  

  

Purchases 

Settlements

Sales 

Foreign 

At

  

in respect of balances

1 January 

Income 

SOCI 

Level 3 transfers

and

 exchange 

30 June

held at period end

2014 

statement (1) 

 (2) 

In 

Out 

issuances (3)

and other 

2014 

Unrealised 

Realised 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

Assets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

FVTPL (4)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - banks

310 

(12)

  

(5)

293 

  

16 

  - customers

172 

(1)

  

13 

(3)

48 

(14)

(10)

(3)

202 

  

(13)

Debt securities

906 

77 

  

77 

(52)

238 

(41)

(225)

(5)

975 

  

55 

10 

Equity shares

286 

83 

  

(38)

40 

(31)

(46)

(3)

291 

  

(22)

Derivatives

3,493 

(282)

  

99 

(55)

100 

(212)

(65)

(14)

3,064 

  

(297)

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

FVTPL assets

5,167 

(135)

  

189 

(148)

426 

(298)

(351)

(25)

4,825 

  

(261)

18 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which ABS:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - FVTPL (4)

591 

84 

  

24 

(29)

181 

(17)

(222)

(3)

609 

  

59 

  - AFS

1,108 

(9)

  

(195)

(111)

805 

  

(3)

11 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Available-for-sale (AFS)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Debt securities

1,194 

(9)

  

(297)

(53)

848 

  

(3)

11 

Equity shares

400 

26 

  

(61)

(24)

(61)

(7)

282 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

AFS assets

1,594 

12 

17 

  

(61)

(321)

(114)

(6)

1,130 

  

12 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

6,761 

(123)

17 

  

192 

(209)

432 

(619)

(465)

(31)

5,955 

  

(260)

30 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits

253 

13 

  

10 

(2)

275 

  

13 

Debt securities in issue

1,354 

(60)

  

236 

(34)

36 

(230)

(5)

(1)

1,296 

  

(7)

Short positions

17 

(1)

  

(11)

(4)

  

(4)

Derivatives

3,007 

(124)

  

79 

(84)

53 

(334)

(69)

(11)

2,520 

  

(98)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

4,631 

(172)

  

325 

(129)

96 

(566)

(78)

(11)

4,099 

  

(96)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net gains/(losses)

  

49 

14 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(164)

30 

 

Notes:

(1)

Net losses on HFT instruments of £94 million (31 December 2013 - £143 million) were recorded in income from trading activities. Net gains on other instruments of £143 million (31 December 2013 - £11 million) were recorded in other operating income, interest income as appropriate.

(2)

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

(3)

Includes £36 million of debt securities in issue and £7 million derivative liabilities relating to issuances.

(4)

Fair value through profit or loss comprises held-for-trading predominantly and designated at fair value through profit and loss.     

 

106

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

11. Financial instruments (continued) 

 

Fair value of financial instruments not carried at fair value

The following table shows the carrying value and fair value of financial instruments carried at amortised cost on the balance sheet.

  

30 June 2014

  

31 December 2013

  

Carrying 

  

  

Carrying 

  

  

value 

Fair value 

  

value 

Fair value 

  

£bn 

£bn 

  

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Financial assets

  

  

  

  

  

Loans and advances to banks

20.5 

20.5 

  

16.8 

16.8 

Loans and advances to customers

367.7 

357.9 

  

371.6 

360.0 

Debt securities

8.1 

7.8 

  

3.8 

3.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Financial liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

19.3 

19.3 

  

20.3 

20.3 

Customer accounts

140.8 

141.0 

  

133.8 

134.0 

Debt securities in issue

38.8 

40.4 

  

43.4 

44.7 

Subordinated liabilities

24.0 

24.4 

  

23.1 

22.5 

 

The fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Quoted market values are used where available; otherwise, fair values have been estimated based on discounted expected future cash flows and other valuation techniques. These techniques involve uncertainties and require assumptions and judgments covering prepayments, credit risk and discount rates. Furthermore, there is a wide range of potential valuation techniques. Changes in these assumptions would significantly affect estimated fair values. The fair values reported would not necessarily be realised in an immediate sale or settlement.

 

For the following short-term financial instruments fair value approximates to carrying value: cash and balances at central banks, items in the course of collection from and transmission to other banks, settlement balances, customer demand deposits and notes in circulation. These are excluded from the table above.

107

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

12. Provisions for liabilities and charges

 

  

  

  

Other

  

Other

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 customer 

  

regulatory

  

  

  

  

  

PPI

IRHP

 redress 

LIBOR

provisions

Litigation

Property

Other

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2014

926 

1,077 

337 

416 

150 

2,018 

379 

186 

5,489 

Currency translation and other

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  movement

(2)

(15)

(17)

Charge to income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

23 

34 

81 

140 

Releases to income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

(5)

(4)

(5)

(14)

Provisions utilised

(218)

(199)

(26)

(414)

(13)

(59)

(32)

(961)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 31 March 2014

708 

878 

329 

150 

2,020 

317 

235 

4,637 

Currency translation and other

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  movement

(2)

(46)

(2)

(50)

Charge to income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

150 

100 

28 

34 

149 

93 

554 

Releases to income statement

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

(3)

(31)

(10)

(44)

Provisions utilised

(272)

(218)

(53)

(5)

(67)

(70)

(39)

(724)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

At 30 June 2014

586 

760 

301 

143 

1,910 

384 

289 

4,373 

 

13. Contingent liabilities and commitments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

  

31 March 2014

  

31 December 2013

  

RBS

  

  

  

RBS

  

  

  

RBS excl.

  

  

  

excl. RCR

RCR

Total

  

excl. RCR

RCR

Total

  

Non-Core

Non-Core

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Contingent liabilities

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Guarantees and assets pledged

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  as collateral security

19,542 

220 

19,762 

  

19,634 

270 

19,904 

  

19,563 

616 

20,179 

Other

6,145 

187 

6,332 

  

6,039 

236 

6,275 

  

5,893 

98 

5,991 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

25,687 

407 

26,094 

  

25,673 

506 

26,179 

  

25,456 

714 

26,170 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commitments

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Undrawn formal standby

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  facilities, credit lines and other

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  commitments to lend

208,299 

2,076 

210,375 

  

208,550 

2,482 

211,032 

  

210,766 

2,280 

213,046 

Other

2,616 

36 

2,652 

  

2,590 

13 

2,603 

  

2,793 

2,793 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

210,915 

2,112 

213,027 

  

211,140 

2,495 

213,635 

  

213,559 

2,280 

215,839 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Contingent liabilities and

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  commitments

236,602 

2,519 

239,121 

  

236,813 

3,001 

239,814 

  

239,015 

2,994 

242,009 

 

Additional contingent liabilities arise in the normal course of the Group’s business. It is not anticipated that any material loss will arise from these transactions.

108

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews

Arising out of their normal business operations, the Company and certain members of the Group are party to legal proceedings and the subject of investigation and other regulatory and governmental action in the United Kingdom, the European Union, the United States and other jurisdictions.

 

The Group recognises a provision for a liability in relation to these matters when it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle an obligation resulting from past events, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. While the outcome of the legal proceedings, investigations and regulatory and governmental matters in which the Group is involved is inherently uncertain, the directors believe that, based on the information available to them, appropriate provisions have been made in respect of legal proceedings, investigations and regulatory and governmental matters as at 30 June 2014 (see Note 12). The future outflow of resources in respect of any matter may ultimately prove to be substantially greater than or less than the aggregate provision that the Group has recognised.

 

In many proceedings, it is not possible to determine whether any loss is probable or to estimate the amount of any loss. Numerous legal and factual issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings in question, before a liability can be reasonably estimated for any claim. The Group cannot predict if, how, or when such claims will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for claims that are at an early stage in their development or where claimants seek substantial or indeterminate damages.

 

There are also situations where the Group may enter into a settlement agreement. This may occur in order to avoid the expense, management distraction or reputational implications of continuing to contest liability, even for those matters for which the Group believes it has credible defences and should prevail on the merits. The uncertainties inherent in all such matters affect the amount and timing of any potential outflows for both matters with respect to which provisions have been established and other contingent liabilities.

 

Other than those discussed below, no member of the Group is or has been involved in governmental, legal or regulatory proceedings (including those which are pending or threatened) that are material individually or in aggregate.

 

Litigation

 

Shareholder litigation

RBS and certain of its subsidiaries, together with certain current and former officers and directors were named as defendants in a purported class action filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York involving holders of American Depositary Receipts (the ADR claims).

 

A consolidated amended complaint asserting claims under Sections 10 and 20 of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Sections 11, 12 and 15 of the Securities Act was filed in November 2011 on behalf of all persons who purchased or otherwise acquired the Group's American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) from issuance through 20 January 2009. In September 2012, the Court dismissed the ADR claims with prejudice. On 5 August 2013, the Court denied the plaintiffs’ motions for reconsideration and for leave to re-plead their case. The plaintiffs appealed the dismissal of this case to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals and that appeal was heard on 19 June 2014. A decision in respect of the appeal is awaited.

 

109

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

Additionally, between March and July 2013, claims were issued in the High Court of Justice of England and Wales by sets of current and former shareholders, against the Group (and in one of those claims, also against certain former individual officers and directors) alleging that untrue and misleading statements and/or improper omissions were made in connection with the rights issue announced by the Group on 22 April 2008 in breach of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. On 30 July 2013 these and other similar threatened claims were consolidated by the Court via a Group Litigation Order. The Group’s defence to the claims was filed on 13 December 2013. Since then, further High Court claims have been issued against the Group under the Group Litigation Order. There are likely to be further case management conferences which, in due course, will lead to a trial date being set.

 

Other securitisation and securities related litigation in the United States

Group companies have been named as defendants in their various roles as issuer, depositor and/or underwriter in a number of claims in the United States that relate to the securitisation and securities underwriting businesses. These cases include actions by individual purchasers of securities and purported class action suits. Together, the pending individual and class action cases involve the issuance of more than US$64 billion of mortgage-backed securities (MBS) issued primarily from 2005 to 2007. Although the allegations vary by claim, in general, plaintiffs in these actions claim that certain disclosures made in connection with the relevant offerings contained materially false or misleading statements and/or omissions regarding the underwriting standards pursuant to which the mortgage loans underlying the securities were issued. Group companies remain as defendants in more than 40 lawsuits and arbitrations brought by purchasers of MBS, including the purported class actions identified below.

 

Among these MBS lawsuits are two cases filed on 2 September 2011 by the US Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) as conservator for the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). The primary FHFA lawsuit remains pending in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut, and it relates to approximately US$32 billion of MBS for which Group entities acted as sponsor/depositor and/or lead underwriter or co-lead underwriter. Of these approximately US$10 billion were outstanding at 30 June 2014 with cumulative losses of approximately US$1.03 billion (being the loss of principal value suffered by security holders). On 30 September 2013, the Court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss FHFA’s amended complaint in this case. Discovery is ongoing.

 

The other remaining FHFA lawsuit that involves the Group (in which the primary defendant is Nomura) names RBS Securities Inc. as a defendant by virtue of the fact that it was an underwriter of some of the securities at issue. This case is part of a coordinated proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in which discovery is underway. Three other FHFA lawsuits (against JP Morgan, Morgan Stanley and Countrywide) in which RBS Securities Inc. was an underwriter defendant were settled without any contribution from RBS Securities Inc. On 19 June 2014, another FHFA lawsuit in which RBS Securities Inc. was an underwriter defendant (against Ally Financial Group) was settled by RBS Securities Inc. for US$99.5 million. This amount is fully provided for.

 

Other MBS lawsuits against Group companies include three cases filed by the National Credit Union Administration Board (on behalf of US Central Federal Credit Union, Western Corporate Federal Credit Union, Southwest Corporate Federal Credit Union, and Members United Corporate Federal Credit Union) and six cases filed by the Federal Home Loan Banks of Boston, Chicago, Indianapolis, Seattle and San Francisco.

 

110

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

The purported MBS class actions in which Group companies are defendants include New Jersey Carpenters Health Fund v. Novastar Mortgage Inc. et al. and In re IndyMac Mortgage-Backed Securities Litigation, the latter of which has been settled in principle subject to documentation and court approval.  A third MBS class action, New Jersey Carpenters Vacation Fund et al. v. The Royal Bank of Scotland plc et al., has been settled in principle for US$275 million subject to court approval. There is a provision that fully covers this settlement amount. The case relates to more than US$15 billion of the issued MBS that are the subject of MBS claims pending against Group companies. The outcome in this case should not be seen as indicative of how other MBS lawsuits may be resolved.

 

RBS Securities Inc. was also a defendant in Luther v. Countrywide Financial Corp. et al. and related class action cases. On 5 December 2013, the court granted final approval of a US$500 million settlement of plaintiffs’ claims to be paid by Countrywide without contribution from RBS Securities Inc. Several members of the settlement class are appealing the court-approved settlement to the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.

 

Certain other institutional investors have threatened to bring claims against the Group in connection with various mortgage-related offerings. The Group cannot predict whether any of these individual investors will pursue these threatened claims (or their outcome), but expects that several may. If such claims are asserted and were successful, the amounts involved may be material.

 

In many of these actions, the Group has or will have contractual claims to indemnification from the issuers of the securities (where a Group company is underwriter) and/or the underlying mortgage originator (where a Group company is issuer). The amount and extent of any recovery on an indemnification claim, however, is uncertain and subject to a number of factors, including the ongoing creditworthiness of the indemnifying party.

 

London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)

Certain members of the Group have been named as defendants in a number of class actions and individual claims filed in the US with respect to the setting of LIBOR and certain other benchmark interest rates. The complaints are substantially similar and allege that certain members of the Group and other panel banks individually and collectively violated various federal laws, including the US commodities and antitrust laws, and state statutory and common law, as well as contracts, by manipulating LIBOR and prices of LIBOR-based derivatives in various markets through various means.

 

111

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

Most of the USD LIBOR-related actions in which Group companies are defendants, including all purported class actions relating to USD LIBOR, have been transferred to a coordinated proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. In the coordinated proceeding, consolidated class action complaints were filed on behalf of (1) exchange-based purchaser plaintiffs, (2) over-the-counter purchaser plaintiffs, and (3) corporate debt purchaser plaintiffs. In orders dated 29 March 2013 and 23 June 2014, the Court dismissed plaintiffs' antitrust claims and claims under RICO (Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act), but declined to dismiss (a) certain Commodities Exchange Act claims on behalf of persons who transacted in Eurodollar futures contracts and options on futures contracts on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (on the theory that defendants' alleged persistent suppression of USD LIBOR caused loss to plaintiffs), and (b) certain contract and unjust enrichment claims on behalf of over-the-counter purchaser plaintiffs who transacted directly with a defendant. Discovery is stayed. Over 35 other USD LIBOR-related actions involving RBS have been stayed pending further order from the Court. On 30 June 2014, the U.S. Supreme Court announced that it would consider an appeal by plaintiffs whose claims have been dismissed in their entirety to decide whether those plaintiffs have the procedural right to appeal the dismissals to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit on an interlocutory basis instead of waiting until there is a final judgment in the coordinated proceeding.

 

Certain members of the Group have also been named as defendants in class actions relating to (i) JPY LIBOR and Euroyen TIBOR (the "Yen action") and (ii) Euribor (the "Euribor action"), both of which are pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. On 28 March 2014, the Court in the Yen action dismissed the plaintiffs’ antitrust claims, but refused to dismiss their claims under the Commodity Exchange Act for price manipulation.

 

Details of LIBOR investigations and their outcomes affecting the Group are set out under ‘Investigations and reviews’ on page 114.

 

Credit default swap antitrust litigation

Certain members of the Group, as well as a number of other financial institutions, are defendants in a consolidated antitrust class action pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The plaintiffs generally allege that defendants violated the U.S. antitrust laws by restraining competition in the market for credit default swaps through various means and thereby causing inflated bid-ask spreads for credit default swaps.

 

FX antitrust litigation

Certain members of the Group, as well as a number of other financial institutions, are defendants in a consolidated antitrust class action on behalf of U.S.-based plaintiffs and two similar complaints on behalf of non-U.S. plaintiffs in Norway and South Korea. The three cases are all pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The plaintiffs generally allege that the defendants violated the U.S. antitrust laws, state statutes, and the common law by conspiring to manipulate the foreign exchange market by manipulating benchmark foreign exchange rates. On 30 May 2014, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the complaints in these actions.

 

112

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

 

Madoff

In December 2010, Irving Picard, as trustee for the bankruptcy estates of Bernard L. Madoff and Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC., filed a clawback claim against The Royal Bank of Scotland N.V. (RBS N.V.) in New York bankruptcy court. In the operative complaint, filed in August 2012, the trustee seeks to recover US$75.8 million in redemptions that RBS N.V. allegedly received from certain Madoff feeder funds and US$162.1 million that RBS N.V. allegedly received from its swap counterparties at a time when RBS N.V. allegedly ‘knew or should have known of Madoff’s possible fraud’. The Trustee alleges that those transfers were preferences or fraudulent conveyances under the US bankruptcy code and New York law and he asserts the purported right to claw them back for the benefit of Madoff’s estate. A further claim, for US$21.8 million, was filed in October 2011. These matters remain at the motion to dismiss stage of litigation.

 

Thornburg adversary proceeding  

RBS Securities Inc. and certain other Group companies, as well as several other financial institutions, are defendants in an adversary proceeding filed in the U.S. bankruptcy court in Maryland by the trustee for TMST, Inc. (formerly known as Thornburg Mortgage, Inc.). The trustee seeks recovery of transfers made under certain restructuring agreements as, among other things, avoidable fraudulent and preferential conveyances and transfers.

 

Complex Systems

RBS N.V. is a defendant in an action being heard in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York filed by Complex Systems, Inc (CSI). The plaintiff alleges that RBS N.V. has since late 2007 been using the plaintiff's back-office trade finance processing software without a valid licence, in violation of the US Copyright Act. After granting summary judgment to CSI on the issue of liability, the Court on 9 May 2014 issued an injunction that requires RBS N.V. to cease using the disputed software. RBS N.V. has appealed the injunction and the underlying liability determination to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. On 26 June 2014, that court denied RBS N.V.'s request that the injunction be stayed pending the outcome of the appeal. RBS N.V. and CSI have reached a settlement of the action which, subject to final documentation and the Court's entry of an agreed stipulation of dismissal, will bring an end to the proceedings and provide RBS Group companies with an on-going, perpetual licence to use the software at issue.

 

CPDO Litigation

CPDO claims have been served on RBS N.V. in England, the Netherlands and Australia relating to the sale of a type of structured financial product known as a constant proportion debt obligation (CPDO). In November 2012, the Federal Court of Australia issued a judgment against RBS N.V. and others in one such case. It held that RBS N.V. and others committed certain wrongful acts in connection with the rating and sale of the CPDO. In March 2013, RBS N.V. was ordered to pay A$19.7 million. RBS N.V. appealed this decision and the appeal court found against RBS N.V. in May 2014. RBS N.V. has made the required payment of A$19.7 million. The judgment may potentially have significance to the other claims served and to any future similar claims.

113

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

 

Investigations and reviews

The Group’s businesses and financial condition can be affected by the fiscal or other policies and actions of various governmental and regulatory authorities in the United Kingdom, the European Union, the United States and elsewhere. The Group has engaged, and will continue to engage, in discussions with relevant governmental and regulatory authorities, including in the United Kingdom, the European Union, the United States and elsewhere, on an ongoing and regular basis regarding operational, systems and control evaluations and issues including those related to compliance with applicable regulatory, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering and sanctions regimes. It is possible that any matters discussed or identified may result in investigatory or other action being taken by governmental and regulatory authorities, increased costs being incurred by the Group, remediation of systems and controls, public or private censure, restriction of the Group’s business activities or fines. Any of the events or circumstances mentioned below could have a material adverse effect on the Group, its business, authorisations and licences, reputation, results of operations or the price of securities issued by it.

 

The Group is co-operating fully with the investigations and reviews described below.

 

LIBOR, other trading rates and foreign exchange trading

On 6 February 2013, the Group announced settlements with the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom, the United States Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the United States Department of Justice (DOJ) in relation to investigations into submissions, communications and procedures around the setting of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). RBS agreed to pay penalties of £87.5 million, US$325 million and US$150 million to these authorities respectively to resolve the investigations. As part of the agreement with the DOJ, RBS plc entered into a Deferred Prosecution Agreement in relation to one count of wire fraud relating to Swiss Franc LIBOR and one count for an antitrust violation relating to Yen LIBOR. In addition, on 12 April 2013, RBS Securities Japan Limited entered a plea of guilty to one count of wire fraud relating to Yen LIBOR and on 6 January 2014, the US District Court for the District of Connecticut entered a final judgment in relation to the conviction of RBS Securities Japan Limited pursuant to the plea agreement. On 12 April 2013, RBS Securities Japan Limited received a business improvement order from Japan’s Financial Services Agency requiring RBS to take remedial steps to address certain matters, including inappropriate conduct in relation to Yen LIBOR. Since such date, RBS Securities Japan Limited has been taking steps to address the issues raised in compliance with that order. In June 2013, RBS was listed amongst the 20 banks found by the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) to have deficiencies in the governance, risk management, internal controls and surveillance systems relating to benchmark submissions following a finding by the MAS that certain traders made inappropriate attempts to influence benchmarks in the period 2007 - 2011. RBS was ordered at that time to set aside additional statutory reserves with MAS of SGD1-1.2 billion and to comply with certain directives set by MAS with oversight by an independent reviewer, including instituting proper benchmark rate governance, providing training and ensuring robust surveillance systems and proper management of conflicts of interest. RBS complied with all directives to the satisfaction of MAS and the statutory reserves amount has been repaid by MAS.

114

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

In February 2014, the Group paid settlement penalties of approximately EUR 260 million and EUR 131 million to resolve investigations by the European Commission into Yen LIBOR competition infringements and EURIBOR competition infringements respectively.

 

In July 2014, RBS entered into an Enforceable Undertaking (EU) with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) in relation to potential misconduct involving the Australian Bank Bill Swap Rate. RBS undertakes in the EU to (a) comply with its existing undertakings arising out of the February 2013 settlement with the United States Commodity Futures Trading Commission as they relate to Australian Benchmark Interest Rates, (b) implement remedial measures with respect to its trading in Australian reference bank bills and (c) appoint an independent compliance expert to review and report on RBS’s implementation of such remedial measures. The remediation measures include ensuring appropriate records retention, training, communications surveillance and trading reviews are in place. As part of the EU, RBS also agreed to make a voluntary contribution of A$1.6 million to fund independent financial literacy projects in Australia.

 

The Group is co-operating with investigations and new and ongoing requests for information by various other governmental and regulatory authorities, including in the UK, US and Asia, into its submissions, communications and procedures relating to a number of trading rates, including LIBOR and other interest rate settings, ISDAFIX and non-deliverable forwards. The Group is also under investigation by competition authorities in a number of jurisdictions stemming from the actions of certain individuals in the setting of LIBOR and other trading rates, as well as interest rate-related trading.

 

In addition, various governmental and regulatory authorities have commenced investigations into foreign exchange trading and sales activities apparently involving multiple financial institutions. The Group has received enquiries from certain of these authorities including the FCA. The Group is reviewing communications and procedures relating to certain currency exchange benchmark rates as well as foreign exchange trading and sales activity. It is not possible to estimate reliably what effect the outcome of these investigations, any regulatory findings and any related developments may have on the Group, including the timing and amount of fines or settlements, which may be material.

 

On 21 July 2014, the Serious Fraud Office announced that it was launching a criminal investigation into allegations of fraudulent conduct in the foreign exchange market, apparently involving multiple financial institutions.

 

Technology incident in June 2012

On 19 June 2012, the Group was affected by a technology incident, as a result of which the processing of certain customer accounts and payments were subject to considerable delay. The cause of the incident has been investigated by independent external counsel with the assistance of third party advisors. The Group agreed to reimburse customers for any loss suffered as a result of the incident and the Group made a provision of £175 million in 2012.

 

The incident, the Group's handling of the incident, and the systems and controls surrounding the processes affected, are the subject of regulatory investigations in the UK and in the Republic of Ireland.

115

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

On 9 April 2013, the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) announced that it had commenced an enforcement investigation into the incident. This is a joint investigation conducted by the FCA together with the UK Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA). The FCA and PRA will reach their conclusions in due course and will decide whether or not to initiate enforcement action following that investigation. While the outcomes of the FCA and PRA investigations will be separate, the regulators have indicated that they will endeavour to co-ordinate the timescales of their respective investigations. Separately the Central Bank of Ireland has initiated an investigation.

 

Interest rate hedging products

In June 2012, following an industry wide review, the FSA announced that the Group and other UK banks had agreed to a redress exercise and past business review in relation to the sale of interest rate hedging products to some small and medium sized businesses who were classified as retail clients or private customers under FSA rules. On 31 January 2013, the FSA issued a report outlining the principles to which it wished the Group and other UK banks to adhere in conducting the review and redress exercise. This exercise is being scrutinised by an independent reviewer, who is reviewing and approving any redress, and the FCA is overseeing this.

 

As part of the redress exercise, the Group undertook to provide fair and reasonable redress to non-sophisticated customers classified as retail clients or private customers, who were mis-sold interest rate hedging products. In relation to non-sophisticated customers classified as retail clients or private customers who were sold interest rate products other than interest rate caps on or after 1 December 2001 up to 29 June 2012, the Group was required to (i) make redress to customers sold structured collars; and (ii) write to customers sold other interest rate hedging products offering a review of their sale and, if it is appropriate in the individual circumstances, propose fair and reasonable redress on a case by case basis. Furthermore, non-sophisticated customers classified as retail clients or private customers who purchased interest rate caps during the period on or after 1 December 2001 to 29 June 2012 are entitled to approach the Group and request a review. The Group has reached agreement with the independent reviewer in relation to redress outcomes for almost all in scope customers. The Group and the independent reviewer are now focused on completing the few remaining review outcomes, as well as assessing ancillary issues such as consequential loss claims.

 

In addition to the redress exercise that is being overseen by the FCA, the Group is also dealing with a large number of active litigation claims by customers who are also being considered under the FCA redress programme as well as customers who are outside of scope for the review due to their sophistication. The Group is encouraging those customers that are eligible to seek redress under the FCA scheme. To the extent that claims are brought, the Group believes it has strong grounds for defending these claims.

 

The Group is voluntarily undertaking a similar exercise and past business review in relation to the sale of interest rate hedging products to retail designated small and medium sized businesses in the Republic of Ireland and to relevant customers of RBS International. Current expectations are that these will be completed by 31 December 2014.

 

The Group has made provisions in relation to all of the above totalling £1.4 billion to date for this matter, including £100 million in the six months ended 30 June 2014, of which £0.6 billion had been utilised at 30 June 2014.

116

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

 

FSA mystery shopping review

On 13 February 2013, the FSA announced the results of a mystery shopping review it undertook into the investment advice offered by banks and building societies to retail clients. As a result of that review the FSA announced that firms involved were cooperative and agreed to take immediate action. The Group was one of the firms involved.

 

The action required included a review of the training provided to advisers, considering whether changes are necessary to advice processes and controls for new business, and undertaking a past business review to identify any historic poor advice (and where breaches of regulatory requirements are identified, to put this right for customers).

 

Subsequent to the FSA announcing the results of its mystery shopping review, the FCA has required the Group to carry out a past business review and customer contact exercise on a sample of historic customers that received investment advice on certain lump sum products through the Financial Planning channel of the Personal and Business Banking division of the Group, which includes The Royal Bank of Scotland plc and National Westminster Bank Plc, during the period from March 2012 until December 2012. This review is being conducted under section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act, under which a skilled person has been appointed to monitor such exercise. Alongside this review, the Personal and Business Banking business of the Group is also carrying out self-initiated reviews of certain parts of its advice back book and discussions are taking place with the FCA in relation to a remediation exercise for a specific customer segment who may have been mis-sold a structured product.

 

Card Protection Plan Limited

On 22 August 2013, the FCA announced that Card Protection Plan Limited (“CPP”) and 13 banks and credit card issuers, including the Group, had agreed to a compensation scheme in relation to the sale of card and/or identity protection insurance to certain retail customers. The compensation scheme has now been approved by the requisite number of customers and by the High Court of England and Wales. CPP has written to affected policyholders to ask those who believe they have been mis-sold to submit their claims. Claims that have been submitted to date are currently being processed and payments are now being made. Save for exceptional cases, all claims must be submitted before 31 August 2014. The Group has made appropriate levels of provision based on its estimate of ultimate exposure.

 

Tomlinson Report

On 25 November 2013, a report by Lawrence Tomlinson, entrepreneur in residence at the UK government’s Department for Business Innovation and Skills, was published (Tomlinson Report). The Tomlinson Report was critical of the Group’s Global Restructuring Group’s treatment of SMEs. The Tomlinson Report was passed to the PRA and FCA. On 29 November 2013, the FCA announced that an independent skilled person would be appointed under Section 166 of the Financial Services and Markets Act to review the allegations in the Tomlinson Report. On 17 January 2014, Promontory Financial Group and Mazars were appointed as the skilled person. The Group is fully cooperating with the FCA in its investigation.

117

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

Separately, in November 2013 the Bank instructed the law firm Clifford Chance to conduct an independent review of the principal allegation made in the Tomlinson Report: the Group’s Global Restructuring Group was alleged to be culpable of systematic and institutional behaviour in artificially distressing otherwise viable businesses and through that putting businesses into insolvency. Clifford Chance published its report on 17 April 2014 and concluded that there was no evidence to support the principal allegation.

 

A separate independent review of the principal allegation, led by Mason Hayes & Curran, Solicitors, has been commenced in the Republic of Ireland. The Group’s current expectation is that this review will be completed by 30 September 2014.

 

Multilateral interchange fees

In 2007, the EC issued a decision that, while interchange is not illegal per se, MasterCard’s multilateral interchange fee (MIF) arrangements for cross border payment card transactions with MasterCard and Maestro branded consumer credit and debit cards in the EEA were in breach of competition law. MasterCard was required to withdraw (i.e. set to zero) the relevant cross-border MIF by 21 June 2008. MasterCard appealed against the decision to the General Court in March 2008, with the Group intervening in the appeal proceedings. The General Court heard MasterCard’s appeal in July 2011 and issued its judgment in May 2012, upholding the EC’s original decision. MasterCard has appealed further to the Court of Justice and the Group has intervened in these appeal proceedings. The appeal hearing took place on 4 July 2013 and the Advocate General’s (AG) opinion (which is a non binding opinion and provided to the Court in advance of its final decision) was published on 30 January 2014. The AG opinion proposes that the Court should dismiss MasterCard’s appeal. The Court’s decision is currently expected on 11 September 2014. MasterCard negotiated interim cross border MIF levels to apply for the duration of the General Court proceedings. These MIF levels remain in place during the appeal before the Court of Justice.

 

On 9 April 2013, the EC announced it was opening a new investigation into interbank fees payable in respect of payments made in the EEA by MasterCard cardholders from non-EEA countries.

 

In March 2008, the EC opened a formal inquiry into Visa’s MIF arrangements for cross border payment card transactions with Visa branded debit and consumer credit cards in the EEA. In April 2009 the EC announced that it had issued Visa with a formal Statement of Objections. In April 2010 Visa announced it had reached an agreement with the EC as regards immediate cross border debit card MIF rates only and in December 2010 the commitments were finalised for a four year period commencing December 2010 under Article 9 of Regulation 1/2003. In July 2012 Visa made a request to re-open the settlement in order to modify the fee. The EC rejected the request and in October 2012 Visa filed an appeal to the General Court seeking to have that decision annulled. That appeal is ongoing. The EC is continuing its investigations into Visa’s cross border MIF arrangements for deferred debit and credit transactions. On 31 July 2012 the EC announced that it had issued Visa with a supplementary Statement of Objections regarding consumer credit cards in the EEA. On 14 May 2013, the EC announced it had reached an agreement with Visa regarding immediate cross border credit card MIF rates. This agreement has now been market tested and was made legally binding on 26 February 2014. The agreement is to last for four years.

 

118

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

In addition, the EC has proposed a draft regulation on interchange fees for card payments. The draft regulation is subject to a consultation process, prior to being finalised and enacted. It is currently expected that the regulation will be enacted during early 2015 at the earliest. The draft regulation proposes the capping of both cross-border and domestic MIF rates for debit and credit consumer cards. The draft regulation also sets out other proposals for reform including to the Honour All Cards Rule so merchants will be required to accept all cards with the same level of MIF but not cards with different MIF levels.

 

In the UK, the Office of Fair Trading (OFT) had previously opened investigations into domestic interchange fees applicable in respect of Visa and MasterCard consumer and commercial credit and debit card transactions. The OFT has not made a finding of an infringement of competition law and has not issued a Statement of Objections to any party in connection with those investigations. In February 2013 the OFT confirmed that while reserving its right to do so, it did not expect to issue Statements of Objections in respect of these investigations (if at all) prior to the handing down of the judgment of the Court of Justice in the matter of MasterCard's appeal against the EC’s 2007 infringement decision.

 

The outcomes of these ongoing investigations, proceedings and proposed regulation are not yet known, but they may have a material adverse effect on the structure and operation of four party card payment schemes in general and, therefore, on the Group’s business in this sector.

 

Payment Protection Insurance

The FSA conducted a broad industry thematic review of Payment Protection Insurance (PPI) sales practices and in September 2008, the FSA announced an escalation of its level of regulatory intervention. Substantial numbers of customer complaints alleging the mis-selling of PPI policies had been made to banks and to the Financial Ombudsman Service (FOS) and many of these were being upheld by the FOS against the banks.

 

The FSA published a final policy statement in August 2010 imposing significant changes with respect to the handling of complaints about the mis-selling of PPI. In October 2010, the British Bankers’ Association (BBA) filed an application for judicial review of the FSA’s policy statement and of related guidance issued by the FOS. In April 2011 the High Court issued judgment in favour of the FSA and the FOS and in May 2011 the BBA announced that it would not appeal that judgment. The Group then reached agreement with the FSA on a process for implementation of its policy statement and for the future handling of PPI complaints. Implementation of the agreed processes has been under way since 2011. The Group has made provisions totalling £3.2 billion to date for this matter, including £150 million in the six months ended 30 June 2014, of which £2.6 billion has been utilised at 30 June 2014.

 

Retail banking – EC

Since initiating an inquiry into retail banking in the European Union (EU) in 2005, the European Commission (EC) continues to keep retail banking under review. In late 2010 the EC launched an initiative pressing for greater transparency of bank fees and is currently proposing to legislate for increased harmonisation of terminology across Member States. The Group cannot predict the outcome of these actions at this stage.

 

119

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

 

UK personal current accounts/retail banking

In July 2008, the OFT published a market study report into Personal Current Accounts (PCAs) raising concerns as regards the way the market was functioning. In October 2009 the OFT summarised initiatives agreed with industry to address these concerns. In December 2009, the OFT published a further report in which it stated that it continued to have significant concerns about the operation of the PCA market in the UK, in particular in relation to unarranged overdrafts, and that it believed that fundamental changes were required for the market to work in the best interests of bank customers. In March 2010, the OFT announced that it had secured agreement from the banks on four industry-wide initiatives designed to address its concerns, namely minimum standards on the operation of opt-outs from unarranged overdrafts, new working groups on information sharing with customers, best practice for PCA customers in financial difficulties and incurring charges, and PCA providers to publish their policies on dealing with PCA customers in financial difficulties. The OFT also announced that it would conduct six-monthly reviews and would also review the market again fully in 2012 and undertake a brief analysis on barriers to entry.

 

The first six-monthly review was completed in September 2010. The OFT noted progress in switching, transparency and unarranged overdrafts for the period March to September 2010 and highlighted further changes it wanted to see in the market. In March 2011, the OFT published the next update report in relation to PCAs. This noted further progress in improving consumer control over the use of unarranged overdrafts. In particular, the Lending Standards Board had led on producing standards and guidance to be included in a revised Lending Code. The OFT stated it would continue to monitor the market and would consider the need for, and appropriate timing of, further update reports in light of other developments, in particular the work of the UK Government’s Independent Commission on Banking (ICB).

 

Additionally, in May 2010, the OFT announced its review of barriers to entry. The review concerned retail banking and banking for small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) (up to £25 million turnover). The OFT published its report in November 2010. It advised that it expected its review to be relevant to the ICB, the FSA, HM Treasury and the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills and to the devolved governments in the UK. The OFT did not indicate whether it would undertake any further work. The report maintained that barriers to entry remain, in particular regarding switching, branch networks and brands.

 

On 13 July 2012, the OFT launched its planned full review of the PCA market. The review was intended to consider whether the initiatives agreed by the OFT with banks to date had been successful and whether the market should be referred to the Competition Commission (CC) for a fuller market investigation.

 

The OFT’s PCA report was published on 25 January 2013. The OFT acknowledged some specific improvements in the market since its last review but concluded that further changes are required to tackle ongoing concerns, including a lack of switching, the ability of consumers to compare products and the complexity of overdraft charges. However, the OFT recognised at the time it published the report that a number of major developments were expected over the coming months including divestment of branches, improvements in account switching and assistance to customers to compare products and services. Therefore the OFT decided not to refer the market to the CC but said that it expected to return to the question of a referral to the CC in 2015, or before. The OFT also announced that it would be carrying out behavioural economic research on the way consumers make decisions and engage with retail banking service, and would study the operation of payment systems as well as the SME banking market.

120

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

On 11 March 2014, the successor body to the OFT and CC, the Competition & Markets Authority (CMA), announced that in addition to its pending SME review (see below), it would be undertaking an update of the OFT’s 2013 PCA review. On 18 July 2014 the CMA published its preliminary findings in respect of both the PCA and SME market studies. The CMA provisionally decided to make a market investigation reference (MIR) for both the PCA and SME market studies. The provisional decision on both PCAs and SMEs is now subject to a consultation period which runs until 17 September 2014. Following this period of consultation the CMA will make its final decision on a MIR in late autumn 2014. Should the CMA decide to proceed with a MIR this would result in a wide-ranging 18-24 month Phase 2 inquiry. At this stage it is not possible to estimate potential impacts on the Group.

 

SME banking market study

The OFT announced its market study on competition in banking for SMEs in England and Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland on 19 June 2013. Following a consultation on the scope of the market study, the OFT published an update paper on 27 September 2013 setting out its proposed scope. On 11 March 2014, the OFT set out some competition concerns on SME banking and also announced that its successor body, the CMA, would continue the review. As discussed above, the CMA has provisionally decided to make a MIR for the SME market study in addition to the PCA study. As regards SMEs, the CMA is consulting on both the provisional decision and its provisional conclusion that it would be more appropriate to make a MIR than accept a set of undertakings in lieu put forward by RBS, Barclays, HSBC and Lloyds. The CMA is also consulting on whether a review is required of the previous undertakings given following the CC’s investigation into SME banking in 2002 and has asked for comments on whether these undertakings need to be varied. At this stage it is not possible to estimate potential impacts on the Group.

 

FCA Wholesale Sector Competition Review

On 9 July 2014, the FCA launched a review of competition in the wholesale sector to identify any areas which may merit further investigation through an in-depth market study.

 

The initial review is an exploratory exercise and will focus primarily on competition in wholesale securities and investment markets, and related activities such as corporate banking. It will commence with a three month consultation exercise, including a call for inputs from stakeholders. Following this consultation period, the FCA intends to publish a feedback statement later in 2014 and any market study is expected to be launched in early 2015.

 

Credit default swaps (CDS) investigation

The Group is a party to the EC’s antitrust investigation into the CDS information market. The Group has received and responded to a Statement of Objections from the EC and continues to co-operate fully with the EC's ongoing investigation. In general terms, the EC has raised concerns that a number of banks, Markit and ISDA may have jointly prevented exchanges from entering the CDS market. At this stage, the Group cannot estimate reliably what effect the outcome of the investigation may have on the Group, which may be material.

121

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

 

Securitisation and collateralised debt obligation business

In the United States, the Group is involved in reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by federal and state governmental law enforcement and other agencies and self-regulatory organisations, including among others various members of the RMBS Working Group of the Financial Fraud Enforcement Task Force relating to, among other things, issuance, underwriting and trading in mortgage-backed securities, collateralised debt obligations (CDOs), and synthetic products. In connection with these inquiries, Group companies have received requests for information and subpoenas seeking information about, among other things, the structuring of CDOs, financing to loan originators, purchase of whole loans, sponsorship and underwriting of securitisations, due diligence, representations and warranties, communications with ratings agencies, disclosure to investors, document deficiencies, trading activities and repurchase requests.

 

On 7 November 2013, the Group announced that it had settled with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘the SEC’) over its investigation of RBS Securities Inc. relating to due diligence conducted in connection with a 2007 offering of residential mortgage-backed securities and corresponding disclosures. Pursuant to the settlement, RBS Securities Inc., without admitting or denying the SEC's allegations, consented to the entry of a final judgment ordering certain relief, including an injunction and the payment of approximately US$153 million in disgorgement, penalties, and interest. The settlement was subsequently approved by the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut. The Group co-operated fully with the SEC throughout the investigation.

 

In 2007, the New York State Attorney General issued subpoenas to a wide array of participants in the securitisation and securities industry, focusing on the information underwriters obtained from the independent firms hired to perform due diligence on mortgages. The Group completed its production of documents requested by the New York State Attorney General in 2008, principally producing documents related to loans that were pooled into one securitisation transaction. In May 2011, the New York State Attorney General requested additional information about the Group's mortgage securitisation business and, following the formation of the RMBS Working Group, has focused on the same or similar issues as the other state and federal RMBS Working Group investigations described above. The investigation is ongoing and the Group continues to respond to requests for information.

 

US mortgages - loan repurchase matters

The Group’s Markets business in North America has been a purchaser of non-agency US residential mortgages in the secondary market, and an issuer and underwriter of non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS). Markets did not originate or service any US residential mortgages and it was not a significant seller of mortgage loans to government sponsored enterprises (GSEs) (e.g. the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association).

 

122

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

In issuing RMBS, Markets generally assigned certain representations and warranties regarding the characteristics of the underlying loans made by the originator of the residential mortgages; however, in some circumstances, Markets made such representations and warranties itself. Where Markets has given those or other representations and warranties (whether relating to underlying loans or otherwise), Markets may be contractually required to repurchase such loans or indemnify certain parties against losses for certain breaches of such representations and warranties. In certain instances where it is required to repurchase loans or related securities, Markets may be able to assert claims against third parties who provided representations or warranties to Markets when selling loans to it, although the ability to recover against such parties is uncertain. Between the start of 2009 and 30 June 2014, Markets received approximately US$741 million in repurchase demands in respect of loans made primarily from 2005 to 2008 and related securities sold where obligations in respect of contractual representations or warranties were undertaken by Markets. However, repurchase demands presented to Markets are subject to challenge and rebuttal by Markets.

 

Citizens Financial Group, Inc (Citizens) has not been an issuer or underwriter of non-agency RMBS. However, Citizens is an originator and servicer of residential mortgages, and it routinely sells such mortgage loans in the secondary market and to GSEs. In the context of such sales, Citizens makes certain representations and warranties regarding the characteristics of the underlying loans and, as a result, may be contractually required to repurchase such loans or indemnify certain parties against losses for certain breaches of the representations and warranties concerning the underlying loans. Between the start of 2009 and 30 June 2014, Citizens received US$243 million in repurchase demands in respect of loans originated primarily since 2003. However, repurchase demands presented to Citizens are subject to challenge and rebuttal by Citizens.

 

Although there has in recent times been disruption in the ability of certain financial institutions operating in the United States to complete foreclosure proceedings in respect of US mortgage loans in a timely manner or at all (including as a result of interventions by certain states and local governments), to date, Citizens has not been materially impacted by such disruptions and the Group has not ceased making foreclosures.

 

The Group cannot currently estimate what the ultimate exposure may be with respect to repurchase demands. Furthermore, the Group is unable to estimate the extent to which the matters described above will impact it, and future developments may have an adverse impact on the Group’s net assets, operating results or cash flows in any particular period.

 

Citizens consent orders

The activities of Citizens' two US bank subsidiaries - Citizens Bank, N.A. and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania - are subject to extensive US laws and regulations concerning unfair or deceptive acts or practices in connection with customer products. Certain of the bank subsidiaries’ practices with respect to overdraft protection and other consumer products have not met applicable standards. The bank subsidiaries have implemented and are continuing to implement changes to bring their practices in conformity with applicable laws and regulations. In April 2013, the bank subsidiaries consented to the issuance of orders by their respective primary federal banking regulators, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) (the Consent Orders). In the Consent Orders (which are publicly available and will remain in effect until terminated by the regulators), the bank subsidiaries neither admitted nor denied the regulators’ findings that they had engaged in deceptive marketing and implementation of the bank's overdraft protection programme, checking rewards programmes, and stop-payment process for pre-authorised recurring electronic fund transfers.

123

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

In connection with the Consent Orders, the bank subsidiaries paid a total of US$10 million in civil monetary penalties. The Consent Orders also require the bank subsidiaries to develop plans to provide restitution to affected customers (the amount of which is anticipated to be approximately US$8 million), to cease and desist any operations in violation of Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, and to submit to the regulators periodic written progress reports regarding compliance with the Consent Orders.

 

In addition, Citizens Bank, N.A. agreed to take certain remedial actions to improve its compliance risk management systems and to create a comprehensive action plan designed to achieve compliance with the Consent Order. Restitution plans have been prepared and submitted for approval, and Citizens Bank, N.A. has submitted for approval and is in the process of implementing its action plan for compliance with the Consent Order, as well as updated policies, procedures and programmes related to its compliance risk management systems. In addition to the above, the bank subsidiaries could face further formal administrative enforcement actions from their federal supervisory agencies, including the assessment of civil monetary penalties and restitution, relating to issues arising from other consumer products.

 

Governance and risk management consent order

On 27 July 2011, the Group agreed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the New York State Banking Department, the Connecticut Department of Banking, and the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation to enter into a consent Cease and Desist Order (the Order) to address deficiencies related to governance, risk management and compliance systems and controls in RBS plc and RBS N.V. branches. In the Order, the Group agreed to create the following written plans or programmes:

 

a plan to strengthen board and senior management oversight of the corporate governance, management, risk management, and operations of the Group’s U.S. operations on an enterprise-wide and business line basis,

an enterprise-wide risk management programme for the Group’s U.S. operations,

a plan to oversee compliance by the Group’s U.S. operations with all applicable U.S. laws, rules, regulations, and supervisory guidance,

a Bank Secrecy Act/anti-money laundering compliance programme for the RBS plc and RBS N.V. branches in the U.S. (the U.S. Branches) on a consolidated basis,

a plan to improve the U.S. Branches’ compliance with all applicable provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act and its rules and regulations as well as the requirements of Regulation K of the Federal Reserve,

a customer due diligence programme designed to reasonably ensure the identification and timely, accurate, and complete reporting by the U.S. Branches of all known or suspected violations of law or suspicious transactions to law enforcement and supervisory authorities, as required by applicable suspicious activity reporting laws and regulations, and

a plan designed to enhance the U.S. Branches’ compliance with OFAC requirements.

 

124

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

The Order (which is publicly available) identified specific items to be addressed, considered, and included in each proposed plan or programme. The Group also agreed in the Order to adopt and implement the plans and programmes after approval by the regulators, to fully comply with the plans and programmes thereafter, and to submit to the regulators periodic written progress reports regarding compliance with the Order. The Group has created, submitted, and adopted plans and/or programmes to address each of the areas identified above. In connection with the Group's efforts to implement these plans and programmes, it has, among other things, made investments in technology, hired and trained additional personnel, and revised compliance, risk management, and other policies and procedures for the Group's U.S. operations. The Group continues to test the effectiveness of the remediation efforts undertaken by the Group to ensure they are sustainable and meet regulators' expectations. Furthermore, the Group continues to work closely with the regulators in its efforts to fulfil its obligations under the Order, which will remain in effect until terminated by the regulators.

 

The Group may be subject to formal and informal supervisory actions and may be required by its US banking supervisors to take further actions and implement additional remedial measures with respect to these and additional matters. The Group's activities in the United States may be subject to significant limitations and/or conditions.

 

US dollar processing consent order

The Group’s operations include businesses outside the United States that are responsible for processing US dollar payments. On 11 December 2013 the Group and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc announced that they had reached a settlement with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Fed), the New York State Department of Financial Services (DFS), and the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) with respect to The Royal Bank of Scotland plc's historical compliance with US economic sanction regulations outside the US. In settlement with the above authorities, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc agreed to pay US$100 million in total, including US$50 million to the Fed, of which US$33 million was deemed to satisfy the OFAC penalty, and US$50 million to DFS.

 

As part of the settlement, the Group and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc entered into a consent Cease and Desist Order with the Fed (the Order) indicating, among other things, that: (a) the Group and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc lacked adequate risk management and legal review policies and procedures to ensure that activities conducted outside the United States comply with applicable OFAC regulations; (b) from at least 2005 to 2008, certain business lines within The Royal Bank of Scotland plc developed and implemented policies and procedures for processing U.S. dollar-denominated funds transfers through unaffiliated U.S. financial institutions involving parties subject to OFAC Regulations that omitted relevant information from payment messages necessary for the U.S. financial institutions to determine whether these transactions were carried out in a manner consistent with U.S. law; and (c) the Group continues to implement improvements in its oversight and compliance programme for activities involving offices outside the United States that impact the ability of U.S. financial institutions to comply with applicable OFAC sanctions. In the Order (which is publicly available), the Group agreed to create an OFAC compliance programme to ensure compliance with OFAC regulations by the Group's global business lines outside of the United States, and to adopt, implement, and comply with the programme. The programme has now been submitted to the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (Reserve Bank) for approval.

125

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

14. Litigation, investigations and reviews (continued) 

Sixty days after the programme submitted to the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (Reserve Bank) is approved, the Group is to complete a global OFAC risk assessment and submit it to the Reserve Bank and the FCA. The Group also agreed in the Order to hire an independent consultant (subject to approval by the Reserve Bank and the FCA) to conduct an annual OFAC compliance review involving a review of compliance policies and their implementation and an appropriate risk-focused sampling of U.S. dollar payments. The Order further requires the Group to submit quarterly written progress reports to the Reserve Bank detailing the form and manner of all actions taken to secure compliance with the Order. It was also announced that the US Department of Justice and the New York County District Attorney’s Office had concluded their parallel criminal investigations and do not intend to take any action against The Royal Bank of Scotland plc.

 

US/Swiss tax programme

In August 2013, the DOJ announced a programme for Swiss banks (the Programme), to settle the long-running dispute between the US tax authorities and Switzerland regarding the role of Swiss banks in concealing the assets of US tax payers in offshore accounts. The Programme provides Swiss banks with an opportunity to obtain resolution, through non-prosecution agreements or non-target letters, concerning their status in connection with the DOJ’s investigations. 

 

Coutts & Co Ltd, a member of the Group incorporated in Switzerland, notified the DOJ that it intended to participate in the Programme based on the possibility that some of its clients may not have declared their assets in compliance with US tax laws. The Programme required a detailed review of all US related accounts. The results of Coutts & Co Ltd’s review were presented to the DOJ in June 2014. The DOJ has extended, until 31 July 2014, the deadline for Programme participants to complete the collection of evidence of the tax status of their US related account holders. The DOJ has also extended, until 15 September 2014, the deadline to collect evidence of those US related account holders also participating in an offshore voluntary disclosure programme.

 

Review of suitability of advice provided by Coutts & Co

In 2013 the FCA conducted a thematic review of the advice processes across the UK wealth management industry. As a result of this review, Coutts & Co, a member of the Group incorporated in England and Wales, decided to undertake a past business review into the suitability of investment advice provided to its clients. This review is ongoing. Coutts & Co is in the process of contacting clients and redress will be offered in appropriate cases. A provision has been taken to cover any potential liability arising from this review.

126

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

15. Other developments

 

Completion of sale of remaining interest in Direct Line Insurance Group (DLG)

RBS completed the sale of its remaining interest of 423.2 million ordinary shares in DLG on 27 February 2014 at a price of £2.63 pence per share, raising gross proceeds of £1,113 million and realising a gain of £191 million.

 

RBS has now sold all its ordinary shares in DLG except for 4.2 million shares held to satisfy long term incentive plan awards granted by RBS to DLG management. The sale marks the completion of RBS's EC-mandated disposal of its interest in DLG.

 

Dividend Access Share and revised State Aid terms

RBS announced on 9 April 2014 that it had entered into an agreement ('DAS Retirement Agreement') with Her Majesty's Treasury ('HMT') to provide for the future retirement of the Dividend Access Share ('DAS') subject to approval by the Company’s independent shareholders, which was received at a General Meeting of the Company on 25 June 2014. The DAS Retirement Agreement sets out the process for removal of the DAS - a key element of the Government's 2009 capital injection into RBS and the associated European Commission (“EC”) approval of the state aid package for the bank. Among other benefits, the retirement of the DAS will in future allow the Board to state more clearly a dividend policy to existing and potential investors.

 

The DAS was an important factor in the EC's assessment of the state aid RBS received and was part of the basis for its approval of that support in 2009. It was therefore necessary for the proposal for the eventual retirement of the DAS to be notified to the EC by HMT and this was done by HMT.

 

The EC concluded that the new arrangements for the eventual retirement of the DAS did not constitute new state aid and approved the changes to RBS's restructuring plan in its State Aid Amendment Decision of 9 April 2014. In addition, this decision included two further key commitments made by HMT to the EC as follows:

The deadline for RBS’s divestment of the Williams & Glyn business (by Initial Public Offering (IPO), whole business sale or tendering procedure for its entire interest) has been extended. In the expected event of divestment by IPO, RBS must carry out this IPO before 31 December 2016 and complete the disposal of its entire interest in the Williams & Glyn business by 31 December 2017.

 

 

Citizens Financial Group, Inc. (‘Citizens’) will be disposed of by 31 December 2016, with an automatic 12 month extension if market metrics indicate that an IPO or subsequent tranches of disposal cannot be completed in an orderly fashion or at a fair value. On 1 November 2013, RBS announced that it would accelerate the divestment of Citizens with a partial IPO and that it planned to fully divest the business by the end of 2016. The obligation under the State Aid Amendment Decision to dispose of Citizens is therefore in line with RBS’s planned and publicly stated divestment timetable and already reflected in its capital and strategic planning.

 

RBS has entered into a Revised State Aid Commitment Deed under which it undertakes to do all acts and things necessary to ensure that HMT is able to comply with the revised state aid commitments made by HMT to the EC.

 

127

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

15. Other developments (continued) 

 

Board changes

On 27 February 2014, RBS announced that Philip Scott, a non-executive director, will step down from the Board by 31 October 2014.

 

Morten Friis was appointed as a non-executive director with effect from 10 April 2014.

 

Anthony Di Iorio, a non-executive director, stepped down from the Board on 26 March 2014.

 

Ewen Stevenson was appointed as an executive director and RBS Chief Financial Officer with effect from 19 May 2014.

 

Cap on variable remuneration

The fourth EU Capital Requirements Directive (CRD IV), implemented for banks in the UK by the Prudential Regulation Authority, imposes a 1:1 cap on the ratio of variable remuneration to fixed remuneration; however, with shareholder approval it is possible to award variable remuneration up to 200% of fixed remuneration (a 2:1 ratio).

 

On 25 April 2014, the Board announced it was not seeking approval from shareholders at the 2014 Annual General Meeting for the 2:1 ratio. Instead, the Company has taken steps to work within the constraints of the 1:1 ratio (of variable to fixed remuneration) for employees subject to the Prudential Regulation Authority’s Remuneration Code to deliver a remuneration structure that is aligned with shareholders’ interests and compliant with the requirements of CRD IV.

 

EU financial transaction tax

On 30 April 2014, the European Court rejected a challenge from the UK Government of the initial proposal for the EU financial transaction tax on procedural grounds. A further challenge on substantive grounds may follow, depending on the nature of any subsequent Directive enacted in the future. RBS continues to monitor developments.

 

Citizens Financial Group (CFG)

On 13 May 2014, CFG filed an S-1 registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in the United States to undertake an initial public offering. The intention to fully divest CFG was announced in November 2013.

 

The filing of an S-1 Registration Statement is a regulatory requirement in the United States as part of the IPO process. This draft submission will initiate a 12-14 week process where the SEC can provide their comments. A formal prospectus will then be published which will include a price range and offering size range.

 

The submission of this statement is in line with the stated plan to launch an IPO of CFG by Q4 2014 - and complete RBS’s selldown of CFG in 2016 - as part of the RBS Capital Plan.

128

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

15. Other developments (continued) 

 

Rating agencies

 

Moody’s Investors Service

On 13 March 2014, Moody’s Investors Service (‘Moody’s’) lowered its credit ratings of RBS Group plc and certain subsidiaries by one notch. The long term ratings of RBS Group plc were lowered to ‘Baa2’ from ‘Baa1’ whilst the long term ratings of RBS plc and National Westminster Bank Plc were lowered to ‘Baa1’ from ‘A3’. Short term ratings were affirmed as unchanged. Post the review, a negative ratings outlook was assigned.

 

The ratings of Ulster Bank Ltd and Ulster Bank Ireland Ltd were also impacted by the rating action on the RBS Group. The long term and short term ratings of these entities were lowered by one notch to ‘Baa3’ (long term)/’P-3’ (short term) from ‘Baa2’/’P-2’. A negative outlook was assigned to ratings, in line with the ratings outlook on the RBS Group.

 

Moody’s rating actions were prompted by its concerns over the execution risks relating to the effective roll-out of the Group’s strategic plans, its concerns over the impact of restructuring costs on profitability and its concern that the Group’s capitalisation is vulnerable to short-term shocks. Despite these short to medium term concerns, Moody’s expects RBS Group’s capitalisation to improve in the medium to long term as the recovery plan is progressed. The agency also considers that, if executed according to plan, the intended restructuring will ultimately be positive for creditors as it will deliver a more efficient UK-focused bank with lower risk operations.

 

The long-term ratings of subsidiaries, Citizens Bank NA and Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania were not impacted by the rating action on the RBS Group and the long-term ratings of these entities were affirmed as unchanged by Moody’s. Ratings are on a negative outlook.

 

Fitch Ratings

On 24 March 2014 Fitch Ratings (‘Fitch’) affirmed as unchanged the long term ratings of RBS Group plc and subsidiaries, RBS plc and National Westminster Bank Plc, retaining the rating outlooks of these entities at negative.

 

On 25 March 2014 Fitch affirmed the ratings of Ulster Bank Ltd. At the same time, the long-term rating of Ulster Bank Ireland Ltd was revised down one notch to ‘BBB+’ from ‘A-‘ and the short-term rating was revised to ‘F2’ from ‘F1’. The outlooks on the ratings of both Ulster Bank Ltd and Ulster Bank Ireland Ltd remain negative.

 

The decision to downgrade the rating of Ulster Bank Ireland Ltd was based on the view that this entity’s role within RBS Group may become less important over the next three to five years. Fitch also believe that the potential for disposal of Ulster Bank Ireland Ltd is higher than that of Ulster Bank Ltd, a Northern Irish business. These opinions caused Fitch to reduce the amount of support uplift in the ratings of Ulster Bank Ireland Ltd by one notch.

 

129

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

15. Other developments (continued) 

 

Rating agencies (continued) 

 

Standard & Poor’s

During the quarter, Standard & Poor’s affirmed as unchanged its ratings on the Group and notable subsidiaries. Negative rating outlooks were maintained.

 

16. Related party transactions

 

UK Government

The UK Government and bodies controlled or jointly controlled by the UK Government and bodies over which it has significant influence are related parties of the Group. The Group enters into transactions with many of these bodies on an arm’s length basis.

 

Bank of England facilities

In the ordinary course of business, the Group may from time to time access market-wide facilities provided by the Bank of England.

 

The Group’s other transactions with the UK Government include the payment of taxes, principally UK corporation tax and value added tax; national insurance contributions; local authority rates; and regulatory fees and levies (including the bank levy and FSCS levies).

 

Other related parties

(a) In their roles as providers of finance, Group companies provide development and other types of capital support to businesses. These investments are made in the normal course of business and on arm's length terms. In some instances, the investment may extend to ownership or control over 20% or more of the voting rights of the investee company. However, these investments are not considered to give rise to transactions of a materiality requiring disclosure under IAS 24.

 

(b) The Group recharges The Royal Bank of Scotland Group Pension Fund with the cost of administration services incurred by it. The amounts involved are not material to the Group.

 

Full details of the Group’s related party transactions for the year ended 31 December 2013 are included in the Group’s 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

17. Post balance sheet events

There have been no significant events between 30 June 2014 and the date of approval of this announcement which would require a change to or additional disclosure in the announcement.

 

130

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

18. Trust preferred securities

The Group has issued trust preferred securities through trusts 100% owned by the Group (through partnership interests held by RBSG Capital Corporation and RBS) which meet the definition of a finance subsidiary in Regulation S-X, Rule 3-10. The securities represent undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the trusts, which consist of partnership preferred securities representing non-cumulative perpetual preferred limited partnership interests issued by Delaware limited partnerships. The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc has provided subordinated guarantees for the benefit of the holders of the trust preferred securities and the partnership preferred securities. Under the terms of the guarantees, the Group has fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a subordinated basis, payments on such trust preferred securities and partnership preferred securities, to the extent they are due to be paid and have not been paid by, or on behalf of the trusts and the partnerships, as the case may be.

 

19. Consolidating financial information

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc ('RBS plc') is a 100% owned subsidiary of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc ('RBSG plc') and is able to offer and sell certain securities in the US from time to time pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-3 filed with the SEC with a full and unconditional guarantee from RBSG plc.

 

RBS plc utilises an exception provided in Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, and therefore does not file its financial statements with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements to qualify for the exception, presented below is condensed consolidating financial information for:

 

o        RBSG plc on a stand-alone basis as guarantor;

o        RBS plc on a stand-alone basis as issuer;

o        Non-guarantor Subsidiaries of RBSG plc and RBS plc on a combined basis ('Subsidiaries');

o        Consolidation adjustments; and

o        RBSG plc consolidated amounts ('RBSG Group').

 

Under IAS 27, RBSG plc and RBS plc account for investments in their subsidiary undertakings at cost less impairment. Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X requires a company to account for its investments in subsidiary undertakings using the equity method, which would decrease the results for the period of RBSG plc and RBS plc in the information below by £150 million and £1,455 million respectively for the six months ended 30 June 2014 (£133 million and £183 million for the six months ended 30 June 2013). The net assets of RBSG plc and RBS plc in the information below would also be increased by £6,111 million and £2,933 million respectively at 30 June 2014 (increased by £5,536 million and £1,575 million at 31 December 2013).

131

 

 


 

 

 

 

Notes

 

19. Consolidating financial information (continued) 

 

Income statement

 

RBSG 

plc 

£m 

RBS 

plc 

£m 

 

Subsidiaries 

£m 

Consolidation 

adjustments 

£m 

RBSG 

Group 

£m 

 

For the six months ended 30 June 2014

Net interest income

127 

1,465 

3,829 

72 

5,493 

Non-interest income

408 

3,479 

1,815 

(1,035)

4,667 

Total income

535 

4,944 

5,644 

(963)

10,160 

Operating expenses

(4)

(3,881)

(3,328)

(26)

(7,239)

Impairment losses

(30)

(259)

20 

(269)

Operating profit before tax

531 

1,033 

2,057 

(969)

2,652 

Tax

(70)

(204)

(487)

28 

(733)

Profit from continuing operations

461 

829 

1,570 

(941)

1,919 

Profit from discontinued operations, net of tax

35 

35 

Profit for the period

461 

829 

1,605 

(941)

1,954 

 

Statement of comprehensive income

For the six months ended 30 June 2014

RBSG 

plc 

£m 

RBS 

plc 

£m 

 

Subsidiaries 

£m 

Consolidation 

Adjustments 

£m 

RBSG 

Group 

£m 

Profit/(loss) for the period

461 

829 

1,605 

(941)

1,954 

Items that qualify for reclassification

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale financial assets

(38)

448 

119 

529 

Cash flow hedges

79 

141 

28 

248 

Currency translation

33 

(164)

(602)

(733)

Tax

(8)

(97)

(55)

(160)

 

66 

328 

(510)

(116)

Other comprehensive income/(loss) after tax

66 

328 

(510)

(116)

Total comprehensive income for the period

461 

895 

1,933 

(1,451)

1,838 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income is attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

(18)

48 

30 

Preference shareholders

140 

36 

(36)

140 

Paid-in equity holders

14 

13 

27 

Dividend access share

320 

320 

Ordinary and B shareholders

(13)

859 

1,951 

(1,476)

1,321 

 

461 

895 

1,933 

(1,451)

1,838 

 

132

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

19. Consolidating financial information (continued) 

 

Income statement

 

RBSG 

plc 

£m 

RBS 

plc 

£m 

 

Subsidiaries 

£m 

Consolidation 

adjustments 

£m 

RBSG 

Group 

£m 

 

For the six months ended 30 June 2013

Net interest income

134 

1,650 

3,541 

112 

5,437 

Non-interest income

616 

4,192 

2,224 

(1,197)

5,835 

Total income

750 

5,842 

5,765 

(1,085)

11,272 

Operating expenses

43 

(3,987)

(3,779)

(25)

(7,748)

Impairment losses

(603)

(1,497)

(50)

(2,150)

Operating profit before tax

793 

1,252 

489 

(1,160)

1,374 

Tax

42 

(414)

(311)

(678)

Profit from continuing operations

835 

838 

178 

(1,155)

696 

Profit from discontinued operations, net of tax

138 

138 

Profit/(loss) for the period

835 

838 

316 

(1,155)

834 

 

Statement of comprehensive income

For the six months ended 30 June 2013

RBSG 

plc 

£m 

RBS 

plc 

£m 

 

Subsidiaries 

£m 

Consolidation 

Adjustments 

£m 

RBSG 

Group 

£m 

Profit/(loss) for the period

835 

838 

316 

(1,155)

834 

Items that do not qualify for reclassification

(1)

Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans

(4)

 

(3)

Items that qualify for reclassification

 

 

 

 

 

Available-for-sale financial assets

(50)

(924)

96 

145 

(733)

Cash flow hedges

(1,222)

(119)

(195)

(1,536)

Currency translation

(48)

496 

862 

1,310 

Tax

10 

493 

149 

74 

726 

 

(40)

(1,701)

622 

886 

(233)

Other comprehensive (loss)/income after tax

(40)

(1,701)

625 

883 

(233)

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the period

795 

(863)

941 

(272)

601 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) is attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

17 

117 

134 

Preference shareholders

152 

39 

(39)

152 

Paid-in equity holders

15 

15 

30 

Ordinary and B shareholders

628 

(902)

924 

(365)

285 

 

795 

(863)

941 

(272)

601 

 

 

133

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

19. Consolidating financial information (continued) 

 

Balance sheet

 

RBSG 

plc 

£m 

RBS 

plc 

£m 

 

Subsidiaries 

£m 

Consolidation 

adjustments 

£m 

RBSG 

Group 

£m 

 

At 30 June 2014

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances at central banks

60,978 

7,692 

68,670 

Loans and advances to banks

27,433 

74,311 

190,427 

(235,104)

57,067 

Loans and advances to customers

378 

226,804 

263,089 

(51,175)

439,096 

Debt securities

1,455 

90,703 

65,679 

(45,043)

112,794 

Equity shares

11 

6,471 

2,102 

(750)

7,834 

Investments in Group undertakings

54,797 

43,781 

13,016 

(111,594)

Settlement balances

15,371 

6,413 

(2,102)

19,682 

Derivatives

130 

279,274 

8,027 

(12,525)

274,906 

Intangible assets

1,122 

5,161 

5,890 

12,173 

Property, plant and equipment

2,034 

5,072 

7,115 

Deferred tax

1,765 

2,096 

(754)

3,107 

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

34 

2,884 

4,936 

(436)

7,418 

Assets of disposals groups

25 

1,221 

1,246 

Total assets

84,238 

805,523 

574,931 

(453,584)

1,011,108 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits by banks

1,505 

179,469 

106,541 

(216,614)

70,901 

Customer accounts

183,954 

338,688 

(69,876)

452,766 

Debt securities in issue

7,741 

43,223 

30,846 

(22,723)

59,087 

Settlement balances

11,654 

5,419 

(1,945)

15,128 

Short positions

24,256 

15,311 

(548)

39,019 

Derivatives

37 

272,429 

10,146 

(12,525)

270,087 

Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities

434 

6,379 

8,230 

(167)

14,876 

Retirement benefit liabilities

54 

2,666 

22 

2,742 

Deferred tax

1,176 

(571)

605 

Subordinated liabilities

13,900 

28,957 

5,529 

(23,577)

24,809 

Liabilities of disposal groups

125 

125 

Total liabilities

23,617 

750,375 

524,677 

(348,524)

950,145 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

1,314 

(696)

618 

Owners’ equity

60,621 

55,148 

48,940 

(104,364)

60,345 

Total equity

60,621 

55,148 

50,254 

(105,060)

60,963 

Total liabilities and equity

84,238 

805,523 

574,931 

(453,584)

1,011,108 

 

134

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

19. Consolidating financial information (continued) 

 

Balance sheet

 

RBSG 

plc 

£m 

RBS 

plc 

£m 

 

Subsidiaries 

£m 

Consolidation 

adjustments 

£m 

RBSG 

Group 

£m 

 

At 31 December 2013

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances at central banks

75,792

6,867 

82,659 

Loans and advances to banks

24,574

77,768

193,024 

(241,295)

54,071 

Loans and advances to customers

153

225,374

269,326 

(54,131)

440,722 

Debt securities

1,517

92,327

52,316 

(32,561)

113,599 

Equity shares

7,301

2,274 

(764)

8,811 

Investments in Group undertakings

54,813 

42,328

13,233 

(110,374)

-  

Settlement balances

3,492

2,417 

(318)

5,591 

Derivatives

164

292,880

9,638 

(14,643)

288,039 

Intangible assets

1,127

5,033 

6,208 

12,368 

Property, plant and equipment

2,284

5,616 

7,909 

Deferred tax

2,298

1,402 

(222)

3,478 

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

36 

3,246

7,263 

(2,931)

7,614 

Assets of disposals groups

842 

2,136 

39 

3,017 

Total assets

82,099

826,217

570,545 

(450,983)

1,027,878 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits by banks

1,490

180,293

108,129 

(225,933)

63,979 

Customer accounts

740

193,553

328,090 

(51,503)

470,880 

Debt securities in issue

7,015

51,538

36,147 

(26,881)

67,819 

Settlement balances

2,274

3,328 

(289)

5,313 

Short positions

17,898

10,815 

(691)

28,022 

Derivatives

62

288,507

11,600 

(14,643)

285,526 

Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities

49

7,201

10,006 

(1,239)

16,017 

Retirement benefit liabilities

65

(336)

3,481 

3,210 

Deferred tax

1,617 

(1,110)

507 

Subordinated liabilities

12,426

30,566

6,009 

(24,989)

24,012 

Liabilities of disposal groups

3,378 

3,378 

Total liabilities

21,782

771,895 

518,783 

(343,797)

968,663 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

1,194 

(721)

473 

Owners’ equity

60,317

54,322

50,568 

(106,465)

58,742 

Total equity

60,317

54,322

51,762 

(107,186)

59,215 

Total liabilities and equity

82,099

826,217

570,545 

(450,983)

1,027,878 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

135

 

 


 

 

 

Notes

 

19. Consolidating financial information (continued) 

 

Cash flow statement

 

RBSG 

plc 

£m 

RBS 

plc 

£m 

 

Subsidiaries 

£m 

Consolidation 

adjustments 

£m 

RBSG 

Group 

£m 

 

For the six months ended 30 June 2014

Net cash flows from operating activities

(2,827)

(12,688)

6,181 

3,536 

(5,798)

Net cash flows from investing activities

1,183 

2,224 

(5,548)

1,500 

(641)

Net cash flows from financing activities

1,782 

(1,868)

1,041 

(34)

921 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

(26)

(2,278)

(1,398)

1,311 

(2,391)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

112 

(14,610)

276 

6,313 

(7,909)

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 2014

1,345 

124,628 

113,504 

(118,300)

121,177 

Cash and cash equivalents at 30 June 2014

1,457 

110,018 

113,780 

(111,987)

113,268 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the six months ended 30 June 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows from operating activities

(730)

(6,369)

2,818 

(1,391)

(5,672)

Net cash flows from investing activities

1,381 

14,040 

(666)

(2,462)

12,293 

Net cash flows from financing activities

235 

(2,254)

(2,589)

3,200 

(1,408)

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

46 

4,372 

2,758 

(2,228)

4,948 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

932 

9,789 

2,321 

(2,881)

10,161 

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 2013

997 

126,243 

125,045 

(119,444)

132,841 

Cash and cash equivalents at 30 June 2013

1,929 

136,032 

127,366 

(122,325)

143,002 

 

136

 

 


 

 

 

Disposal of Direct Line Group

 

In November 2009, the Group entered into a state aid commitment deed with the Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Treasury requiring the Group to: (1) divest its interest in Direct Line Group (DLG) to a level below that at which it would be considered to exercise control by 31 December 2013 and (2) dispose of its entire interest by 31 December 2014.  Pursuant to its obligations, the Group sold 34.7% of DLG in an initial public offering (IPO) in October 2012 and subsequently sold 16.8% in March 2013, 20.0% in September 2013, and 28.5% in February 2014 through institutional placings.

 

The Group ceased to consolidate DLG after the second share sale in March 2013 when its shareholding fell to 48.5% thereafter treating it as an associate until the final share sale in February 2014.  The Group has been in discussions with the Conduct Committee of the UK Financial Reporting Council (the Conduct Committee) about when DLG should have been deconsolidated.  Based on full consideration of the facts and circumstances, the Group’s assessment is that it no longer controlled DLG after the second share sale in March 2013. The Conduct Committee considers that the Group retained control owing to its dominant voting interest, notwithstanding the reduction of its shareholding to below 50%, the relationship agreement and the state aid commitment deed; therefore, in accordance with the provisions in IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements regarding de facto control DLG should have been consolidated by the Group in its interim accounts for the six months ended 30 June 2013.

 

At the request of the Conduct Committee, the effect on the Group’s financial statements for 30 June 2013 and 31 December 2013 of consolidating DLG up until September 2013 is set out below:

 

 

Half year ended

 

Year ended

 

30 June 2013

 

31 December 2013

 

As published

DLG consolidated to September 2013

 

As published

DLG consolidated to September 2013

 

£m

£m

 

£m

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income statement

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating income

1,332 

1,286 

 

1,398 

1,331 

Operating profit/(loss) before tax

1,374 

1,328 

 

(8,243)

(8,310)

Discontinued operations

138 

161 

 

148 

346 

Profit/(loss) for the period

834 

811 

 

(8,477)

(8,346)

Total comprehensive income/(loss)

601 

649 

 

(10,189)

(10,051)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 June 2013

 

31 December 2013

 

As published

DLG consolidated to September 2013

 

As published

DLG consolidated to September 2013

 

£m

£m

 

£m

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets:

9,063 

7,565 

 

7,614 

7,614 

  Interests in associates

2,500 

1,002 

 

902 

902 

Assets of disposal groups

1,313 

13,621 

 

3,017 

3,071 

Total assets

1,216,229 

1,227,039 

 

1,027,878 

1,027,932 

Liabilities of disposal groups

306 

9,477 

 

3,378 

3,378 

Non-controlling interests

475 

2,121 

 

473 

473 

Owners’ equity

69,183 

69,176 

 

58,742 

58,796 

 

The Conduct Committee is not pursuing the matter further given the amounts involved and the subsequent loss of control.

137

 

 


 

 

 

Risk factors

 

Set out below is a summary of the principal risks which could adversely affect the Group; it should be read in conjunction with the Risk and Balance Sheet management section on pages 169 to 359 of the Group’s 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F. This summary should not be regarded as a complete and comprehensive statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. A fuller description of these and other risk factors is included in the Group’s 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F on pages 513 to 526.

 

The Group is implementing a new strategic plan and direction which will result in a significant downsizing of the Group, including simplifying the Group by replacing the previous divisional structure with three customer franchises. The Group is also taking steps to strengthen its capital position and has established medium term goals.

 

 

The Group’s ability to implement its new strategic plan and achieve its capital goals depends on the success of its efforts to refocus on its core strengths and the timely divestment of Citizens Financial Group (CFG). Since 2009, the Group has undertaken an extensive restructuring, including the disposal of non-core assets and businesses, such as the full divestment of Direct Line Group in March 2014, as part of the State Aid restructuring plan approved by the EC and supplemented by the agreements with HM Treasury and the EC on 9 April 2014. The Group created RBS Capital Resolution in the fourth quarter of 2013 to manage the run-down of problem assets with the clear aspiration of removing such assets from the balance sheet by the end of 2016.

 

 

The level of structural change required to implement the Group’s strategic and capital goals together with other regulatory requirements such as ring fencing are likely to be disruptive and increase operational and people risks for the Group. There is no assurance that the Group will be able to successfully implement its new strategy on which its capital plan depends or achieve its goals within the time frames contemplated or at all.

 

 

Operational and reputational risks are inherent in the Group’s businesses, and heightened as a result of the implementation of the new strategic plan.

 

 

The Scottish government is holding a referendum on 18 September 2014 on the question of Scottish independence from the UK. Although the outcome of the referendum is uncertain, subject to any mitigating factors, uncertainties resulting from an affirmative vote in favour of independence would be likely to significantly impact the Group's credit ratings and could also impact the fiscal, monetary, legal and regulatory landscape to which the Group is subject.  Were Scotland to become independent, it may also affect Scotland’s status in the EU. The occurrence of any of the impacts above could significantly impact the Group’s costs and would have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

 

Despite the improved outlook for the global and UK economy over the near to medium-term, actual or perceived difficult global economic conditions, potential volatility in the UK housing market and restrictions on mortgage lending as well as increased competition, particularly in the UK, create challenging economic and market conditions and a difficult operating environment for the Group’s businesses. These factors, together with additional uncertainty relating to the recovery of the Eurozone economy where the Group has significant exposure and the risk of a return of volatile financial markets, in part due to the monetary policies and measures carried out by central banks, have adversely affected and will continue to adversely affect the Group’s businesses, earnings, financial condition and prospects.

138

 

 


 

 

 

Risk factors

 

The Group is subject to substantial regulation and oversight, and any further significant regulatory developments such as those which have occurred over the past several years could have an adverse effect on how the Group conducts its business and on its results of operations and financial condition. Certain regulatory measures introduced in the UK and in Europe relating to ring-fencing of certain bank activities could result in additional costs and increased operational risks which may impact the viability of certain business models and require significant restructuring with the possible transfer of a large number of customers between legal entities.

 

 

The Group’s ability to implement its strategy and its future success depends on its ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. The Group could fail to attract or retain senior management, which may include members of the Group Board, or other key employees, and it may suffer if it does not maintain good employee relations. The Group’s changing strategy has led to the departure of many talented staff. Following the implementation of CRD IV and the Government’s views on variable compensation, there is now a restriction on the Group’s ability to pay individual bonuses greater than salary, which may put the Group at a competitive disadvantage. An inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could have an adverse impact on the implementation of the Group’s strategy and regulatory commitments.

 

 

The Group is subject to a number of regulatory initiatives which may adversely affect its business, including the UK Government’s adoption of the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013, the US Federal Reserve’s new rules for applying US capital, liquidity and enhanced prudential standards to certain of the Group’s US operations and ongoing reforms in the European Union with respect to capital requirements, stability and resolution of financial institutions, including CRD IV and the Resolution and Recovery Directive.  

 

 

The Group’s ability to meet its obligations including its funding commitments depends on the Group’s ability to access sources of liquidity and funding. The inability to access liquidity and funding due to market conditions or otherwise or to do so at a reasonable cost, could adversely affect the Group’s financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, the Group’s borrowing costs and its access to the debt capital markets and other sources of liquidity depend significantly on its and the UK Government’s credit ratings. The Group’s credit ratings would be likely to be negatively impacted by political events, such as an affirmative vote in favour of Scottish independence.

 

 

The Group’s business performance, financial condition and capital and liquidity ratios could be adversely affected if its capital is not managed effectively or as a result of changes to capital adequacy and liquidity requirements, including those arising out of Basel III implementation (globally or by European, UK or US authorities) as well as structural changes that may result from the implementation of ring-fencing under the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 or changes of the US Federal Reserve with respect to the Group’s US operations. The Group’s ability to reach its target capital ratios in the medium term will turn on a number of factors including a significant downsizing of the Group in part through the sale of CFG.

 

 

The Group is, and may be, subject to litigation and regulatory and governmental investigations that may impact its business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition. Although the Group settled a number of legal proceedings and regulatory investigations during 2013 and 2014, the Group is expected to continue to have material exposure to legacy litigation and regulatory proceedings in the medium term. The Group also expects greater regulatory and governmental scrutiny for the foreseeable future particularly as it relates to compliance with historical, new and existing laws and regulations such as anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws.

 

139

 

 


 

 

 

Risk factors

 

The Group is highly dependent on its information technology systems, which are currently subject to significant investment and rationalisation as part of the Group’s new strategic plan and associated transformation programme. The Group has been and expects to continue to be subject to cyber attacks which expose the Group to loss of customer data or other sensitive information and which, combined with other failures of the Group’s information technology systems, may hinder its ability to service its clients which could result in long-term damage to the Group’s businesses and brands.

 

 

The Group or any of its UK bank subsidiaries may face the risk of full nationalisation or other resolution procedures, including recapitalisation of the Group or any of its UK bank subsidiaries, through bail-in which has been introduced by the Financial Services (Banking Reform) Act 2013 and will come into force on a date stipulated by HM Treasury. Various actions could be taken by or on behalf of the UK Government, including actions in relation to any securities issued, new or existing contractual arrangements and transfers of part or all of the Group’s businesses.

 

 

As a result of the UK Government’s majority shareholding in the Group it is able to exercise a significant degree of influence over the Group including on dividend policy, the election of directors or appointment of senior management, remuneration policy and/or limiting the Group’s operations. The offer or sale by the UK Government of all or a portion of its shareholding in the Company could affect the market price of the equity shares and other securities and acquisitions of ordinary shares by the UK Government (including through conversions of other securities or further purchases of shares) may result in the delisting of the Group from the Official List.

 

 

The actual or perceived failure or worsening credit of the Group’s counterparties or borrowers, including sovereigns in the Eurozone, and depressed asset valuations resulting from poor market conditions have led the Group to realise and recognise significant impairment charges and write-downs which have adversely affected the Group and could continue to adversely affect the Group if, due to a deterioration in economic and financial market conditions or continuing weak economic growth, it were to recognise or realise further write-downs or impairment charges.

 

 

The value of certain financial instruments recorded at fair value is determined using financial models incorporating assumptions, judgements and estimates that may change over time or may ultimately not turn out to be accurate.

 

 

Recent developments in regulatory or tax legislation and any further significant developments could have an effect on how the Group conducts its business and on its results of operations and financial condition, and the recoverability of certain deferred tax assets recognised by the Group is subject to uncertainty.

 

 

The Group is required to make planned contributions to its pension schemes and to compensation schemes in respect of certain financial institutions (such as the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme). Additional or increased contributions may have an adverse impact on the Group’s results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.

140

 

 


 

 

 

Statement of directors’ responsibilities

 

We, the directors listed below, confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

 

the condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 'Interim Financial Reporting';

 

 

the interim management report includes a fair review of the information required by DTR 4.2.7R (indication of important events during the first six months and description of principal risks and uncertainties for the remaining six months of the year); and

 

 

the interim management report includes a fair review of the information required by DTR 4.2.8R (disclosure of related parties' transactions and changes therein).

 

 

By order of the Board

 

 

 

 

Philip Hampton

Ross McEwan

Ewen Stevenson

Chairman

Chief Executive

Chief Financial Officer

 

31 July 2014

 

 

 

Board of directors

 

Chairman

Executive directors

Non-executive directors

Philip Hampton

Ross McEwan

Ewen Stevenson

 

 

Sandy Crombie

Alison Davis

Morten Friis

Robert Gillespie
Penny Hughes
Brendan Nelson

Baroness Noakes
Philip Scott

141

 

 


 

 

 

Additional information

 

Share information

 

30 June 

2014 

31 March 

2014 

31 December 

2013 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary share price

328.4p 

311.0p 

338.1p 

 

 

 

 

Number of ordinary shares in issue

6,300m 

6,241m 

6,203m 

 

 

 

 

Number of equivalent B shares in issue

5,100m 

5,100m 

5,100m 

 

 

The following table shows the Group’s issued and fully paid share capital, owners’ equity and indebtedness on an unaudited consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS as at 30 June 2014.

 

As at 
30 June 

 2014 

 

£m 

 

 

Share capital - allotted, called up and fully paid

 

Ordinary shares of £1

6,300 

B shares of £0.01

510 

Dividend access share of £0.01

– 

Non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01

Non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01

– 

Non-cumulative preference shares of £1

– 

 

 

 

6,811 

Retained income and other reserves

53,534 

 

 

Owners’ equity

60,345 

 

 

Group indebtedness

 

Subordinated liabilities

24,809 

Debt securities in issue

59,087 

 

 

Total indebtedness

83,896 

 

 

Total capitalisation and indebtedness

144,241 

 

Under IFRS, certain preference shares are classified as debt and are included in subordinated liabilities in the table above.

Other than as disclosed above, the information contained in the tables above has not changed materially since 30 June 2014.

142

 

 


 

 

 

Additional information

 

Other financial data

 

Half year ended 

30 June 

2014(5) 

Year ended 31 December

2013

2012

2011

2010 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average total assets (1)

0.3% 

(0.7%)

(0.4%)

(0.1%)

(0.1%)

(0.2%)

Return on average ordinary and B
  shareholders’ equity (2)

5.2% 

(14.5%)

(8.9%)

(3.1%)

(0.9%)

(7.4%)

Average owners’ equity as a percentage of
  average total assets

5.8% 

5.6%

5.2%

4.9%

4.6%

2.8%

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges

  and preference share dividends (3,4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - including interest on deposits

2.04 

(0.34)

0.28 

0.85 

0.95 

0.72 

  - excluding interest on deposits

4.54 

(4.51)

(2.99)

(0.37)

0.50 

(0.47)

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges only (3,4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - including interest on deposits

2.19 

(0.36)

0.29 

0.85 

0.97 

0.77 

  - excluding interest on deposits

5.95 

(6.04)

(3.81)

(0.37)

0.58 

(0.71)

 

Notes:

(1)

Return on average total assets represents profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary and B shareholders as a percentage of average total assets.

(2)

Return on average ordinary and B shareholders' equity represents profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary and B shareholders expressed as a percentage of average ordinary and B shareholders' equity.

(3)

For this purpose, earnings consist of income before tax and non-controlling interests, plus fixed charges less the unremitted income of associated undertakings (share of profits less dividends received). Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits and debt securities in issue, as appropriate, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor (one third of total rental expenses).

(4)

The earnings for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, were inadequate to cover total fixed charges and preference share dividends. The coverage deficiency for total fixed charges and preference share dividends for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were £8,641 million, £5,578 million, £1,396 million, £422 million and £4,034 million, respectively. The coverage deficiency for fixed charges only for the years ended 31 December 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were £8,243 million, £5,277 million, £1,396 million, £298 million and £3,099 million, respectively.

(5)

Based on unaudited numbers.

 

 

 

143

 

 


 

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

 

 

 

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc

Registrant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Rajan Kapoor

Rajan Kapoor

Financial Controller

30 September 2014

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix 1

 

Capital and risk management

 

 

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Presentation of information

2

General overview

2

 

Capital management

Capital and leverage ratios

4

Capital resources

5

Leverage exposure

9

Risk-weighted assets

11

 

Liquidity and funding risk

Overview

14

Liquidity risk

15

Funding risk

17

Encumbrance

19

 

Credit risk

Financial assets

23

Loans and related credit metrics

28

Debt securities

32

Derivatives

34

Problem debt management

35

Key loan portfolios

39

Credit risk assets

51

 

Market risk

Trading portfolios

56

Non-trading portfolios

59

 

Country risk

Overview

61

Summary of country exposures

63

1

 


 

 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Presentation of information

The assets of disposal groups are presented as a single line in the consolidated balance sheet as required by IFRS. The risk and balance sheet management disclosures include the balances and exposures of disposal groups.

 

General overview

RBS’s main risks are described in ‘Risk and balance sheet management - Risk coverage’ in the Group’s 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F. The following table presents a summary of the key developments for each risk during 2014.

 

Risk type

2014 developments and summary

Capital adequacy risk

The capital position continued to improve with CET 1 ratio at 10.1 %, up from 8.6% at the year end reflecting continuing reductions in risk-weighted assets primarily in CIB and RCR, lower regulatory capital deductions relating to deferred tax assets and expected loss, and attributable profit.

Liquidity and funding risk

Liquidity metrics remained strong: the liquid portfolio of £138 billion covering short-term wholesale funding more than four times, LCR improving to 104%, NSFR at 111% and the stressed coverage ratio improved significantly to over 170%.

Credit risk

Balance sheet credit exposures after credit mitigation and enhancement, decreased by 7% to £333 billion and credit risk RWAs fell by £35 billion, 10%, reflecting risk reduction. Impairment provisions of £22 billion covered risk elements in lending of £34 billion by 66%. Favourable credit conditions resulted in impairment charges for the half year being significantly lower than in recent periods with net recoveries in RCR and CIB.

Market risk

Average trading VaR for the first half of 2014 was about a third of that in the first half of 2013, reflecting risk reduction and the effect of incorporating credit valuation and funding valuation adjustments into VaR models.

Country risk

Net balance sheet exposure to eurozone periphery countries was reduced by £1.5 billion, 4%, to £40.3 billion in the first half of the year. Total exposure to Russia was £2.1 billion: limits have been cut and credit restrictions introduced.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

General overview (continued)

 

Risk type

2014 developments and summary

Conduct risk

Business models, strategies and products continued to be reviewed to ensure better customer outcomes. Synergies with other risk disciplines were also developed to enable the consistent identification, assessment and mitigation of conduct risks.

Pension risk

RBS concluded discussions with the Trustee of the RBS Group Pension Fund, agreeing the technical provisions basis and a schedule of contributions for the 2013 funding valuation. Additionally, stress tests were carried out under scenarios designed to meet PRA and European Banking Authority (EBA) requirements.

Operational risk

RBS’s operational risk framework was further enhanced. The main focus remained on supporting improvements in risk management, specifically strengthened risk assessments through defining and implementing an end-to-end approach for the most material operational risks.

Regulatory risk

Regulatory risk remained a high priority and RBS continued to work through a number of legacy issues. RBS also implemented an increasing number of regulatory changes such as Basel III and Dodd Frank.

Reputational risk

A Reputational Risk Forum was created to identify issues involving material reputational risk. On 1 July 2014, a new Head of Reputational Risk was appointed whose responsibilities include building a new framework to manage reputational risk.

Business risk

RBS moved towards simplifying and functionalising its organisation and management structure to help reduce risk. There was also a focus on strengthening its stress testing capability. In particular, it is anticipated that finalisation of the stress testing programmes of the Bank of England and the EBA will enhance management and measurement of business risk.

Strategic risk

RBS continued to develop its framework for the identification and management of the most material risks to its strategic plan. A new "Top Risk" approach assesses both the likelihood and impact of significant threats, and develops agreed mitigations. These are reviewed by the Board at least on a quarterly basis.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Capital management

 

Introduction

The Group aims to maintain a level of capital to meet two objectives: (i) meeting minimum regulatory capital requirements; and (ii) ensuring the Group maintains sufficient capital to uphold customer, investor and rating agency confidence in the organisation, thereby supporting the business franchise and funding capacity.

 

Capital and leverage ratios

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

  

31 December 2013

  

Current

CRR

  

  

Estimated

  

  

transitional

end-point

  

Transitional

CRR end-

Basel 2.5

  

PRA basis

basis (1)

  

PRA basis

point basis (1)

 basis  

Capital

£bn

£bn

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CET1

39.7 

39.7 

  

36.8 

36.8 

42.2 

Tier 1

47.3 

39.7 

  

44.3 

36.8 

50.6 

Total

61.2 

48.7 

  

58.2 

45.5 

63.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RWAs by risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Credit risk

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - non-counterparty

283.3 

283.3 

  

317.9 

317.9 

291.1 

  - counterparty

38.6 

38.6 

  

39.1 

39.1 

22.3 

Market risk

33.4 

33.4 

  

30.3 

30.3 

30.3 

Operational risk

36.8 

36.8 

  

41.8 

41.8 

41.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

392.1 

392.1 

  

429.1 

429.1 

385.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Risk asset ratios

%

%

  

%

%

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CET1

10.1 

10.1 

  

8.6 

8.6 

10.9 

Tier 1

12.1 

10.1 

  

10.3 

8.6 

13.1 

Total

15.6 

12.4 

  

13.6 

10.6 

16.5 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June

  

  

31 December

  

Estimated BCBS leverage ratios (2)

  

2014 

  

  

2013 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 1 capital - £bn

  

39.7 

  

  

36.8 

  

Exposure - £bn

  

1,070.2 

  

  

1,082.0 

  

Leverage ratio - %

  

3.7 

  

  

3.4 

  

 

Notes:

(1)

CRR as implemented by the Prudential Regulation Authority in the UK, with effect from 1 January 2014.

(2)

Leverage ratio is calculated using:

·        CRR end-point Tier 1 capital; and

·        Exposure measure based on guidance in the BCBS 270 proposal issued in January 2014, supplemented by the instructions in the March 2014 Basel III Quantitative Impact Study (QIS) and the related FAQs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Capital and leverage ratios (continued) 

 

Key points

CET1 ratio improved by 150 basis points in the first half of the year, of which 70 basis points was in the second quarter reflecting attributable profit after charging the initial DAS dividend (£320 million), reduction in RWAs and lower regulatory deductions for deferred tax assets and expected loss.

 

 

RWAs declined by £37 billion with £22 billion in the second quarter mainly in CIB reflecting continued risk reduction and in RCR due to run-off and disposals.

 

 

Attributable profit as well as lower leverage exposure in CIB resulted in a 30 basis point improvement in the estimated BCBS leverage ratio in the first half of the year.

 

Capital resources

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

  

31 December 2013

  

Current

CRR

  

  

Estimated

  

  

transitional

end-point

  

Transitional

CRR end-

Basel 2.5

basis

basis

  

PRA basis

point basis

 basis  

  

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Shareholders’ equity (excluding non-controlling interests)

  

  

  

  

  

  

 Shareholders’ equity

60,345 

60,345 

  

58,742 

58,742 

58,742 

 Preference shares - equity

(4,313)

(4,313)

  

(4,313)

(4,313)

(4,313)

 Other equity instruments

(979)

(979)

  

(979)

(979)

(979)

  

55,053 

55,053 

  

53,450 

53,450 

53,450 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-controlling interests

  

473 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

  

  

  

  

  

  

 Own credit

629 

629 

  

601 

601 

726 

 Defined benefit pension fund adjustment

(196)

(196)

  

(172)

(172)

362 

 Net unrealised available-for-sale (AFS) losses

  

308 

 Cash flow hedging reserve

(94)

(94)

  

84 

84 

84 

 Deferred tax assets

(1,748)

(1,748)

  

(2,260)

(2,260)

 Prudential valuation adjustments

(486)

(486)

  

(781)

(781)

 Goodwill and other intangible assets

(12,173)

(12,173)

  

(12,368)

(12,368)

(12,368)

 Expected losses less impairment provisions

(1,319)

(1,319)

  

(1,731)

(1,731)

(19)

 50% of securitisation positions

  

(748)

 Other regulatory adjustments

69 

69 

  

(55)

(55)

(103)

  

(15,318)

(15,318)

  

(16,682)

(16,682)

(11,758)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CET 1 capital

39,735 

39,735 

  

36,768 

36,768 

42,165 

5

 


 

 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Capital resources (continued) 

 

  

30 June 2014

  

31 December 2013

  

Current

CRR

  

  

Estimated

  

  

transitional

end-point

  

Transitional

CRR end-

Basel 2.5

basis

basis

  

PRA basis

point basis

 basis  

  

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Other Tier 1 capital

  

  

  

  

  

  

 Preference shares - equity

  

4,313 

 Preference shares - debt

  

911 

 Innovative/hybrid Tier 1 securities

  

4,207 

 Qualifying Tier 1 capital and related share premium subject

  

  

  

  

  

  

   to phase out from Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

5,820 

  

5,831 

 Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1 capital

  

  

  

  

  

  

   issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties

1,708 

  

1,749 

  

7,528 

  

7,580 

9,431 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 1 deductions

  

  

  

  

  

  

 50% of material holdings

  

(976)

 Tax on expected losses less impairment provisions

  

  

  

(970)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 1 capital

47,263 

39,735 

  

44,348 

36,768 

50,626 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Qualifying Tier 2 capital

  

  

  

  

  

  

 Undated subordinated debt

  

2,109 

 Dated subordinated debt - net of amortisation

  

12,436 

 Qualifying items and related share premium

5,740 

5,145 

  

4,431 

3,582 

 Qualifying own funds instruments issued by subsidiaries

  

  

  

  

  

  

   and held by third parties

8,222 

3,815 

  

9,374 

5,151 

 Unrealised gains on AFS equity shares

  

114 

 Collectively assessed impairment provisions

  

395 

  

13,962 

8,960 

  

13,805 

8,733 

15,054 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 2 deductions

  

  

  

  

  

  

 50% of securitisation positions

  

(748)

 Expected losses less impairment provisions

  

(25)

 50% of material holdings

  

(976)

  

  

(1,749)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Tier 2 capital

13,962 

8,960 

  

13,805 

8,733 

13,305 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Supervisory deductions

  

  

  

  

  

  

 Unconsolidated investments

  

(36)

 Other deductions

  

(236)

  

  

(272)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total regulatory capital

61,225 

48,695 

  

58,153 

45,501 

63,659 

6

 


 

 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Capital resources (continued) 

 

Capital flow statement

The table below analyses the movement in CRR end-point CET1 and Tier 2 capital for the half year ended 30 June 2014.

 

  

CET1

Tier 2

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2014

36,768 

8,733 

45,501 

Attributable profit net of movements in fair value of own credit

1,453 

1,453 

Share capital and reserve movements in respect of employee share schemes

(33)

(33)

Ordinary shares issued

315 

315 

Foreign exchange reserve

(728)

(728)

AFS reserves

446 

446 

Decrease in goodwill and intangibles deduction

195 

195 

Deferred tax assets (DTA)

512 

512 

Prudential valuation adjustments (PVA)

295 

295 

Excess of expected loss over impairment provisions (EL-P)

412 

412 

Dated subordinated debt issues

2,154 

2,154 

Net dated subordinated debt/grandfathered instrument

(1,528)

(1,528)

Foreign exchange movement

(399)

(399)

Other movements

100 

100 

  

  

  

  

At 30 June 2014

39,735 

8,960 

48,695 

 

 

Key point

RBS issued £820 million and £1,334 million of Tier 2 subordinated debt in Q1 and Q2 respectively. Following reviews, £2.1 billion of ineligible subordinated notes were removed from Tier 2 capital.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Capital resources (continued) 

 

Notes:

General:

In accordance with the PRA’s Policy Statement PS7/2013 issued in December 2013 on the implementation of CRD IV, all regulatory adjustments and deductions to CET1 have been applied in full (without transition relief) with the exception of unrealised gains on AFS securities which will be included from 2015.

 

CRD IV and Basel III impose a minimum CET1 ratio of 4.5%. Further, CET1 requirements will be imposed through buffers in the CRD. There are three buffers that will affect the Group: the capital conservation buffer set at 2.5% of RWAs; the counter-cyclical capital buffer (up to 2.5% of RWAs), which will be calculated as the weighted average of the countercyclical capital buffer rates applied in the countries where the Group has relevant credit exposures; and the highest of Global-Systemically Important Institution (G-SII), Other-Systemically Important Institution (O-SII) or Systemic Risk Buffers set by the supervisory authorities. The Group has been provisionally allocated a G-SII buffer of 1.5%. The regulatory target capital requirements will be phased in through CRR, and are expected to apply in full from 1 January 2019. Until then, using national discretion the PRA can apply a top-up. As set out in the PRA’s Supervisory Statement SS3/13, the Group and other major UK banks and building societies are required to maintain a CET1 ratio of 7%, after taking into account certain adjustments set by the PRA.

 

From 1 January 2015, the Group must meet at least 56% of its Pillar 2A capital requirement with CET1 capital and the balance with Additional Tier 1 and/or Tier 2 capital. The Pillar 2A capital requirement is the additional capital that the Group must hold, in addition to meeting its Pillar 1 requirements in order to comply with the PRA’s overall financial adequacy rule.

 

Measures in relation to CRR end-point basis, including RWAs, are based on the current interpretation, expectations, and understanding, of the CRR requirements, as well as further regulatory clarity and implementation guidance from the UK and EU authorities. The actual CRR end-point impact may differ when the final technical standards are interpreted and adopted.

Capital base:

(1)

Own funds are based on shareholders’ equity.

(2)

Includes the nominal value of B shares (£0.5 billion) on the assumption that RBS will be privatised in the future and that they will count as permanent equity in some form by the end of 2017.

(3)

The prudential valuation adjustment (PVA), arising from the application of the prudent valuation requirements to all assets measured at fair value, has been included in full. The PVA has been included in impairment provisions in the determination of the deduction from expected losses.

(4)

Where the deductions from AT1 capital exceed AT1 capital, the excess is deducted from CET1 capital. The excess of AT1 deductions over AT1 capital in year one of transition is due to the application of the current rules to the transitional amounts.

(5)

Insignificant investments in equities of other financial entities (net): long cash equity positions are considered to have matched maturity with synthetic short positions if the long position is held for hedging purposes and sufficient liquidity exists in the relevant market. All the trades are managed and monitored together within the equities business.

(6)

Based on our current interpretations of the Commission Delegated Regulation issued in December 2013 on credit risk adjustments, the Group’s standardised latent provision has been reclassified to specific provision and is not included in Tier 2 capital.

Risk-weighted assets:

(1)

Current securitisation positions are shown as risk-weighted at 1,250%.

(2)

RWA uplifts include the impact of credit valuation adjustments (CVA) and asset valuation correlation (AVC) on banks and central counterparties.

(3)

RWAs reflect implementation of the full internal model method suite, and include methodology changes that took effect immediately on CRR implementation.

(4)

Non-financial counterparties and sovereigns that meet the eligibility criteria under CRR are exempt from the credit valuation adjustments volatility charges.

(5)

The CRR final text includes a reduction in the risk-weight relating to small and medium-sized enterprises.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Leverage exposure

 

Exposure summary

The leverage exposure below is based on the BCBS 270 proposal issued in January 2014, with additional specificity deriving from the instructions in the March 2014 QIS and related FAQs. The BCBS 270 proposal is expected to be incorporated into the CRR but the final rules may result in changes to the calculation when implemented.

 

Exposure measure

30 June

31 December

2014 

2013 

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

68.7 

82.7 

Reverse repos

81.7 

76.4 

Loans and advances

414.5 

418.4 

Debt securities

112.8 

113.6 

Equity shares

7.8 

8.8 

Derivatives

274.9 

288.0 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

12.2 

12.4 

Other assets

37.3 

24.6 

Assets of disposal groups

1.2 

3.0 

  

  

  

Total assets

1,011.1 

1,027.9 

Netting of derivatives (1)

(217.5)

(227.3)

Potential future exposure on derivatives (2)

102.5 

128.0 

SFTs (1)

77.5 

59.8 

Regulatory deductions and other adjustments (3)

(1.4)

(6.6)

Undrawn commitments (4)

98.0 

100.2 

  

  

  

Leverage exposure measure

1,070.2 

1,082.0 

 

Notes:

(1)

The BCBS proposal permits some limited netting for margin received against the replacement cost of derivatives, an additional gross securities financing transaction (SFT) calculation with more restrictive netting, but possible future benefit for trades against qualifying central counterparties. The notional amounts relating to sold credit protection are included in the exposure measure, offset by longer dated bought protection on the same contracts.

(2)

Potential future exposure (PFE) on derivatives: the regulatory add-on which is calculated by assigning percentages based on the type and residual maturity of the derivatives to nominal amounts or underlying values of derivative contracts. The element of PFE relating to credit derivatives sold is removed under the BCBS 270 proposal and replaced with the credit derivative notionals on protection sold per note (1).

(3)

Regulatory deductions: to ensure consistency between the leverage ratio numerator and the denominator, regulatory items that are deducted from capital are also deducted from the leverage exposure measure.

(4)

Undrawn commitments represent regulatory add-ons relating to off-balance sheet undrawn commitments based on the credit conversion factors of 10%, 20%, 50% and 100% being applied as applicable to the commitments. Refer to the following page for further analysis.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Leverage exposure (continued) 

 

Derivative notionals

The table below analyses derivative notional values by product and maturity.

 

  

<1 year

1-5 years

>5 years

Credit derivative 5% add on factor (1)

Credit derivative 10% add on factor (1)

Total

30 June 2014

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate

13,522 

9,781 

5,758 

 

 

29,061 

Exchange rate

3,686 

628 

295 

 

 

4,609 

Equity

76 

 

 

78 

Commodities

 

 

Credit

 

 

 

209 

69 

278 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

17,285 

10,411 

6,054 

209 

69 

34,028 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate

10,582 

16,212 

8,795 

  

  

35,589 

Exchange rate

3,261 

814 

480 

  

  

4,555 

Equity

43 

35 

  

  

79 

Commodities

  

  

Credit

  

  

  

189 

64 

253 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

13,886 

17,062 

9,277 

189 

64 

40,478 

 

Note:

(1)

Credit derivatives receive a PFE of 5% where qualifying and 10% where non-qualifying.

 

 

Off-balance sheet items

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ulster

Commercial

Private

  

  

  

  

  

UK PBB

Bank

Banking

Banking

CIB

CFG

RCR

Centre

Total

30 June 2014

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Unconditionally cancellable items (1)

3.1 

0.1 

0.5 

0.1 

0.7 

1.7 

6.2 

Items with a 20% CCF

0.4 

0.7 

0.2 

2.3 

0.3 

0.1 

4.0 

Items with a 50% CCF

6.0 

1.4 

12.8 

1.3 

37.3 

6.8 

0.9 

2.5 

69.0 

Items with a 100% CCF

0.1 

0.4 

1.7 

0.9 

12.7 

1.5 

0.4 

1.2 

18.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

9.6 

1.9 

15.7 

2.5 

53.0 

10.3 

1.3 

3.8 

98.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Unconditionally cancellable items (1)

3.1 

0.2 

0.4 

0.1 

0.7 

1.7 

6.2 

Items with a 20% CCF

0.4 

0.6 

0.6 

1.5 

0.2 

3.3 

Items with a 50% CCF

5.8 

1.0 

12.5 

1.0 

41.9 

7.1 

0.7 

2.7 

72.7 

Items with a 100% CCF

0.1 

0.3 

2.4 

1.4 

12.0 

1.6 

0.2 

18.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

9.4 

1.5 

15.9 

3.1 

56.1 

10.6 

0.9 

2.7 

100.2 

 

Note:

(1)

Based on a 10% credit conversion factor.

 

 

 

 

 

10

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Risk-weighted assets

The table below analyses the movement in credit risk RWAs by key drivers during the half year.

  

Credit risk

  

Non-counterparty 

Counterparty 

Total

  

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

At 1 January 2014

317.9 

39.1 

357.0 

Foreign exchange movement

(3.8)

(3.8)

Business movements

(17.2)

(8.2)

(25.4)

Risk parameter changes (1)

(2.4)

(2.4)

Methodology changes (2)

(10.4)

5.1 

(5.3)

Model updates

(1.2)

(1.2)

Other changes

0.4 

2.6 

3.0 

  

  

  

  

At 30 June 2014

283.3 

38.6 

321.9 

  

  

  

  

Modelled (3)

191.2 

33.2 

224.4 

Non-modelled

92.1 

5.4 

97.5 

  

  

  

  

  

283.3 

38.6 

321.9 

 

The table below analyses movements in market and operational risk RWAs during the half year.

  

  

  

Market

Operational

  

risk

risk 

  

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

At 1 January 2014

30.3 

41.8 

Business and market movements

(8.8)

(5.0)

Methodology changes

11.9 

  

  

  

At 30 June 2014

33.4 

36.8 

  

  

  

Modelled (3)

15.9 

Non-modelled

17.5 

36.8 

  

  

  

  

33.4 

36.8 

 

Notes:

(1)

Changes in credit quality metrics of customers and counterparties such as probability of default and loss given default.

(2)

Technical adjustments and calibration of models.

(3)

Modelled refers to advanced internal ratings based (AIRB) for non-counterparty credit risk, internal model method (IMM) for counterparty credit risk, value-at-risk (VaR) and related models for market risk.

 

 

Key points

Business movements include exposure reductions in RCR and CIB.

 

 

Methodology changes include the transfer of £11.9 billion of RWAs from non-counterparty credit risk to market risk relating to trading book securitisations.

 

 

Operational risk is calculated on a three year average of income and the business and other movement reflects the annual recalculation.

 

 

Non-modelled or standardised (STD) credit risk RWAs principally comprised CFG (£56 billion); Private Banking (£10 billion); derivative and repo transactions undertaken by RBSSI, the broker-dealer; and certain securitisation exposures.

 

 

Increase in RWA density of bank exposures reflected the impact of CVA and AVC and those on structured entities related to RWA treatment, both relating to the implementation of CRD IV.

 

11

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Risk-weighted assets (continued) 

 

Credit risk: RWA density

Refer to the 2013 Pillar 3 Report for details on terminology. For the majority of credit risk, RBS used the internal ratings based (IRB) approach for calculating RWAs. The standardised approach (STD) is used for certain portfolios. RWAs at 30 June 2014 are under current rules and 31 December 2013 are on a Basel 2.5 basis.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

EAD post CRM (1)

  

RWAs

  

RWA density

  

AIRB

STD

Total 

  

AIRB

STD

Total 

  

AIRB

STD

Total 

30 June 2014

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

%

%

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sector cluster

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sovereign

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central banks

41,702 

46,390 

88,092 

  

2,180 

127 

2,307 

  

Central government

16,860 

8,522 

25,382 

  

2,435 

2,442 

  

14 

10 

Other sovereign

5,012 

5,749 

10,761 

  

1,267 

197 

1,464 

  

25 

14 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total sovereign

63,574 

60,661 

124,235 

  

5,882 

331 

6,213 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Financial institutions (FI)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

41,416 

2,571 

43,987 

  

20,995 

621 

21,616 

  

51 

24 

49 

Other FI (2)

48,063 

23,977 

72,040 

  

19,043 

10,085 

29,128 

  

40 

42 

40 

SEs (3)

19,320 

3,271 

22,591 

  

11,245 

5,561 

16,806 

  

58 

170 

74 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total FI

108,799 

29,819 

138,618 

  

51,283 

16,267 

67,550 

  

47 

55 

49 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporates

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Property

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Western Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - UK

49,501 

3,388 

52,889 

  

24,963 

3,154 

28,117 

  

50 

93 

53 

    - Ireland

8,907 

46 

8,953 

  

1,705 

43 

1,748 

  

19 

93 

20 

    - Other

6,385 

123 

6,508 

  

3,461 

105 

3,566 

  

54 

85 

55 

  - US

1,687 

6,643 

8,330 

  

890 

6,653 

7,543 

  

53 

100 

91 

  - RoW

3,525 

271 

3,796 

  

2,272 

223 

2,495 

  

64 

82 

66 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total property

70,005 

10,471 

80,476 

  

33,291 

10,178 

43,469 

  

48 

97 

54 

Natural resources

36,955 

2,891 

39,846 

  

15,840 

2,564 

18,404 

  

43 

89 

46 

Transport

32,053 

3,335 

35,388 

  

18,466 

3,168 

21,634 

  

58 

95 

61 

Manufacturing

29,979 

7,787 

37,766 

  

12,909 

7,626 

20,535 

  

43 

98 

54 

Retail and leisure

26,637 

7,906 

34,543 

  

16,008 

7,894 

23,902 

  

60 

100 

69 

Services

23,991 

8,232 

32,223 

  

14,319 

8,232 

22,551 

  

60 

100 

70 

TMT (4) 

14,868 

2,249 

17,117 

  

7,849 

2,230 

10,079 

  

53 

99 

59 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total corporates

234,488 

42,871 

277,359 

  

118,682 

41,892 

160,574 

  

51 

98 

58 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Western Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - UK

113,427 

7,716 

121,143 

  

13,554 

3,031 

16,585 

  

12 

39 

14 

    - Ireland

16,279 

37 

16,316 

  

15,609 

16 

15,625 

  

96 

43 

96 

    - Other

227 

335 

562 

  

22 

128 

150 

  

10 

38 

27 

  - US

132 

18,999 

19,131 

  

13 

9,430 

9,443 

  

10 

50 

49 

  - RoW

439 

540 

979 

  

51 

206 

257 

  

12 

38 

26 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total mortgages

130,504 

27,627 

158,131 

  

29,249 

12,811 

42,060 

  

22 

46 

27 

Other personal

32,338 

14,537 

46,875 

  

14,226 

10,715 

24,941 

  

44 

74 

53 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total personal

162,842 

42,164 

205,006 

  

43,475 

23,526 

67,001 

  

27 

56 

33 

Other items

5,484 

16,468 

21,952 

  

4,095 

16,486 

20,581 

  

75 

100 

94 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

575,187 

191,983 

767,170 

  

223,417 

98,502 

321,919 

  

39 

51 

42 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

For the notes to this table refer to the following page.

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

12

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Risk-weighted assets: Credit risk: RWA density (continued)

 

  

EAD post CRM (1)

  

RWAs

  

RWA density

  

AIRB

STD

Total 

  

AIRB

STD

Total 

  

AIRB

STD

Total 

31 December 2013

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

%

%

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sector cluster

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Sovereign

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central banks

34,809 

59,351 

94,160 

  

1,289 

180 

1,469 

  

Central government

17,940 

8,401 

26,341 

  

2,418 

30 

2,448 

  

13 

Other sovereign

5,323 

5,525 

10,848 

  

1,451 

149 

1,600 

  

27 

15 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total sovereign

58,072 

73,277 

131,349 

  

5,158 

359 

5,517 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Financial institutions (FI)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

37,718 

2,769 

40,487 

  

11,922 

689 

12,611 

  

32 

25 

31 

Other FI (2)

43,460 

14,033 

57,493 

  

16,391 

7,940 

24,331 

  

38 

57 

42 

SEs (3)

21,564 

2,523 

24,087 

  

5,827 

2,189 

8,016 

  

27 

87 

33 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total FI

102,742 

19,325 

122,067 

  

34,140 

10,818 

44,958 

  

33 

56 

37 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Corporates

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Property

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Western Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - UK

50,250 

2,771 

53,021 

  

27,904 

2,461 

30,365 

  

56 

89 

57 

    - Ireland

10,338 

107 

10,445 

  

3,087 

136 

3,223 

  

30 

127 

31 

    - Other

8,764 

143 

8,907 

  

4,937 

130 

5,067 

  

56 

91 

57 

  - US

1,126 

6,527 

7,653 

  

600 

6,272 

6,872 

  

53 

96 

90 

  - RoW

3,579 

317 

3,896 

  

2,817 

253 

3,070 

  

79 

80 

79 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total property

74,057 

9,865 

83,922 

  

39,345 

9,252 

48,597 

  

53 

94 

58 

Natural resources

29,403 

2,826 

32,229 

  

15,586 

2,435 

18,021 

  

53 

86 

56 

Transport

31,677 

3,024 

34,701 

  

21,678 

2,709 

24,387 

  

68 

90 

70 

Manufacturing

24,649 

7,775 

32,424 

  

13,607 

7,599 

21,206 

  

55 

98 

65 

Retail and leisure

23,974 

7,744 

31,718 

  

18,302 

7,591 

25,893 

  

76 

98 

82 

Services

22,716 

8,757 

31,473 

  

15,972 

8,382 

24,354 

  

70 

96 

77 

TMT (4) 

13,550 

2,222 

15,772 

  

8,470 

2,198 

10,668 

  

63 

99 

68 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total corporates

220,026 

42,213 

262,239 

  

132,960 

40,166 

173,126 

  

60 

95 

66 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Mortgages

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - Western Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

    - UK

110,470 

7,841 

118,311 

  

14,412 

3,267 

17,679 

  

13 

42 

15 

    - Ireland

17,148 

33 

17,181 

  

16,108 

12 

16,120 

  

94 

36 

94 

    - Other

202 

507 

709 

  

25 

202 

227 

  

12 

40 

32 

  - US

121 

19,717 

19,838 

  

15 

9,756 

9,771 

  

12 

49 

49 

  - RoW

396 

242 

638 

  

50 

107 

157 

  

13 

44 

25 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total mortgages

128,337 

28,340 

156,677 

  

30,610 

13,344 

43,954 

  

24 

47 

28 

Other personal

33,358 

14,521 

47,879 

  

15,286 

10,703 

25,989 

  

46 

74 

54 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total personal

161,695 

42,861 

204,556 

  

45,896 

24,047 

69,943 

  

28 

56 

34 

Other items

4,756 

19,189 

23,945 

  

4,061 

15,798 

19,859 

  

85 

82 

83 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

547,291 

196,865 

744,156 

  

222,215 

91,188 

313,403 

  

41 

46 

42 

 

Notes:

(1)

Exposure at default post credit risk mitigation.

(2)

Non-bank financial institutions, such as US agencies, insurance companies, pension funds, hedge and leverage funds, broker-dealers and non-bank subsidiaries of banks.

(3)

Structured entities primarily relate to securitisation related vehicles.

(4)

Telecommunications, media and technology.

 

 

 

13

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Liquidity and funding risk

Liquidity and funding risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its financial obligations, including financing wholesale maturities or customer deposit withdrawals, as they fall due. The risk arises through the maturity transformation role that banks play and is dependent on company specific factors such as: maturity profile, composition of sources and uses of funding, the quality and size of the liquidity portfolio as well as broader factors, such as wholesale market conditions and depositor and investor behaviour. For a description of the liquidity and funding risk framework, governance and basis of preparation refer to the Risk and balance sheet management section of the Group’s  2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

Overview

The liquidity position remains strong: the liquidity portfolio of £138 billion at 30 June 2014 covered short-term wholesale funding (STWF) four times.

 

 

Liquid assets decreased by £8 billion mainly driven by a targeted decrease in financial institution deposits in Q1, partly offset by additional low-cost secondary liquidity. Average liquid asset balances were down in Q2 compared with Q1 reflecting proactive management of excess liquidity whilst retaining a prudent coverage of potential outflows.

 

 

The loan:deposit ratio increased by 200 basis points to 96% from 94% at 31 December 2013 reflecting continued focus on reducing excess funding.

 

 

STWF increased marginally to £33.6 billion mainly reflecting the upcoming redemption of trust preferred securities and large term debt deals falling into the less than 1 year to maturity bucket.

14

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity and related metrics

The table below sets out the key liquidity and related metrics monitored by the Group.

 

  

30 June

31 March

31 December

2014 

2014 

2013 

  

  

  

  

  

Stressed outflow coverage (1)

178 

165 

145 

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) (2)

104 

103 

102 

Net stable funding ratio (NSFR) (3)

111 

110 

118 

 

Notes:

(1)

RBS’s liquidity risk appetite is based on the Individual Liquidity Adequacy Assessment (ILAA) which is measured by reference to the liquidity portfolio as a percentage of stressed liquidity outflows under the worst of three severe stress scenarios; a market-wide stress, an idiosyncratic stress and a combination of both. Liquidity risk adequacy is determined by the surplus of liquid assets over three month stressed outflows under the worst case stress. This assessment is performed in accordance with PRA guidance.

(2)

In January 2013, the BCBS published its final guidance for calculating LCR which is currently expected to come into effect from January 2015 on a phased basis. Pending the finalisation of the LCR rules within the EU, RBS monitors the LCR based on its own interpretations of current guidance available for EU LCR reporting. Therefore, the reported LCR will change over time with regulatory developments. Due to differences in interpretation of the rules RBS’s ratio may not be comparable with those of other financial institutions.

(3)

The NSFR for all periods has been calculated using RBS’s current interpretations of the existing rules relating to various BCBS guidance to date. Ratios for 31 March 2014 and 31 December 2013 have been revised accordingly. BCBS is expected to issue revised guidance on the NSFR towards the end of 2014 or early 2015.

 

Liquidity portfolio

The table below shows RBS’s liquidity portfolio by product, liquidity value and carrying value. Liquidity value is lower than carrying value as it is stated after discounts applied by the Bank of England and other central banks to instruments, within the secondary liquidity portfolio, eligible for discounting.

 

  

Liquidity value

  

Period end

  

Average 

  

UK DLG (1)

CFG 

Other 

Total 

  

Quarter

H1 2014

30 June 2014

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

58,823 

2,533 

1,825 

63,181 

  

59,974 

62,723 

Central and local government bonds

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  AAA rated governments

5,583 

5,585 

  

4,241 

3,527 

  AA- to AA+ rated governments and US agencies

5,622 

6,224 

11,846 

  

10,701 

11,155 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

11,205 

6,226 

17,431 

  

14,942 

14,682 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Primary liquidity

70,028 

8,759 

1,825 

80,612 

  

74,916 

77,405 

Secondary liquidity (2)

54,928 

934 

1,597 

57,459 

  

53,420 

53,986 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liquidity value

124,956 

9,693 

3,422 

138,071 

  

128,336 

131,391 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total carrying value

160,357 

10,236 

2,741 

173,334 

  

  

  

 

For the notes to this table refer to the following page.

 

 

 

 

 

15

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Liquidity risk (continued)

 

Liquidity portfolio (continued)

  

Liquidity value

  

Period end

  

Average 

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

DLG (1)

CFG

Other

Total

  

Quarter

Year

31 December 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

71,121 

824 

2,417 

74,362 

  

76,242 

80,933 

Central and local government bonds

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  AAA rated governments and US agencies

3,320 

3,320 

  

3,059 

5,149 

  AA- to AA+ rated governments

5,822 

6,369 

96 

12,287 

  

13,429 

12,423 

  Below AA rated governments

  

151 

  Local government

  

148 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

9,142 

6,369 

96 

15,607 

  

16,495 

17,871 

Treasury bills

  

395 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Primary liquidity

80,263 

7,193 

2,513 

89,969 

  

92,743 

99,199 

Secondary liquidity (2)

48,718 

4,968 

2,411 

56,097 

  

56,869 

56,589 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liquidity value

128,981 

12,161 

4,924 

146,066 

  

149,612 

155,788 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total carrying value

159,743 

17,520 

6,970 

184,233 

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

The table below shows the currency split of the liquidity portfolio.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liquidity portfolio

GBP

USD

EUR

Other

Total

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

91,073 

33,028 

12,579 

1,391 

138,071 

31 December 2013

100,849 

33,365 

10,364 

1,488 

146,066 

 

Notes:

(1)

The PRA regulated UK Defined Liquidity Group (UK DLG) comprises the RBS’s five licensed deposit taking UK banks: The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, National Westminster Bank Plc, Ulster Bank Limited, Coutts & Company and Adam & Company. In addition, certain of the Group's significant operating subsidiaries - RBS N.V., Citizens Financial Group Inc. and Ulster Bank Ireland Limited - hold liquidity portfolios of liquid assets that comply with local regulations that may differ from PRA rules.

(2)

Includes assets eligible for discounting at the Bank of England and other central banks.

 

16

 


 

 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Funding risk

The composition of RBS’s balance sheet is a function of the broad array of product offerings and diverse markets served by its core divisions. The structural composition of the balance sheet is augmented as needed through active management of both asset and liability portfolios. The objective of these activities is to optimise the liquidity profile, while ensuring adequate coverage of all cash requirements under extreme stress conditions.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Short-term wholesale

  

Total wholesale

  

Net inter-bank

funding (1)

funding

funding (2)

  

Excluding

Including

  

Excluding

Including

  

Deposits

Loans (3)

Net

 derivative 

 derivative 

 derivative 

 derivative 

 inter-bank 

collateral

 collateral 

collateral

 collateral 

 funding 

  

£bn

£bn

  

£bn

£bn

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

33.6 

55.1 

  

101.6 

123.1 

  

17.7 

(19.3)

(1.6)

31 March 2014

31.0 

50.8 

  

101.5 

121.3 

  

15.6 

(18.1)

(2.5)

31 December 2013

32.4 

51.5 

  

108.1 

127.2 

  

16.2 

(17.3)

(1.1)

30 September 2013

34.6 

55.1 

  

113.6 

134.1 

  

18.1 

(16.6)

1.5 

30 June 2013

36.7 

58.9 

  

129.4 

151.5 

  

23.1 

(17.1)

6.0 

 

Notes:

(1)

Short-term wholesale funding is funding with a residual maturity of less than one year.

(2)

Excludes derivative cash collateral.

(3)

Principally short-term balances.

 

Funding sources

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The table below shows RBS’s principal funding sources excluding repurchase agreements (repos).

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

  

31 December 2013

  

Short-term 

Long-term 

  

  

Short-term 

Long-term 

  

  

less than 

more than 

Total 

  

less than 

more than 

Total 

1 year 

1 year 

1 year 

1 year 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 derivative cash collateral

21,430 

21,430 

  

19,086 

19,086 

 other deposits

16,544 

1,205 

17,749 

  

14,553 

1,690 

16,243 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

37,974 

1,205 

39,179 

  

33,639 

1,690 

35,329 

Debt securities in issue

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 commercial paper

1,091 

1,091 

  

1,583 

1,583 

 certificates of deposit

1,751 

97 

1,848 

  

2,212 

65 

2,277 

 medium-term notes

8,083 

32,552 

40,635 

  

10,385 

36,779 

47,164 

 covered bonds

1,780 

7,039 

8,819 

  

1,853 

7,188 

9,041 

 securitisations  

511 

6,183 

6,694 

  

514 

7,240 

7,754 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

13,216 

45,871 

59,087 

  

16,547 

51,272 

67,819 

Subordinated liabilities

3,885 

20,924 

24,809 

  

1,350 

22,662 

24,012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Notes issued

17,101 

66,795 

83,896 

  

17,897 

73,934 

91,831 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wholesale funding

55,075 

68,000 

123,075 

  

51,536 

75,624 

127,160 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Customer deposits

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 derivative cash collateral (1)

6,469 

6,469 

  

7,082 

7,082 

 financial institution deposits

47,029 

2,038 

49,067 

  

44,621 

2,265 

46,886 

 personal deposits

180,024 

6,089 

186,113 

  

183,799 

8,115 

191,914 

 corporate deposits

156,451 

3,157 

159,608 

  

167,100 

4,687 

171,787 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total customer deposits

389,973 

11,284 

401,257 

  

402,602 

15,067 

417,669 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total funding excluding repos

445,048 

79,284 

524,332 

  

454,138 

90,691 

544,829 

 

Note:

(1)

Cash collateral includes £5,720 million (31 December 2013 - £6,720 million) from financial institutions.

17

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Funding risk (continued) 

 

Total funding by currency

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

GBP

USD

EUR

Other

Total

30 June 2014

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

6,830 

10,808 

19,300 

2,241 

39,179 

Debt securities in issue

  

  

  

  

  

  - commercial paper

573 

486 

29 

1,091 

  - certificates of deposit

494 

1,116 

237 

1,848 

  - medium-term notes

5,287 

10,319 

20,285 

4,744 

40,635 

  - covered bonds

983 

7,836 

8,819 

  - securitisations

1,830 

2,090 

2,774 

6,694 

Subordinated liabilities

1,792 

13,604 

7,202 

2,211 

24,809 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wholesale funding

17,219 

38,510 

58,120 

9,226 

123,075 

% of wholesale funding

14%

31%

47%

8%

100%

Customer deposits

271,438 

79,877 

40,137 

9,805 

401,257 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total funding excluding repos

288,657 

118,387 

98,257 

19,031 

524,332 

  

  

  

  

  

  

% of total funding

55%

22%

19%

4%

100%

 

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Deposits by banks

7,418 

8,337 

17,004 

2,570 

35,329 

Debt securities in issue

  

  

  

  

  

  - commercial paper

897 

682 

1,583 

  - certificates of deposit

336 

1,411 

476 

54 

2,277 

  - medium-term notes

6,353 

11,068 

23,218 

6,525 

47,164 

  - covered bonds

984 

8,057 

9,041 

  - securitisations

1,897 

2,748 

3,109 

7,754 

Subordinated liabilities

1,857 

10,502 

8,984 

2,669 

24,012 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Wholesale funding

18,849 

34,963 

61,530 

11,818 

127,160 

% of wholesale funding

15%

28%

48%

9%

100%

Customer deposits

272,304 

86,727 

49,116 

9,522 

417,669 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total funding excluding repos

291,153 

121,690 

110,646 

21,340 

544,829 

  

  

  

  

  

  

% of total funding

54%

22%

20%

4%

100%

 

Repos

  

  

The table below analyses RBS’s repos by counterparty type.

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 December

  

2014 

2013 

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

Financial institutions

  

  

  - central and other banks

31,722 

28,650 

  - other financial institutions

44,325 

52,945 

Corporate

7,215 

3,539 

  

  

  

  

83,262 

85,134 

18

 


 

 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Funding risk (continued) 

 

Segment loan:deposit ratios and funding surplus

The table below shows loans, deposits, loan:deposit ratios (LDR) and customer funding surplus/(gap) by reporting segment.

  

30 June 2014

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

Funding 

  

  

  

  

Funding 

Loans (1)

Deposits (2)

LDR

surplus/(gap)

  

Loans (1)

Deposits (2)

LDR

surplus/(gap)

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK PBB

126,422 

145,971 

87 

19,549 

  

124,828 

144,841 

86 

20,013 

Ulster Bank

22,423 

20,688 

108 

(1,735)

  

26,068 

21,651 

120 

(4,417)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

PBB

148,845 

166,659 

89 

17,814 

  

150,896 

166,492 

91 

15,596 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

83,980 

87,987 

95 

4,007 

  

83,454 

90,883 

92 

7,429 

Private Banking

16,525 

35,890 

46 

19,365 

  

16,644 

37,173 

45 

20,529 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CPB

100,505 

123,877 

81 

23,372 

  

100,098 

128,056 

78 

27,958 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CIB

68,978 

55,492 

124 

(13,486)

  

68,148 

64,734 

105 

(3,414)

Central items

844 

1,002 

84 

158 

  

289 

1,081 

27 

792 

CFG

51,722 

52,923 

98 

1,201 

  

50,279 

55,118 

91 

4,839 

RCR

15,658 

1,304 

nm

(14,354)

  

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

  

22,880 

2,188 

nm

(20,692)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

386,552 

401,257 

96 

14,705 

  

392,590 

417,669 

94 

25,079 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

nm = not meaningful

 

Notes:

(1)

Excludes reverse repo agreements and net of impairment provisions.

(2)

Excludes repo agreements.

 

 

 

£154 billion (or 38%) of the customer deposits included above are insured through the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme, US Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation scheme and other similar schemes. Of the personal and corporate deposits above, 54% relate to personal customers.

 

Encumbrance

RBS’s encumbrance ratios are set out below.

 

In general encumbrance ratios decreased marginally reflecting the balance sheet structure.

 

Encumbrance ratios

  

30 June

31 December

  

2014 

2013 

  

  

  

  

  

Total

  

16 

17 

Excluding balances relating to derivatives transactions

  

17 

19 

Excluding balances relating to derivative and securities financing transactions

  

11 

11 

 

19

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Balance sheet encumbrance

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Encumbered assets relating to:

  

  

  

  

Unencumbered

  

  

  

Debt securities in issue

  

Other secured liabilities

Total

  

Encumbered

  

Readily realisable (3)

  

  

  

  

  

Securitisations

Covered

  

  

  

Secured

encumbered

  

assets as a

  

Liquidity

  

Other (4)

Cannot be (5)

  

  

  

and conduits

bonds

  

Derivatives

Repos

balances (1)

assets (2)

  

% of related

  

portfolio

Other

realisable

encumbered

  

Total

30 June 2014

£bn

£bn

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

assets

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

  

2.1 

2.1 

  

  

61.1 

5.5 

  

68.7 

Loans and advances to banks

4.8 

0.3 

  

9.7 

0.3 

15.1 

  

52 

  

2.1 

7.9 

3.8 

  

28.9 

Loans and advances to customers

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - UK residential mortgages

13.2 

14.9 

  

28.1 

  

25 

  

67.9 

7.9 

8.1 

  

112.0 

  - Irish residential mortgages

8.9 

  

1.0 

9.9 

  

69 

  

4.3 

0.1 

  

14.3 

  - US residential mortgages

  

10.4 

10.4 

  

55 

  

1.4 

0.4 

6.8 

  

19.0 

  - UK credit cards

3.0 

  

3.0 

  

55 

  

2.3 

0.2 

  

5.5 

  - UK personal loans

3.4 

  

3.4 

  

37 

  

3.0 

2.8 

  

9.2 

  - other

7.6 

  

17.1 

1.0 

25.7 

  

11 

  

7.5 

13.5 

138.4 

41.5 

  

226.6 

Reverse repurchase agreements

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   and stock borrowing

  

  

  

81.7 

  

81.7 

Debt securities

0.3 

  

7.4 

44.9 

2.6 

55.2 

  

49 

  

15.8 

40.1 

1.4 

0.3 

  

112.8 

Equity shares

  

0.2 

5.1 

5.3 

  

68 

  

1.0 

0.3 

1.2 

  

7.8 

Settlement balances

  

  

  

19.7 

  

19.7 

Derivatives

  

  

  

274.9 

  

274.9 

Intangible assets

  

  

  

12.2 

  

12.2 

Property, plant and equipment

  

0.3 

0.3 

  

  

5.5 

1.3 

  

7.1 

Deferred tax

  

  

  

3.1 

  

3.1 

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

  

  

  

7.4 

  

7.4 

Assets of disposal groups

  

  

  

0.2 

  

0.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

41.2 

15.2 

  

34.4 

50.0 

17.7 

158.5 

  

  

  

155.8 

85.5 

160.9 

450.4 

  

1,011.1 

Securities retained

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

17.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liquidity portfolio

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

173.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities secured

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Intra-Group - secondary liquidity

(16.4)

  

(16.4)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Intra-Group - other

(14.5)

  

(14.5)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Third-party (6)

(6.7)

(8.8)

  

(34.4)

(83.3)

(10.4)

(143.6)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(37.6)

(8.8)

  

(34.4)

(83.3)

(10.4)

(174.5)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

For the notes to this table refer to page 22.

20

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Balance sheet encumbrance (continued) 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Encumbered assets relating to:

  

  

  

  

Unencumbered

  

  

  

Debt securities in issue

  

Other secured liabilities

Total

  

Encumbered

  

Readily realisable (3)

  

  

  

  

  

Securitisations

Covered

  

  

  

Secured

encumbered

  

assets as a

  

Liquidity

  

Other (4)

Cannot be (5)

  

  

  

and conduits

bonds

  

Derivatives

Repos

balances (1)

assets (2)

  

% of related

  

portfolio

Other

realisable

encumbered

  

Total

31 December 2013

£bn

£bn

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

assets

  

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

  

  

  

74.3 

8.4 

  

82.7 

Loans and advances to banks

5.8 

0.5 

  

10.3 

16.6 

  

60 

  

0.1 

10.9 

  

27.6 

Loans and advances to customers

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - UK residential mortgages

14.6 

16.2 

  

30.8 

  

28 

  

60.8 

18.6 

  

110.2 

  - Irish residential mortgages

9.3 

  

1.2 

10.5 

  

70 

  

0.7 

3.8 

0.1 

  

15.1 

  - US residential mortgages

  

3.5 

3.5 

  

18 

  

9.5 

6.7 

  

19.7 

  - UK credit cards

3.4 

  

3.4 

  

52 

  

3.1 

  

6.5 

  - UK personal loans

3.4 

  

3.4 

  

38 

  

5.5 

  

8.9 

  - other

13.5 

  

18.1 

0.8 

32.4 

  

14 

  

4.4 

9.6 

175.6 

10.2 

  

232.2 

Reverse repurchase agreements

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

   and stock borrowing

  

  

  

76.5 

  

76.5 

Debt securities

0.9 

  

5.5 

55.6 

2.7 

64.7 

  

57 

  

17.0 

31.9 

  

113.6 

Equity shares

  

0.5 

5.3 

5.8 

  

66 

  

3.0 

  

8.8 

Settlement balances

  

  

  

5.5 

  

5.5 

Derivatives

  

  

  

288.0 

  

288.0 

Intangible assets

  

  

  

12.4 

  

12.4 

Property, plant and equipment

  

0.4 

0.4 

  

  

7.5 

  

7.9 

Deferred tax

  

  

  

3.5 

  

3.5 

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets

  

  

  

8.6 

  

8.6 

Assets of disposal groups

  

  

  

0.2 

  

0.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

50.9 

16.7 

  

34.4 

60.9 

8.6 

171.5 

  

  

  

166.8 

101.5 

183.1 

405.0 

  

1,027.9 

Securities retained

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

17.4 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total liquidity portfolio

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

184.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Liabilities secured

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Intra-Group - secondary liquidity

(19.1)

  

(19.1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Intra-Group - other

(18.4)

  

(18.4)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Third-party (6)

(7.8)

(9.0)

  

(34.4)

(85.1)

(6.0)

(142.3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

(45.3)

(9.0)

  

(34.4)

(85.1)

(6.0)

(179.8)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

For the notes to this table refer to the following page.

21

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Balance sheet encumbrance (continued)

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes cash, coin and nostro balance held with the Bank of England as collateral against notes in circulation.

(2)

Encumbered assets are those that have been pledged to provide security for the liability shown above and are therefore not available to secure funding or to meet other collateral needs.

(3)

Unencumbered readily realisable assets are those assets on the balance sheet that can be readily used to meet funding or collateral requirements and comprise:

 

(a) Liquidity portfolio: cash balances at central banks, high quality debt securities and loans that have been pre-positioned with central banks. In addition, the liquidity portfolio includes securitisations of own assets which has reduced over the years and has been replaced by loans.

 

(b) Other readily realisable assets: including assets that have been enabled for use with central banks; and unencumbered debt securities.

(4)

Unencumbered other realisable assets are those assets on the balance sheet that are available for funding and collateral purposes but are not readily realisable in their current form. These assets include loans that could be prepositioned with central banks but have not been subject to internal and external documentation review and diligence work.

(5)

Assets that cannot be encumbered include:

 

(a) derivatives, reverse repurchase agreements and trading related settlement balances.

 

(b) non-financial assets such as intangibles, prepayments and deferred tax.

 

(c) assets in disposal groups.

 

(d) loans that cannot be pre-positioned with central banks based on criteria set by the central banks, primary US, including those relating to date of origination and level of documentation.

 

(e) non-recourse invoice financing balances and certain shipping loans whose terms and structure prohibit their use as collateral.

(6)

In accordance with market practice RBS employs securities recognised on the balance sheet, and securities received under reverse repo transactions as collateral for repos. Secured derivative liabilities now reflect net positions that are collateralised by balance sheet assets.

 

22

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss due to the failure of a customer or counterparty to meet its obligation to settle outstanding amounts. For a description of the bank’s credit risk framework, governance, policies and methodologies refer to the Risk and balance sheet management - Credit risk section - of the Group’s  2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

Financial assets

Exposure summary

The table below analyses financial asset exposures, both gross and net of offset arrangements as well as credit mitigation and enhancement.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Collateral

Exposure post

  

Gross 

IFRS 

Carrying 

Non-IFRS 

  

  

Real estate

Credit

 credit mitigation

exposure 

offset (1)

value (2)

offset (3)

Cash (4)

Securities (5)

 Residential (6)

 Commercial (6)

enhancement (7)

and enhancement

30 June 2014

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

68.7 

68.7 

68.7 

Lending

419.3 

(3.8)

415.5 

(35.5)

(1.8)

(3.2)

(146.0)

(61.2)

(4.8)

163.0 

Reverse repos

133.9 

(52.2)

81.7 

(7.2)

(74.4)

0.1 

Debt securities

112.8 

112.8 

(0.7)

112.1 

Equity shares

7.8 

7.8 

7.8 

Settlement balances

24.2 

(4.5)

19.7 

19.7 

Derivatives

461.5 

(186.6)

274.9 

(227.6)

(26.4)

(4.9)

(15.1)

0.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

1,228.2 

(247.1)

981.1 

(270.3)

(28.2)

(82.5)

(146.0)

(61.2)

(20.6)

372.3 

Short positions

(39.0)

(39.0)

(39.0)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net of short positions

1,189.2 

(247.1)

942.1 

(270.3)

(28.2)

(82.5)

(146.0)

(61.2)

(20.6)

333.3 

 

For the notes to this table refer to the following page.

 

23

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Financial assets (continued)

 

  

  

  

  

Collateral

Exposure post

  

Gross 

IFRS 

Carrying 

Non-IFRS 

  

  

Real estate

Credit

 credit mitigation

exposure 

offset (1)

value (2)

offset (3)

Cash (4)

Securities (5)

 Residential (6)

 Commercial (6)

enhancement (7)

and enhancement

31 December 2013

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

£bn

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and balances at central banks

82.7 

82.7 

82.7 

Lending

423.6 

(3.4)

420.2 

(37.2)

(1.6)

(2.7)

(145.4)

(60.0)

(3.9)

169.4 

Reverse repos

117.2 

(40.7)

76.5 

(11.4)

(65.0)

0.1 

Debt securities

113.6 

113.6 

(1.3)

112.3 

Equity shares

8.8 

8.8 

8.8 

Settlement balances

8.2 

(2.7)

5.5 

(0.3)

5.2 

Derivatives

553.7 

(265.7)

288.0 

(241.3)

(24.4)

(6.0)

(7.3)

9.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

1,307.8 

(312.5)

995.3 

(290.2)

(26.0)

(73.7)

(145.4)

(60.0)

(12.5)

387.5 

Short positions

(28.0)

(28.0)

(28.0)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net of short positions

1,279.8 

(312.5)

967.3 

(290.2)

(26.0)

(73.7)

(145.4)

(60.0)

(12.5)

359.5 

 

Notes:

(1)

Relates to offset arrangements that comply with IFRS criteria and transactions cleared through and novated to central clearing houses, primarily London Clearing House and US Government Securities Clearing Corporation.

(2)

The carrying value on the balance sheet represents the exposure to credit risk by class of financial instrument.

(3)

Balance sheet offset reflects the amounts by which the bank’s credit risk is reduced through master netting and cash management pooling arrangements. Derivative master netting agreements include cash pledged with counterparties in respect of net derivative liability positions and are included in lending in the table above.

(4)

Includes cash collateral pledged by counterparties based on daily mark-to-market movements of net derivative positions with the counterparty.

(5)

Securities collateral represent the fair value of securities received from counterparties, mainly relating to reverse repo transactions as part of netting arrangements.

(6)

Property valuations are capped at the loan value and reflect the application of haircuts in line with regulatory rules to indexed valuations. Commercial collateral includes ships and plant and equipment collateral.

(7)

Credit enhancement comprises credit derivatives (bought protection) and guarantees and reflects notional amounts less fair value and notional amounts respectively.

 

Key points

The major components of net exposures are cash and balances at central banks, unsecured commercial, corporate and bank loans, debt securities and short-term settlement balances.

Of the £112 billion of debt securities, £34 billion are asset-backed but underlying collateral is not reflected above as the bank only has access to cashflows from the collateral.

24

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Financial assets (continued) 

 

Asset quality

The table below analyses the bank’s financial assets excluding debt securities by internal asset quality (AQ) ratings. Debt securities are analysed by external ratings and are therefore excluded from the table below and are set out on page 33.

  

  

Loans and advances

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks (1)

  

Customers

Settlement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and

  

Derivative

  

  

  

  

Derivative

  

  

balances and

   

  

  

  

  

  

balances at

Reverse

cash

Bank

  

  

Reverse

cash

Customer

  

other financial

  

  

Contingent

  

  

  

central banks

repos

collateral

loans

Total

  

repos

collateral

loans

Total

assets

Derivatives

Commitments

liabilities

Total

Total

30 June 2014

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

AQ1

66,802 

7,614 

1,976 

4,063 

13,653 

  

34,525 

9,982 

39,075 

83,582 

7,028 

65,652 

68,390 

8,810 

313,917 

28.5 

AQ2

5,097 

3,949 

1,126 

10,172 

  

69 

1,630 

18,475 

20,174 

748 

61,994 

19,148 

1,745 

113,981 

10.4 

AQ3

1,542 

2,952 

1,728 

4,492 

9,172 

  

5,182 

3,314 

28,596 

37,092 

3,476 

93,223 

26,781 

7,086 

178,372 

16.2 

AQ4

321 

9,636 

1,571 

7,567 

18,774 

  

8,483 

1,677 

114,339 

124,499 

5,358 

42,919 

39,446 

3,807 

235,124 

21.4 

AQ5

1,484 

361 

1,298 

3,143 

  

4,441 

442 

67,179 

72,062 

1,314 

7,269 

35,442 

2,299 

121,532 

11.1 

AQ6

815 

42 

150 

1,007 

  

189 

27 

38,141 

38,357 

244 

2,265 

11,256 

1,046 

54,175 

4.9 

AQ7

565 

21 

189 

775 

  

653 

36 

29,124 

29,813 

112 

550 

9,760 

830 

41,840 

3.8 

AQ8

54 

55 

  

7,059 

7,065 

486 

779 

97 

8,484 

0.8 

AQ9

316 

321 

  

9,544 

9,545 

31 

91 

998 

260 

11,246 

1.0 

AQ10

  

919 

919 

457 

1,027 

114 

2,526 

0.2 

Past due

  

7,141 

7,141 

1,362 

8,503 

0.8 

Impaired

60 

60 

  

32,241 

32,241 

32,301 

2.9 

Impairment

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  provision

(50)

(50)

  

(22,396)

(22,396)

(22,446)

(2.0)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

68,670 

28,163 

9,654 

19,265 

57,082 

  

53,542 

17,115 

369,437 

440,094 

19,682 

274,906 

213,027 

26,094 

1,099,555 

100 

 

For the note to this table refer to the following page.

25

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Financial assets: Asset quality (continued)

 

  

  

Loans and advances

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks (1)

  

Customers

Settlement

  

  

  

  

  

  

Cash and

  

Derivative

  

  

  

  

Derivative

  

  

balances and

   

  

  

  

  

  

balances at

Reverse

cash

Bank

  

  

Reverse

cash

Customer

  

other financial

  

  

Contingent

  

  

  

central banks

repos

collateral

loans

Total

  

repos

collateral

loans

Total

assets

Derivatives

Commitments

liabilities

Total

Total

31 December 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

AQ1

80,305 

5,885 

2,043 

6,039 

13,967 

  

30,233 

10,042 

34,395 

74,670 

2,707 

71,497 

64,453 

6,739 

314,338 

28.2 

AQ2

4,744 

4,930 

672 

10,346 

  

996 

1,899 

17,695 

20,590 

192 

69,949 

28,717 

2,940 

132,735 

11.9 

AQ3

1,873 

2,164 

1,502 

2,347 

6,013 

  

1,857 

3,796 

29,364 

35,017 

746 

94,678 

23,126 

7,057 

168,510 

15.1 

AQ4

479 

9,864 

1,451 

7,031 

18,346 

  

10,642 

1,894 

99,258 

111,794 

470 

39,157 

40,984 

4,430 

215,660 

19.3 

AQ5

1,776 

416 

662 

2,854 

  

5,403 

297 

77,045 

82,745 

717 

8,826 

33,507 

2,087 

130,736 

11.7 

AQ6

1,823 

157 

1,981 

  

82 

38 

39,324 

39,444 

59 

1,487 

14,138 

1,426 

58,535 

5.3 

AQ7

301 

237 

538 

  

684 

50 

30,279 

31,013 

22 

978 

7,437 

918 

40,906 

3.7 

AQ8

48 

48 

  

10 

8,482 

8,492 

58 

132 

1,183 

119 

10,035 

0.9 

AQ9

34 

34 

  

41 

16,944 

16,985 

641 

1,020 

317 

18,997 

1.7 

AQ10

  

730 

730 

695 

1,274 

137 

2,836 

0.3 

Past due

  

9,068 

9,068 

620 

9,688 

0.9 

Impaired

70 

70 

  

37,101 

37,101 

37,171 

3.3 

Impairment

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  provision

(63)

(63)

  

(25,162)

(25,162)

(25,225)

(2.3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

82,661 

26,557 

10,343 

17,234 

54,134 

  

49,897 

18,067 

374,523 

442,487 

5,591 

288,040 

215,839 

26,170 

1,114,922 

100 

 

Note:

(1)

Excludes items in the course of collection from other banks of £1,523 million (31 December 2013 - £1,454 million).

 

26

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Financial assets: Asset quality (continued)

 

Key points

Overall asset quality improved slightly with AQ1-AQ4 (investment grade of BBB- or above) increasing from 75% at 31 December 2013 to 77% at 30 June 2014 reflecting improving credit conditions and disposals and run-down in RCR.

 

 

Cash and balances at central banks decreased £14.0 billion reflecting the management of surplus liquidity.

 

 

Asset quality trends improved with loans to banks and customers rated AQ1 (equivalent to AA or above) up by £3 billion. Recalibration of retail and business banking models using updated data trends from the last three years resulted in a significant upward shift between AQ5 and below to AQ4.

 

 

Gross derivatives decreased 5% to £274.9 billion with the proportion AQ1-AQ4 stable at 96%.

 

 

Past due loans decreased £1.1 billion or 11% driven mainly by CFG (£1.0 billion) and a decrease in Ulster Bank (£0.3 billion) reflecting increased work with customers in arrears.

 

 

Loan impairment provisions decreased £2.8 billion mainly in relation to RCR disposals and run-off (£2.0 billion).

27

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Loans and related credit metrics

The tables below analyse gross loans and advances (excluding reverse repos) and the related credit metrics by business unit.

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

  

Gross loans to

REIL

Provisions

REIL as a %

  

  

  

of gross

Provisions

Year-to-date

loans to

as a %

Impairment

Amounts

Banks

Customers

customers

of REIL

 charge 

written-off

30 June 2014

£m

£m

£m

£m

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK PBB

900 

129,243 

4,278 

2,821 

3.3 

66 

148 

407 

Ulster Bank

3,036 

25,708 

4,861 

3,285 

18.9 

68 

57 

33 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

PBB

3,936 

154,951 

9,139 

6,106 

5.9 

67 

205 

440 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

861 

85,142 

2,860 

1,162 

3.4 

41 

31 

201 

Private Banking

1,426 

16,618 

239 

93 

1.4 

39 

24 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CPB

2,287 

101,760 

3,099 

1,255 

3.0 

40 

31 

225 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CIB

19,405 

69,154 

105 

177 

0.2 

nm

(36)

Centre

2,513 

848 

0.4 

nm

(12)

56 

CFG

277 

52,221 

1,307 

500 

2.5 

38 

102 

147 

RCR

551 

30,014 

20,428 

14,405 

68.1 

71 

(19)

1,619 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS

28,969 

408,948 

34,081 

22,446 

8.3 

66 

271 

2,487 

 

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK PBB

760 

127,781 

4,663 

2,957 

3.6 

63 

497 

967 

Ulster Bank

591 

31,446 

8,466 

5,378 

26.9 

64 

1,774 

277 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

PBB

1,351 

159,227 

13,129 

8,335 

8.2 

63 

2,271 

1,244 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

701 

85,071 

4,276 

1,617 

5.0 

38 

652 

587 

Private Banking

1,531 

16,764 

277 

120 

1.7 

43 

29 

15 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CPB

2,232 

101,835 

4,553 

1,737 

4.5 

38 

681 

602 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CIB

20,550 

69,080 

1,661 

976 

2.4 

59 

598 

360 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Centre

2,670 

341 

66 

0.3 

nm

65 

CFG

406 

50,551 

1,034 

272 

2.0 

26 

151 

284 

Non-Core

431 

36,718 

19,014 

13,839 

51.8 

73 

4,646 

1,856 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RBS

27,640 

417,752 

39,392 

25,225 

9.4 

64 

8,412 

4,346 

28

 


 

 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Loans and related credit metrics (continued)

 

Key points  

Gross loans and advances to customers decreased by £8.8 billion or 2% to £408.9 billion; excluding the impact of foreign exchange the movement was £6.3 billion mainly driven by disposals and run off in RCR. REIL fell by 13% to £34.1 billion. Provision coverage strengthened to 66% compared with 64% at the end of 2013 and REIL were 8.3% of gross customer loans compared with 9.4% as at 31 December 2013. Asset quality continued to improve across the board.

 

 

Impairment charge for the first half of 2014 was significantly lower at £271 million compared with the prior year including £180 million of latent provision releases primarily reflecting more favourable credit conditions.

 

 

30% of the £56.9 billion property loans were REIL, with a provision coverage of 66%. 20% of property loans carry a provision. Refer to page 41 for an analysis of commercial real estate in RCR.

 

 

Strong mortgage lending in UK PBB of £2.5 billion was offset by a fall in unsecured lending of £1.1 billion. Impairment charges and credit metrics continued to show improving trends with REIL as a percentage of gross loans falling to 3.3% from 3.6% at 31 December 2013 reflecting improved asset quality and lower default trends. Write-offs of £0.4 billion reflected the continued write-off of legacy balances.

 

 

Ulster Bank loans, excluding the impact of foreign exchange and transfers to RCR, were £0.5 billion lower than at the year end mainly as customers deleveraged. Impairment charges were significantly lower at £57 million in the first half of 2014 reflecting the transfer of underperforming assets to RCR and the ongoing reduction in mortgage arrears.

 

 

Lending in CPB remained broadly stable with REIL, excluding the impact of the transfers to RCR, decreasing by £0.7 billion with write-offs and repayments outpacing new provisions.

 

 

CFG loans showed growth of £1.2 billion excluding the impact of foreign exchange with impairment charges of £102 million, higher than the prior year due to the transfer in Q1 of serviced-by-others, home equity and other portfolios in Non-Core. Credit metrics remained broadly stable.

 

29

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Loans and related credit metrics: Loans, REIL, provisions and impairments

The tables below analyse gross loans and advances to banks and customers (excluding reverse repos) and related credit metrics by sector and geography (by location of lending office).

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

30 June 2014

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

Year-to-date

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of

Impairment

Amounts

loans

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans

charge

written-off

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central and local government

8,191 

0.1 

80 

Finance

34,166 

466 

318 

1.4 

68 

0.9 

43 

13 

Personal

- mortgages

148,237 

5,871 

1,731 

4.0 

29 

1.2 

110 

109 

  

- unsecured

27,482 

2,102 

1,754 

7.6 

83 

6.4 

261 

420 

Property

56,908 

17,315 

11,490 

30.4 

66 

20.2 

(113)

1,189 

Construction

6,261 

1,190 

737 

19.0 

62 

11.8 

68 

65 

Manufacturing

22,491 

651 

472 

2.9 

73 

2.1 

(38)

38 

Finance leases (1)

13,252 

195 

150 

1.5 

77 

1.1 

(1)

38 

Retail, wholesale and repairs

18,031 

1,072 

773 

5.9 

72 

4.3 

111 

97 

Transport and storage

14,415 

1,303 

631 

9.0 

48 

4.4 

32 

31 

Health, education and leisure

15,374 

855 

478 

5.6 

56 

3.1 

(13)

212 

Hotels and restaurants

8,055 

1,341 

770 

16.6 

57 

9.6 

(4)

33 

Utilities

5,432 

120 

76 

2.2 

63 

1.4 

Other

30,653 

1,534 

1,223 

5.0 

80 

4.0 

(1)

241 

Latent

1,789 

(180)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

408,948 

34,020 

22,396 

8.3 

66 

5.5 

281 

2,487 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

112,252 

1,713 

292 

1.5 

17 

0.3 

14 

23 

  - personal lending

16,279 

1,786 

1,578 

11.0 

88 

9.7 

210 

348 

  - property

40,585 

7,943 

4,366 

19.6 

55 

10.8 

(33)

828 

  - construction

4,616 

873 

491 

18.9 

56 

10.6 

26 

44 

  - other

109,618 

3,489 

2,515 

3.2 

72 

2.3 

(71)

514 

Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

16,482 

3,213 

1,288 

19.5 

40 

7.8 

59 

11 

  - personal lending

1,104 

120 

120 

10.9 

100 

10.9 

  - property

10,978 

9,279 

7,081 

84.5 

76 

64.5 

(81)

355 

  - construction

1,240 

308 

237 

24.8 

77 

19.1 

42 

21 

  - other

21,695 

3,558 

3,382 

16.4 

95 

15.6 

24 

179 

US

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

19,115 

927 

147 

4.8 

16 

0.8 

37 

75 

  - personal lending

9,056 

179 

39 

2.0 

22 

0.4 

46 

64 

  - property

4,476 

69 

19 

1.5 

28 

0.4 

  - construction

371 

0.3 

100 

0.3 

  - other

27,838 

260 

609 

0.9 

234 

2.2 

12 

RoW

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

388 

18 

4.6 

22 

1.0 

  - personal lending

1,043 

17 

17 

1.6 

100 

1.6 

  - property

869 

24 

24 

2.8 

100 

2.8 

  - construction

34 

23.5 

100 

23.5 

  - other

10,909 

235 

178 

2.2 

76 

1.6 

(10)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

408,948 

34,020 

22,396 

8.3 

66 

5.5 

281 

2,487 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

28,969 

61 

50 

0.2 

82 

0.2 

(10)

 

For the note to this table refer to the following page.

30

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Loans and related credit metrics: Loans, REIL, provisions and impairments (continued)

 

  

  

  

  

Credit metrics

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

REIL as a

Provisions

Provisions

Year-to-date

Gross

  

  

% of gross

as a %

as a % of

Impairment

Amounts

loans

REIL

Provisions

loans

of REIL

gross loans

charge

written-off

£m

£m

£m

%

%

%

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central and local government

8,643 

100 

Finance

35,948 

593 

292 

1.6 

49 

0.8 

72 

Personal

- mortgages

148,533 

6,025 

1,799 

4.1 

30 

1.2 

392 

441 

  

- unsecured

28,160 

2,417 

1,909 

8.6 

79 

6.8 

415 

861 

Property

62,292 

20,283 

13,189 

32.6 

65 

21.2 

5,130 

1,642 

Construction

6,331 

1,334 

774 

21.1 

58 

12.2 

291 

160 

Manufacturing

21,377 

742 

559 

3.5 

75 

2.6 

195 

104 

Finance leases (1)

13,587 

263 

190 

1.9 

72 

1.4 

16 

121 

Retail, wholesale and repairs

19,574 

1,187 

783 

6.1 

66 

4.0 

268 

128 

Transport and storage

16,697 

1,491 

635 

8.9 

43 

3.8 

487 

229 

Health, education and leisure

16,084 

1,324 

756 

8.2 

57 

4.7 

359 

119 

Hotels and restaurants

6,942 

1,427 

812 

20.6 

57 

11.7 

281 

194 

Utilities

4,960 

131 

80 

2.6 

61 

1.6 

54 

23 

Other

28,624 

2,103 

1,370 

7.3 

65 

4.8 

489 

212 

Latent

2,012 

44 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

417,752 

39,322 

25,162 

9.4 

64 

6.0 

8,427 

4,306 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of which:

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

110,515 

1,900 

319 

1.7 

17 

0.3 

39 

180 

  - personal lending

17,098 

2,052 

1,718 

12.0 

84 

10.0 

264 

681 

  - property

44,252 

9,797 

5,190 

22.1 

53 

11.7 

2,014 

950 

  - construction

4,691 

941 

515 

20.1 

55 

11.0 

194 

159 

  - other

110,466 

4,684 

3,202 

4.2 

68 

2.9 

1,091 

537 

Europe

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

17,540 

3,155 

1,303 

18.0 

41 

7.4 

195 

26 

  - personal lending

1,267 

141 

129 

11.1 

91 

10.2 

19 

26 

  - property

13,177 

10,372 

7,951 

78.7 

77 

60.3 

3,131 

659 

  - construction

979 

351 

227 

35.9 

65 

23.2 

72 

  - other

22,620 

4,057 

3,498 

17.9 

86 

15.5 

1,012 

465 

US

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

19,901 

951 

173 

4.8 

18 

0.9 

161 

233 

  - personal lending

8,722 

207 

45 

2.4 

22 

0.5 

114 

151 

  - property

4,279 

85 

19 

2.0 

22 

0.4 

(11)

25 

  - construction

313 

34 

24 

10.9 

71 

7.7 

25 

  - other

27,887 

198 

589 

0.7 

297 

2.1 

65 

131 

RoW

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - residential mortgages

577 

19 

3.3 

21 

0.7 

(3)

  - personal lending

1,073 

17 

17 

1.6 

100 

1.6 

18 

  - property

584 

29 

29 

5.0 

100 

5.0 

(4)

  - construction

348 

2.3 

100 

2.3 

  - other

11,463 

324 

202 

2.8 

62 

1.8 

31 

69 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

417,752 

39,322 

25,162 

9.4 

64 

6.0 

8,427 

4,306 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Banks

27,640 

70 

63 

0.3 

90 

0.2 

(15)

40 

 

Note:

(1)

Includes instalment credit.

31

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Debt securities

The table below analyses debt securities by issuer and IFRS measurement classifications. US central and local government includes US federal agencies. The financial institutions category includes US government sponsored agencies and securitisation entities, the latter principally relating to asset-backed securities (ABS).

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central and local government

Banks

Other

Corporate

Total

  

  

financial

  

Of which

UK

US

Other

institutions

  

ABS

30 June 2014

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Held-for-trading (HFT)

5,978 

7,805 

28,908 

1,821 

9,089 

2,292 

55,893 

  

6,940 

Designated as at fair value

104 

17 

121 

  

14 

Available-for-sale (AFS)

3,905 

11,613 

10,052 

5,521 

17,436 

171 

48,698 

  

24,104 

Loans and receivables

160 

3,224 

142 

3,526 

  

3,139 

Held-to-maturity (HTM)

4,556 

4,556 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Long positions

14,439 

19,418 

39,064 

7,502 

29,766 

2,605 

112,794 

  

34,197 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which US agencies

5,620 

12,758 

18,378 

  

17,243 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Short positions (HFT)

(4,546)

(10,257)

(20,949)

(821)

(1,245)

(1,042)

(38,860)

  

(34)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Available-for-sale

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross unrealised gains

154 

358 

570 

92 

502 

12 

1,688 

  

599 

Gross unrealised losses

(15)

(90)

(3)

(103)

(265)

(3)

(479)

  

(449)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Held-for-trading

6,764 

10,951 

22,818 

1,720 

12,406 

1,947 

56,606 

  

10,674 

Designated as at fair value

104 

17 

122 

  

15 

Available-for-sale

6,436 

12,880 

10,303 

5,974 

17,330 

184 

53,107 

  

24,174 

Loans and receivables

10 

175 

3,466 

136 

3,788 

  

3,423 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Long positions

13,210 

23,832 

33,225 

7,869 

33,219 

2,268 

113,623 

  

38,286 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Of which US agencies

5,599 

13,132 

18,731 

  

18,048 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Short positions (HFT)

(1,784)

(6,790)

(16,087)

(889)

(1,387)

(826)

(27,763)

  

(36)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Available-for-sale

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Gross unrealised gains

201 

428 

445 

70 

386 

11 

1,541 

  

458 

Gross unrealised losses

(69)

(86)

(32)

(205)

(493)

(2)

(887)

  

(753)

 

Key points

HFT: Holdings of UK and US government bonds, and ABS decreased, reflecting sales and continued focus on balance sheet reduction and capital management in CIB. The increase in other government bonds primarily reflected higher seasonal market activity in bond auctions compared with the year end, partially offset by disposals. The increase in short positions in UK and US government bonds was driven by market conditions and customer demand, while that in other government reflected hedging of higher long positions and customer demand.

AFS: Government securities decreased by £4.0 billion. The decreases in UK, US and other government bonds reflected net disposals as gains were realised, as well as transfers of UK government bonds to HTM in Treasury. Holdings in bank issuances fell by £0.5 billion due to maturities and disposals.

AFS gross unrealised gains and losses: The UK and US government decreases in unrealised gains reflect exposure reductions. The increases in other government reflect market movements, and increases in banks and other financial institutions reflect maturities, disposals and market movements.

 

32

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Debt securities (continued)

 

Ratings

The table below analyses debt securities by issuer and external ratings. Ratings are based on the lowest of Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch.

 

  

Central and local government

Banks 

Other 

Corporate 

Total 

  

  

financial 

  

Of which 

UK 

US 

Other 

institutions 

Total 

ABS 

30 June 2014

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

AAA

15,694 

1,677 

7,572 

18 

24,967 

22 

6,379 

AA to AA+

14,439 

19,412 

8,666 

262 

15,237 

187 

58,203 

52 

19,200 

A to AA-

7,185 

2,886 

980 

430 

11,481 

10 

1,855 

BBB- to A-

7,146 

2,134 

1,939 

1,142 

12,361 

11 

2,902 

Non-investment grade

373 

358 

2,588 

562 

3,881 

2,591 

Unrated

185 

1,450 

266 

1,901 

1,270 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

14,439 

19,418 

39,064 

7,502 

29,766 

2,605 

112,794 

100 

34,197 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

AAA

18 

13,106 

1,434 

8,155 

162 

22,875 

20 

6,796 

AA to AA+

13,210 

23,812 

7,847 

446 

16,825 

138 

62,278 

55 

21,054 

A to AA-

4,200 

1,657 

1,521 

290 

7,668 

1,470 

BBB- to A-

7,572 

3,761 

2,627 

854 

14,814 

13 

4,941 

Non-investment grade

494 

341 

2,444 

427 

3,706 

2,571 

Unrated

230 

1,647 

397 

2,282 

1,454 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

13,210 

23,832 

33,225 

7,869 

33,219 

2,268 

113,623 

100 

38,286 

33

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Derivatives

The table below analyses the bank’s derivatives by type of contract. The master netting arrangements and collateral shown below do not result in a net presentation on the balance sheet under IFRS.

 

  

30 June 2014

  

31 December 2013

  

  

Notional (1)

Assets

Liabilities

  

Notional (1)

Assets

Liabilities

  

  

£bn

£m

£m

  

£bn

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate (2)

29,061 

223,476 

212,861 

  

35,589 

218,041 

208,698 

  

Exchange rate

4,609 

44,151 

47,761 

  

4,555 

61,923 

65,749 

  

Credit

278 

4,362 

4,589 

  

253 

5,306 

5,388 

  

Equity and commodity

80 

2,917 

4,876 

  

81 

2,770 

5,692 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

274,906 

270,087 

  

  

288,040 

285,527 

  

Counterparty mtm netting

  

(227,622)

(227,622)

  

  

(241,265)

(241,265)

*

Cash collateral

  

(26,405)

(23,067)

  

  

(24,423)

(25,302)

*

Securities collateral

  

(4,894)

(10,242)

  

  

(5,990)

(8,257)

*

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net exposure

  

15,985 

9,156 

  

  

16,362 

10,703 

*

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

*Revised

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes exchange traded contracts of £2,749 billion, (31 December 2013 - £2,298 billion) principally interest rate. Trades are margined daily hence carrying values were insignificant: assets - £72 million (31 December 2013 - £69 million) and liabilities - £265 million (31 December 2013 - £299 million).

(2)

Interest rate notional includes £17,606 billion (31 December 2013 - £22,563 billion) in respect of contracts with central clearing counterparties to the extent related assets and liabilities are offset.

 

Key points  

Interest rate contracts: notionals balances were £6.5 trillion lower due to increased participation in trade compression cycles during the first half of 2014, following subdued activity by Tri Optima in 2013. This also resulted in reduced amounts of trades cleared through central clearing counterparties (£5 trillion reduction). The fair value increased due to downward shifts in major yield curves due to volatility in emerging markets at the beginning of the year followed by the European Central Bank’s decision to introduce measures to aid economic recovery in June 2014. This was partially offset by decrease due to the strengthening of GBP against the US Dollar and Euro and participation in tear ups.

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts: decrease in fair value reflects the strengthening of GBP against the US dollar and euro, and the strengthening of Japanese yen against the US dollar, as the portfolio is materially positioned long US dollar and short Japanese yen at 30 June 2014.

 

 

Credit derivatives fair values decreased reflecting tightening credit spreads and compression cycles.

 

 

Uncollateralised derivatives predominantly represent those with large corporates with whom RBS may have netting arrangements in place, but whose business models do not support collateral posting capacity and sovereigns and supranational entities with one way collateral agreements in their favour. In addition there are some uncollateralised derivative positions with banks in certain jurisdictions for example Russia, China, Malaysia which are either uncollateralised or the collateral agreements are not deemed legally enforceable and have therefore been reported as uncollateralised.

 

34

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management (continued) 

 

Problem debt management

For a description of early problem identification and problem debt management processes, refer to pages 237 to 246 of the 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

Wholesale forbearance

The table below shows the loans (excluding loans where the bank has initiated recovery procedures) for which forbearance was completed during H1 2014, by sector and between performing and non-performing.

 

  

Half year ended

  

Year ended

  

30 June 2014

  

31 December 2013

  

  

Non-

Provision

  

  

Non-

Provision

  

Performing

performing

coverage (2)

  

Performing

performing

coverage (2)

Sector

£m

£m

%

  

£m

£m

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Property

704 

3,298 

59 

  

1,759 

4,802 

60 

Transport

192 

218 

36 

  

1,016 

229 

34 

Retail and leisure

296 

195 

50 

  

455 

390 

37 

Services

342 

115 

42 

  

405 

234 

77 

Other

461 

162 

61 

  

670 

510 

27 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

1,995 

3,988 

57 

  

4,305 

6,165 

55 

 

The table below analyses the incidence of the main types of wholesale forbearance arrangements by loan value.

  

Half year ended

Year ended

  

30 June

31 December

  

2014 

2013 

Arrangement type (3)

%

%

  

  

  

Payment concessions and loan rescheduling

84 

78 

Other (4)

31 

Covenant-only concessions

28 

16 

Forgiveness of all or part of the outstanding debt

Variation in margin

 

Notes:

(1)

The data reflected changes in methodology highlighted in the 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F, and also the removal in April of the reporting threshold for forbearance data capture.

(2)

Provision coverage reflects impairment provision as a percentage of non performing loan.

(3)

The total exceeds 100% as an individual case can involve more than one type of arrangement.

(4)

Principally formal standstill agreements and release of security.

 

Key points

Forbearance completed on loans decreased during the first half of 2014 compared with the second half of 2013. This was in line both with improving market conditions and the RCR disposal strategy.

 

 

Forbearance continued to be granted in sectors that have experienced financial stress in recent years. The property sector remained the greatest contributor to the forborne portfolio, while there was a marked fall in the transport sector during the period. Some 70% of completed forbearance in the half year related to RCR loans, of which 60% were originated by Ulster Bank. Of the forbearance granted on non-performing loans, 65% related to loans originated by Ulster Bank.

35

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management (continued) 

 

Problem debt management (continued) 

 

Key points (continued) 

Provisions for the non-performing loans disclosed above are individually assessed and therefore not directly comparable across periods. Provision coverage remained stable in H1.

 

 

At 30 June 2014 loans totalling £5.9 billion (31 December 2013 - £9.4 billion) had been granted credit approval for forbearance but had not yet been formally documented and were not being managed in accordance with the approved forbearance strategy. These loans are referred to as “in process” and are not included in the tables above, but 86% were non-performing (31 December 2013 - 84%) with an associated provision coverage of 54% (31 December 2013 - 44%). The principal types of forbearance offered were consistent with the completed forbearance population. The amount of in-process forbearance fell materially in line with the completion of forbearance during H1 and with disposals in RCR, which were not offset by new in-process cases.

 

Retail forbearance

The table below shows the loans for which forbearance was agreed during H1 2014 split between performing and non-performing by segment.

 

  

  

Ulster

Private

  

  

  

UK PBB

Bank

Banking

CFG

Total

Half year ended 30 June 2014

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performing forbearance in the half year

675 

1,487 

106 

2,268 

Non-performing forbearance in the half year

53 

824 

44 

42 

963 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total forbearance in the half year

728 

2,311 

150 

42 

3,231 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Performing forbearance in the year

1,332 

2,223 

41 

3,596 

Non-performing forbearance in the year

186 

1,213 

22 

101 

1,522 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total forbearance in the year

1,518 

3,436 

63 

101 

5,118 

36

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management (continued) 

 

Problem debt management: Retail forbearance (continued)

The mortgage arrears information for retail accounts in forbearance and related provision at the end of the period are shown in the tables below.

  

No missed

  

1-3 months

  

>3 months

  

  

  

  

  

payments

  

in arrears

  

in arrears

  

Total

  

Balance

Provision

  

Balance

Provision

  

Balance

Provision

  

Balance

Provision

Forborne balances (1)

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK PBB (2,3)

4,556 

19 

  

401 

20 

  

385 

42 

  

5,342 

81 

5.2 

Ulster Bank (2,3)

1,930 

190 

  

697 

159 

  

879 

265 

  

3,506 

614 

19.3 

Private Banking

105 

  

  

  

114 

1.3 

CFG

302 

29 

  

21 

  

51 

  

374 

30 

2.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

6,893 

240 

  

1,122 

180 

  

1,321 

307 

  

9,336 

727 

6.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK PBB (2,3)

4,596 

17 

  

426 

23 

  

424 

51 

  

5,446 

91 

5.5 

Ulster Bank (2,3)

1,362 

166 

  

631 

76 

  

789 

323 

  

2,782 

565 

14.6 

Private Banking

112 

  

  

  

127 

1.5 

CFG

287 

26 

  

33 

  

53 

  

373 

29 

1.9 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

6,357 

212 

  

1,096 

102 

  

1,275 

374 

  

8,728 

688 

6.0 

 

Notes:

(1)

As a percentage of mortgage loans.

(2)

Forbearance in UK PBB and Ulster Bank includes all changes to the contractual payment terms, including those where the customer is up-to-date on payments and there is no evidence of financial difficulty.

(3)

Includes the current stock position of forbearance deals agreed since early 2008 for UK PBB and early 2009 for Ulster Bank.

 

The incidence of the main types of retail forbearance on the balance sheet are analysed below.

 

  

  

Ulster

Private

  

  

  

UK PBB

Bank

Banking

CFG

Total (1)

30 June 2014

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest only conversions - temporary and permanent

1,705 

448 

2,154 

Term extensions - capital repayment and interest only

2,529 

447 

33 

51 

3,060 

Payment concessions

255 

1,934 

11 

237 

2,437 

Capitalisation of arrears

907 

1,089 

1,996 

Other

307 

69 

86 

462 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

5,703 

3,918 

114 

374 

10,109 

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest only conversions - temporary and permanent

1,784 

512 

2,296 

Term extensions - capital repayment and interest only

2,478 

325 

29 

35 

2,867 

Payment concessions

241 

1,567 

12 

246 

2,066 

Capitalisation of arrears

907 

494 

1,401 

Other

366 

86 

92 

544 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

5,776 

2,898 

127 

373 

9,174 

 

Note:

(1)

As an individual case can include more than one type of arrangement. The analysis in the forbearance arrangements table exceeds the total value of cases subject to forbearance.

37

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Problem debt management: Retail forbearance (continued)

 

Key points

 

UK PBB

The flow of new forbearance, £341 million in the second quarter of 2014, continued on a downward trend compared with the average of £409 million per quarter in the preceding four quarters. The flow for H1 2014 was £728 million.

 

 

The 24 month rolling stock of forbearance (where it was provided in the previous 24 months) fell by 13% to £1.7 billion at 30 June 2014 from £2.0 billion at 31 December 2013.

 

 

5.2% of total mortgage assets (£5.3 billion) were subject to a forbearance arrangement from January 2008. This represented a decrease of 1.9% from 31 December 2013 (£5.4 billion).

 

 

Approximately 85% of forbearance loans (31 December 2013 - 84%) were up-to-date with payments compared with approximately 98% of assets not subject to forbearance activity.

 

 

The majority (96%) of UK PBB forbearance was permanent in nature (term extensions, capitalisation of arrears, historical conversions to interest only). Temporary forbearance comprises payment concessions, such as reduced or deferred payments, with arrangements typically agreed for a period between three and six months.

 

 

The most frequently occurring forbearance types were term extensions (44% of forbearance loans at 30 June 2014), interest only conversions (30%) and capitalisations of arrears (16%). Conversions to interest only have only been permitted on a very exceptional basis since the fourth quarter of 2012 and have not been permitted for customers in financial difficulty since 2009.

 

 

The impairment provision cover on forbearance mortgages remained significantly higher than that on assets not subject to forbearance.

 

Ulster Bank

At 30 June 2014, 19.3% (£3.5 billion) of Ulster Bank's mortgage loans were subject to forbearance arrangements, an increase from 14.6% (£2.8 billion) at 31 December 2013. This reflected Ulster Bank's strategy of seeking to help customers facing financial difficulties.

The increase in forbearance stock from 31 December 2013 to 30 June 2014 is attributable to customers entering forbearance for the first time (48%), customers re-entering forbearance (33%) and methodology refinements primarily relating to exit criteria (19%). The number of customers approaching Ulster Bank for assistance for the first time fell in Q2 2014 compared with Q4 2013.

There was continued increase in the proportion of longer-term forbearance solutions granted by Ulster Bank. As a percentage of the total, 55% of forbearance loans were subject to a longer term arrangement at 30 June 2014 (31 December 2013 - 41%). Capitalisations represented 28% (December 2013 - 17%), term extensions 11% (31 December 2013 - 11%) and interest rate discounts 16% (31 December 2013 - 13%) of the total forbearance portfolio at 30 June 2014. Interest rate discounts are offered for periods of up to eight years and incorporate a payment concession based on the customer’s ability to pay.

The remaining forbearance loans were temporary concessions accounting for 45% of the total forborne population, (31 December 2013 - 59%). Interest only arrangements decreased during 2014 to 11% of forbearance loans at 30 June 2014 (31 December 2013 - 18%). Payment concessions (excluding interest rate discounts) represented the remaining 34% (31 December 2013 - 41%). 

The proportion of forbearance arrangements that were less than 90 days in arrears increased from 72% (31 December 2013) to 75% (30 June 2014).

38

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Key loan portfolios

 

Commercial real estate

The commercial real estate sector comprises exposures to entities involved in the development of, or investment in, commercial and residential properties (including house builders). The analysis of lending utilisations below is gross of impairment provisions and excludes rate risk management and contingent obligations.

  

30 June 2014

  

31 December 2013

  

Investment 

Development 

Total 

  

Investment 

Development 

Total 

By franchise (1)

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

PBB

4,904 

886 

5,790 

  

7,350 

1,228 

8,578 

CPB

16,639 

2,844 

19,483 

  

16,616 

2,957 

19,573 

CIB

1,158 

227 

1,385 

  

898 

183 

1,081 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

22,701 

3,957 

26,658 

  

24,864 

4,368 

29,232 

CFG

4,270 

4,270 

  

4,018 

4,018 

RCR/Non-Core

10,700 

7,564 

18,264 

  

11,624 

7,704 

19,328 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

37,671 

11,521 

49,192 

  

40,506 

12,072 

52,578 

 

  

Investment

  

Development

  

  

Commercial

Residential

Total 

  

Commercial

Residential

Total 

Total

By geography (1)

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK (excluding NI (2))

20,384 

5,199 

25,583 

  

614 

3,700 

4,314 

29,897 

Ireland (ROI and NI (2))

3,431 

936 

4,367 

  

1,814 

4,925 

6,739 

11,106 

Western Europe (other)

2,296 

120 

2,416 

  

220 

28 

248 

2,664 

US

3,796 

1,140 

4,936 

  

13 

13 

4,949 

RoW (2)

365 

369 

  

207 

207 

576 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30,272 

7,399 

37,671 

  

2,648 

8,873 

11,521 

49,192 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK (excluding NI (2))

20,861 

5,008 

25,869 

  

678 

3,733 

4,411 

30,280 

Ireland (ROI and NI (2))

4,405 

1,028 

5,433 

  

1,919 

5,532 

7,451 

12,884 

Western Europe (other)

4,068 

183 

4,251 

  

22 

17 

39 

4,290 

US

3,563 

1,076 

4,639 

  

4,647 

RoW (2)

314 

314 

  

30 

133 

163 

477 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

33,211 

7,295 

40,506 

  

2,649 

9,423 

12,072 

52,578 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

For the notes to these tables refer to the following page.

  

  

  

  

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Key loan portfolios: Commercial real estate (continued)

 

By sub-sector (1)

  

Ireland 

Western 

  

  

  

UK 

(ROI and 

Europe 

  

  

  

(excl NI (2))

 NI (2))

(other)

US 

RoW (2)

Total 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential

8,899 

5,860 

149 

1,153 

211 

16,272 

Office

3,972 

727 

1,009 

57 

89 

5,854 

Retail

6,699 

918 

367 

215 

78 

8,277 

Industrial

2,892 

423 

22 

14 

3,352 

Mixed/other

7,435 

3,178 

1,117 

3,523 

184 

15,437 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

29,897 

11,106 

2,664 

4,949 

576 

49,192 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Residential

8,740 

6,560 

200 

1,085 

133 

16,718 

Office

4,557 

813 

1,439 

32 

121 

6,962 

Retail

6,979 

1,501 

967 

84 

73 

9,604 

Industrial

3,078 

454 

43 

30 

13 

3,618 

Mixed/other

6,926 

3,556 

1,641 

3,416 

137 

15,676 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30,280 

12,884 

4,290 

4,647 

477 

52,578 

 

Notes:

(1)

Data at 30 June 2014 includes commercial real estate lending from Private Banking in CPB of £1.3 billion that was excluded from the tables showing 31 December 2013 data.

(2)

ROI: Republic of Ireland; NI: Northern Ireland; RoW: Rest of World.

 

Key points

In line with the bank’s strategy, overall gross lending exposure to commercial real estate fell by £3.4 billion, or 6% during the first half of 2014. Most of the decrease occurred in RCR exposure originated by Ulster Bank and CIB and was due to repayments, asset sales and write-offs.

 

 

The RCR portfolio totalled £18.3 billion, representing 37% of the bank’s portfolio at 30 June 2014. Geographically, 54% of the portfolio was held in Ireland, 31% in the UK, and 14% in Western Europe.

 

 

Following disposals in the RCR portfolio which were concentrated in Ireland and western Europe (mainly in Germany), the commercial real estate portfolio was more focused on the UK market which represented 61% of the CRE portfolio (31 December 2013 - 58%). Approximately 45% of the UK portfolio was held in London and the south east of England at 30 June 2014 (31 December 2013 - 47%). The overall mix of sub-sector and investments and development remained broadly unchanged. A significant increase in new business in UK residential development during the first half of 2014 to support new housing construction was offset by repayments of maturing loans, in addition to timing issues with recently agreed loans expected to be drawn as construction progressed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Key loan portfolios: Commercial real estate (continued)

  

RCR

  

Rest of the Bank

  

Bank

Loan-to-value ratio

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

<= 50%

435 

67 

502 

  

8,675 

179 

8,854 

  

9,110 

246 

9,356 

> 50% and <= 70%

861 

302 

1,163 

  

9,657 

335 

9,992 

  

10,518 

637 

11,155 

> 70% and <= 90%

836 

673 

1,509 

  

2,297 

420 

2,717 

  

3,133 

1,093 

4,226 

> 90% and <= 100%

137 

214 

351 

  

490 

165 

655 

  

627 

379 

1,006 

> 100% and <= 110%

88 

761 

849 

  

248 

127 

375 

  

336 

888 

1,224 

> 110% and <= 130%

142 

842 

984 

  

327 

215 

542 

  

469 

1,057 

1,526 

> 130% and <= 150%

20 

875 

895 

  

166 

215 

381 

  

186 

1,090 

1,276 

> 150%

88 

6,685 

6,773 

  

244 

565 

809 

  

332 

7,250 

7,582 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total with LTVs

2,607 

10,419 

13,026 

  

22,104 

2,221 

24,325 

  

24,711 

12,640 

37,351 

Minimal security (1)

3,394 

3,401 

  

31 

40 

  

16 

3,425 

3,441 

Other (2)

233 

1,604 

1,837 

  

5,928 

635 

6,563 

  

6,161 

2,239 

8,400 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

2,847 

15,417 

18,264 

  

28,041 

2,887 

30,928 

  

30,888 

18,304 

49,192 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total portfolio

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  average LTV (3)

77%

300%

255%

  

58%

141%

65%

  

60%

273%

132%

 

  

Non-Core

  

Rest of the Bank

  

Bank

  

  

Non- 

  

  

  

Non- 

  

  

  

Non- 

  

  

Performing 

performing 

Total 

  

Performing 

performing 

Total 

  

Performing 

performing 

Total 

31 December 2013

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

<= 50%

419 

142 

561 

  

7,589 

143 

7,732 

  

8,008 

285 

8,293 

> 50% and <= 70%

867 

299 

1,166 

  

9,366 

338 

9,704 

  

10,233 

637 

10,870 

> 70% and <= 90%

1,349 

956 

2,305 

  

2,632 

405 

3,037 

  

3,981 

1,361 

5,342 

> 90% and <= 100%

155 

227 

382 

  

796 

295 

1,091 

  

951 

522 

1,473 

> 100% and <= 110%

168 

512 

680 

  

643 

327 

970 

  

811 

839 

1,650 

> 110% and <= 130%

127 

1,195 

1,322 

  

444 

505 

949 

  

571 

1,700 

2,271 

> 130% and <= 150%

13 

703 

716 

  

356 

896 

1,252 

  

369 

1,599 

1,968 

> 150%

69 

7,503 

7,572 

  

400 

1,864 

2,264 

  

469 

9,367 

9,836 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total with LTVs

3,167 

11,537 

14,704 

  

22,226 

4,773 

26,999 

  

25,393 

16,310 

41,703 

Minimal security (1)

51 

3,069 

3,120 

  

88 

97 

  

60 

3,157 

3,217 

Other (2)

108 

1,396 

1,504 

  

5,266 

888 

6,154 

  

5,374 

2,284 

7,658 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

3,326 

16,002 

19,328 

  

27,501 

5,749 

33,250 

  

30,827 

21,751 

52,578 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total portfolio

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  average LTV (3)

75%

292%

245%

  

64%

187%

85%

  

65%

261%

142%

 

Notes:

(1)

Total portfolio average LTV is quoted net of loans with minimal security given that the anticipated recovery rate is less than 10%. Provisions are marked against these loans where required to reflect the relevant asset quality and recovery profile.

(2)

Other non-performing loans of £2.2 billion (31 December 2013 - £2.3 billion) were subject to standard provisioning policies. Other performing loans of £6.2 billion (31 December 2013 - £5.4 billion) included general corporate loans, typically unsecured, to commercial real estate companies, and major UK house builders in addition to facilities supported by guarantees. The credit quality of these exposures was consistent with that of the performing portfolio overall.

(3)

Weighted average by exposure.

 

 

 

 

41

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Key loan portfolios: Commercial real estate (continued)

 

Key points

The average LTV for the performing book improved from 65% to 60% during the last six months. The performing book in the UK had a slightly better LTV at 56%. The reductions in the higher LTV buckets occurred mainly in the RCR book originated by Ulster Bank and CIB, reflecting reductions through repayments, asset sales and write-offs. The reductions were also reflected in the greater than 150% LTV bucket, occurring mainly in Ireland and Western Europe. RCR-Ulster Bank accounted for the growth in minimal security which was at the final stage of a reduction strategy - these are fully provided for.

 

 

Interest payable on outstanding performing investment property secured loans was covered 1.4x and 2.9x within RCR and RBS excluding RCR, respectively.

 

 

The proportion of the portfolio managed within the bank’s standard credit processes increased from 47% at 31 December 2013 to 54% at 30 June 2014, while the proportion of the portfolio in AQ10 decreased from 22% to 18% during the period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Key loan portfolios

 

Residential mortgages

Total gross mortgage lending of £148.2 billion (31 December 2013 - £148.5 billion) comprised 36% of gross lending of £408.9 billion (31 December 2013 - £417.8 billion). The table below shows LTVs for the bank’s major residential mortgage portfolio totalling £147.7 billion (31 December 2013 - £146.7 billion) split between performing (AQ1-AQ9) and non-performing (AQ10), with the average LTV calculated on a weighted value basis. Loan balances are shown at the end of the period whereas property values are calculated using property index movements since the last formal valuation.

 

  

UK PBB

  

Ulster Bank

  

Private Banking

  

CFG

Loan-to-value ratio by value

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

<= 50%

28,641 

321 

28,962 

  

2,078 

163 

2,241 

  

3,486 

3,494 

  

4,532 

91 

4,623 

> 50% and <= 70%

36,288 

661 

36,949 

  

1,885 

175 

2,060 

  

3,546 

15 

3,561 

  

5,489 

81 

5,570 

> 70% and <= 90%

27,961 

814 

28,775 

  

2,416 

257 

2,673 

  

1,344 

39 

1,383 

  

5,559 

103 

5,662 

> 90% and <= 100%

4,352 

269 

4,621 

  

1,248 

142 

1,390 

  

86 

95 

  

1,212 

36 

1,248 

> 100% and <= 110%

1,344 

149 

1,493 

  

1,313 

174 

1,487 

  

70 

10 

80 

  

680 

23 

703 

> 110% and <= 130%

399 

72 

471 

  

2,397 

428 

2,825 

  

24 

30 

  

530 

14 

544 

> 130% and <= 150%

29 

34 

  

2,139 

525 

2,664 

  

12 

16 

  

127 

130 

> 150%

  

1,777 

1,020 

2,797 

  

39 

46 

  

60 

63 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total with LTVs

99,014 

2,291 

101,305 

  

15,253 

2,884 

18,137 

  

8,607 

98 

8,705 

  

18,189 

354 

18,543 

Other (2)

506 

27 

533 

  

  

46 

47 

  

382 

385 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

99,520 

2,318 

101,838 

  

15,253 

2,884 

18,137 

  

8,653 

99 

8,752 

  

18,571 

357 

18,928 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total portfolio average LTV (3)

61%

73%

61%

  

99%

128%

104%

  

52%

80%

53%

  

66%

69%

66%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average LTV on new originations

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  during the half year (3)

  

  

71%

  

  

  

70%

  

  

  

59%

  

  

  

68%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

For the notes to this table refer to the following page.

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

43

 


 

 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Key loan portfolios: Residential mortgages (continued)

 

  

UK PBB

  

Ulster Bank

  

Private Banking

  

CFG

Loan-to-value ratio by value

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

  

  

Non-

  

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

Performing

performing

Total

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

£m

 £m 

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

<= 50%

26,392 

313 

26,705 

  

2,025 

170 

2,195 

  

3,400 

16 

3,416 

  

4,669 

98 

4,767 

> 50% and <= 70%

34,699 

591 

35,290 

  

1,837 

195 

2,032 

  

3,397 

20 

3,417 

  

5,529 

89 

5,618 

> 70% and <= 90%

28,920 

854 

29,774 

  

2,326 

288 

2,614 

  

1,337 

44 

1,381 

  

5,553 

110 

5,663 

> 90% and <= 100%

4,057 

315 

4,372 

  

1,214 

162 

1,376 

  

87 

94 

  

1,309 

39 

1,348 

> 100% and <= 110%

1,790 

182 

1,972 

  

1,302 

182 

1,484 

  

87 

15 

102 

  

752 

22 

774 

> 110% and <= 130%

552 

100 

652 

  

2,509 

461 

2,970 

  

27 

33 

  

637 

17 

654 

> 130% and <= 150%

37 

42 

  

2,202 

549 

2,751 

  

  

183 

188 

> 150%

  

2,385 

1,227 

3,612 

  

24 

30 

  

102 

106 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total with LTVs

96,447 

2,360 

98,807 

  

15,800 

3,234 

19,034 

  

8,363 

118 

8,481 

  

18,734 

384 

19,118 

Other (2)

511 

20 

531 

  

  

215 

220 

  

463 

466 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

96,958 

2,380 

99,338 

  

15,800 

3,234 

19,034 

  

8,578 

123 

8,701 

  

19,197 

387 

19,584 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total portfolio average LTV (3)

62%

75%

62%

  

103%

130%

108%

  

51%

77%

51%

  

67%

69%

67%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average LTV on new originations

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  during the year (3)

  

  

67%

  

  

  

73%

  

  

  

52%

  

  

  

68%

 

Notes:

(1)

Includes residential mortgages and home equity loans and lines (refer to page 46 for a breakdown of balances).

(2)

Where no indexed LTV is held.

(3)

Average LTV weighted by value is calculated using the LTV on each individual mortgage and applying a weighting based on the value of each mortgage.

 

44

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Key loan portfolios: Residential mortgages (continued)

 

Key points

 

UK PBB

The UK PBB mortgage portfolio was £101.8 billion at 30 June 2014. This showed an increase of 2.5% from 31 December 2013. The portfolio included £10.0 billion (31 December 2013 - £9.1 billion) of residential buy-to-let lending.

 

 

At 30 June 2014, approximately 51% of the portfolio consisted of fixed rate mortgages. Mortgages featuring a combination of fixed and variable rates made up 4% of the portfolio. The remainder were variable rate mortgages (including those on managed rates). The interest only proportion of the total portfolio was 24%. A further 7% of mortgages were on a combination of interest only plus capital and interest repayments.

 

 

Based on the Halifax Price Index at March 2014, the portfolio average indexed LTV by volume was 53.4% (31 December 2013 - 54.1%) and 61.0% by weighted value of debt outstanding (31 December 2013 - 62.0%). The ratio of total outstanding balances to total indexed property valuations was 44.5% (31 December 2013 - 45.1%).

 

 

Gross new mortgage lending amounted to £9.8 billion in H1 2014 and included £873 million of lending with an LTV of greater than 90% under the government-guaranteed Help To Buy scheme. The new mortgage business average LTV by volume was 68.2% compared to 62.7% at 31 December 2013, including the effect of the Help-to-Buy scheme. The average LTV calculated by weighted value was 70.8% (31 December 2013 - 66.6%).

 

 

All new mortgage business was subject to a comprehensive assessment. This included: i) an affordability test which featured a stressed interest rate that is higher than the customer pay rate; ii) loan to income ratio caps; iii) credit scoring; iv) a maximum loan-to-value of 90% with the exception of the government-backed Help-To-Buy mortgages (from the fourth quarter of 2013), New Buy and My New Home products where lending of up to 95% is provided; and v) a range of policy rules that restricted the availability of credit to borrowers with higher risk characteristics, for example those exhibiting a high level of indebtedness or adverse payment behaviour on previous borrowings.

 

 

The arrears rate (defined as more than three payments in arrears, excluding repossessions and shortfalls post property sale), fell to 1.1% (31 December 2013 - 1.3%). The number of properties repossessed in H1 2014 was 657 compared with 796 in H2 2013. Arrears rates remained sensitive to economic developments and the interest rate environment.

 

 

The impairment charge for mortgage loans was £5 million in H1 2014 compared with £26 million in H1 2013 and £5 million in H2 2013. The decline reflected stable default rates and one-off reductions in loss rates as valuations improved on properties held as security on defaulted debt.

 

Ulster Bank

Ulster Bank’s residential mortgage portfolio was £18.1 billion at 30 June 2014, with 88% held in the Republic of Ireland and 12% in Northern Ireland. At constant exchange rates, the portfolio decreased 1.4 % from 31 December 2013 (£19.0 billion) as a result of amortisations exceeding the value of new business in the period. The portfolio included £2.1 billion (12%) of residential buy-to-let loans.

 

 

Approximately 66% of the portfolio consisted of tracker rate loans, 23% variable rate loans and 11% fixed rate loans. Interest only represented the remaining 8% of the portfolio.

 

 

 

 

45

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Key loan portfolios: Residential mortgages (continued)

 

Key points (continued) 

 

Ulster Bank (continued) 

The portfolio average indexed LTV fell 4% during H1 2014 to 104% (31 December 2013 - 108%) reflecting positive house price index trends over the previous 12 months.

 

 

The average individual LTV on new originations was 70% in 2014 (31 December 2013 - 73%).

 

 

The arrears rate (defined as more than three payments in arrears, excluding repossessions and shortfalls after property sale), fell to 15.9% (31 December 2013 - 17.0%). The number of properties repossessed in H1 2014 was 169 compared with 262 for the full year of 2013. Arrears rates remained sensitive to economic developments.

 

 

The impairment charge for mortgage loans for H1 was £36 million for H1 2014, compared with £91 million at H1 2013.

 

CFG

CFG’s real estate portfolio consisted of £6.4 billion (31 December 2013 - £5.9 billion) of residential mortgages (1% in second lien position) and £12.5 billion (31 December 2013 - £13.5 billion) of home equity loans and lines (first and second liens). Home equity loans and lines included 44% in first lien position. CFG continued to focus on its ‘footprint states’ of New England, Mid Atlantic and Mid West regions. At 30 June 2014, 82% of the portfolio was within footprint (31 December 2013 - 84%).

 

 

The serviced-by-others (SBO) book decreased from £1.4 billion at 31 December 2013 to £1.3 billion at 30 June 2014. The arrears rate of the SBO portfolio remained stable at 1.5% during the period. The reduction in the charge-off rate from 4.4% annualised during the fourth quarter of 2013 to 2.3% during the second quarter of 2014 was driven by better than expected recoveries.

 

 

The weighted average LTV of the portfolio was broadly stable during the period. The weighted average LTV of the portfolio, excluding the SBO portfolio, was 59% (31 December 2013 - 64%).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Key loan portfolios (continued) 

 

Interest only retail loans

The bank’s interest only retail loan portfolios include interest only mortgage lending in PBB, CPB and CFG portfolios of home equity lines of credit (HELOC) and interest only mortgage portfolios.

 

  

30 June 2014

  

31 December 2013

  

Mortgages 

Other loans 

  

Mortgages 

Other loans 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Variable rate

32.2 

1.9 

  

34.8 

1.3 

Fixed rate

9.3 

0.1 

  

8.0 

0.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest only loans

41.5 

2.0 

  

42.8 

1.4 

Mixed repayment (1)

8.5 

  

8.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

50.0 

2.0 

  

51.1 

1.4 

 

Note:

(1)

Mortgages with partial interest only and partial capital repayments.

 

Key points

The bank continued to reduce its exposure to interest only mortgages in H1. UK PBB ceased offering interest only mortgages to residential owner occupied customers with effect from 1 December 2012. Interest only repayment terms remain an option for buy-to-let mortgages.

 

 

Ulster Bank withdrew interest only as a standard mortgage offering for new lending in the Republic of Ireland in 2010 and in Northern Ireland in 2012. Interest only mortgages are now granted on a very limited basis to high net worth customers or those granted forbearance.

 

 

CFG offers its customers interest only mortgages and conventional HELOC which enter an amortising repayment period after the interest only period.

 

 

CPB offers interest only mortgages to its high net worth customers.

 

Based on its historical analyses of customers’ behaviour, the bank recognises impairment provisions in respect of loans in its interest only portfolios (PBB - two years; CFG - one year) that are approaching their contractual maturity. These impairment provisions are reassessed as new trends and data become available.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Key loan portfolios: Interest only retail loans (continued)

The tables below analyse the bank’s interest only mortgage and HELOC portfolios (excluding mixed repayment mortgages) by originating business, by type, and by contractual year of maturity.

 

  

Bullet 

  

Total 

Proportion of

principal 

Conversion 

 mortgage 

 repayment 

 to amortising 

 lending 

30 June 2014

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

UK PBB

24.6 

24.6 

24.2 

Ulster Bank

0.7 

0.9 

1.6 

8.8 

Private Banking

6.0 

6.0 

68.6 

CFG

0.2 

9.1 

9.3 

49.1 

  

  

  

  

  

Total

31.5 

10.0 

41.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

UK PBB

25.4 

25.4 

25.6 

Ulster Bank

0.7 

1.4 

2.1 

11.0 

Private Banking

6.0 

6.0 

69.0 

CFG

0.4 

8.9 

9.3 

47.5 

  

  

  

  

  

Total

32.5 

10.3 

42.8 

  

 

  

 2014 (1)

2015-16 

2017-21 

2022-26 

2027-31 

2032-41 

After 

Total 

2041

30 June 2014

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Bullet principal repayment (2)

1.0 

2.7 

6.7 

5.7 

7.6 

7.4 

0.4 

31.5 

Conversion to amortising (2,3)

0.5 

2.3 

5.0 

2.2 

10.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

1.5 

5.0 

11.7 

7.9 

7.6 

7.4 

0.4 

41.5 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 2014 (1)

2015-16 

2017-21 

2022-26 

2027-31 

2032-41 

After 

Total 

  

 2041 

31 December 2013

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Bullet principal repayment (2)

0.9 

2.1 

6.0 

7.6 

7.9 

7.5 

0.5 

32.5 

Conversion to amortising (2,3)

1.9 

6.0 

2.2 

0.1 

0.1 

10.3 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

2.8 

8.1 

8.2 

7.7 

7.9 

7.6 

0.5 

42.8 

 

Notes:

(1)

2014 includes pre-2014 maturity exposure.

(2)

Includes £2.2 billion (31 December 2013 - £2.3 billion) of repayment mortgages that have been granted interest only concessions (forbearance).

(3)

Maturity date relates to the expiry of the interest only period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

 


 

 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Key loan portfolios: Interest only retail loans (continued)

 

UK PBB

UK PBB’s interest only mortgages require full principal repayment (a ‘bullet’ payment) at the time of maturity. Typically such loans have remaining terms of between 14 and 19 years. Customers are reminded of the need to have an adequate repayment vehicle in place during the mortgage term.

 

 

Of the bullet loans that matured in the six months to 31 December 2013, 63% had been fully repaid by 30 June 2014. The unpaid balance totalled £48 million, of which 96% of loans continued to meet agreed payment arrangements (including balances with a term extension agreed on either a capital and interest or interest only basis). Of the £48 million unpaid balance, 66% of the loans had an indexed LTV of 70% or less with 10% above 90%. Customers may be offered an extension to the term of an interest only mortgage or a conversion of such a mortgage to a capital and interest mortgage, subject to affordability and characteristics such as their income and ultimate repayment vehicle. The majority of term extensions in UK PBB are classified as forbearance and subject to the associated higher provision cover.

 

Ulster Bank

Ulster Bank’s interest only mortgages require full principal repayment (a ‘bullet’ payment) at the time of maturity; or payment of both capital and interest from the end of the interest only period - typically seven years - so that customers meet their contractual repayment obligations. Contact strategies are in place for appropriate customers to remind them of the need to repay the principal at the end of the mortgage term.

 

 

Of the bullet mortgages that matured in the six months to 31 December 2013 (£2.3 million), 36% had fully repaid by 30 June 2014 leaving residual balances of £1.5 million, 80% of which were meeting the terms of a revised repayment schedule. Of the amortising loans that matured in the six months to 31 December 2013 (£109 million), 64% were either fully repaid or meeting the terms of a revised repayment schedule.

 

CFG

CFG had a closed book of interest only HELOC loans at 30 June 2014 of £0.3 billion at 30 June 2014, for which repayment of principal is due at maturity. It also had an interest only portfolio comprising loans that convert to amortising after an interest only period that is typically 10 years (£10.0 billion at 30 June 2014 of which £9.1 billion were HELOCs). The majority of the bullet loans are due to mature between 2014 and 2015.

 

 

Of the bullet loans that matured in the six months to 31 December 2013, 74% had fully been refinanced or repaid by 30 June 2014 with residual balances of £22 million. 65% (of £22 million) of which were up-to-date with their payments. For those loans that convert to amortising, the typical uplift in payments was 169% (average uplift calculated at £139 per month).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Key loan portfolios: Interest only retail loans (continued)

The tables below analyse the bank’s retail mortgage and HELOC portfolios split between interest only mortgages (excluding mixed repayment mortgages) and other mortgage loans.

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest only

  

  

30 June 2014

Bullet principal

Conversion

  

  

repayment

to amortising

Other

Total

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

  

Arrears status

  

  

  

  

Curren

30.4 

9.4 

99.5 

139.3 

1 to 90 days in arrears

0.6 

0.4 

2.9 

3.9 

90+ days in arrears

0.5 

0.2 

3.8 

4.5 

  

  

  

  

  

Total

31.5 

10.0 

106.2 

147.7 

 

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Arrears status

  

  

  

  

Curren

31.2 

9.6 

97.0 

137.8 

1 to 90 days in arrears

0.7 

0.4 

2.8 

3.9 

90+ days in arrears

0.6 

0.3 

4.1 

5.0 

  

  

  

  

  

Total

32.5 

10.3 

103.9 

146.7 

 

30 June 2014

Interest 

  

  

 only 

Other 

Total

£bn 

£bn 

£bn 

  

  

  

  

Current LTV

  

  

  

<= 50%

12.1 

27.2 

39.3 

> 50% and <= 70%

14.7 

33.4 

48.1 

> 70% and <= 90%

9.5 

29.0 

38.5 

> 90% and <= 100%

2.3 

5.1 

7.4 

> 100% and <= 110%

1.3 

2.5 

3.8 

> 110% and <= 130%

0.8 

3.1 

3.9 

> 130% and <= 150%

0.4 

2.4 

2.8 

> 150%

0.4 

2.5 

2.9 

  

  

  

  

Total with LTVs

41.5 

105.2 

146.7 

Other

1.0 

1.0 

  

  

  

  

Total

41.5 

106.2 

147.7 

 

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Current LTV

  

  

  

<= 50%

10.8 

26.3 

37.1 

> 50% and <= 70%

14.6 

31.8 

46.4 

> 70% and <= 90%

10.8 

28.6 

39.4 

> 90% and <= 100%

2.6 

4.6 

7.2 

> 100% and <= 110%

1.5 

2.8 

4.3 

> 110% and <= 130%

0.9 

3.4 

4.3 

> 130% and <= 150%

0.5 

2.5 

3.0 

> 150%

0.7 

3.1 

3.8 

  

  

  

  

Total with LTVs

42.4 

103.1 

145.5 

Other

0.4 

0.8 

1.2 

  

  

  

  

Total

42.8 

103.9 

146.7 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

  

  

  

50

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk assets

RBS uses a range of measures for credit risk exposures. The internal measure used is credit risk assets. The balance sheet related credit risk analyses on pages 23 to 50 supplement this material. Credit risk assets (CRA) consist of lending, counterparty exposure and contingent obligations. Refer to page 225 of the 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F for a full description.

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 December

  

2014 

2013 

Analysis by business unit

£m

£m

  

  

  

UK PBB

129,027 

127,586 

Ulster Bank

29,647 

33,129 

  

  

  

PBB

158,674 

160,715 

  

  

  

Commercial Banking

79,483 

81,142 

Private Banking

19,297 

19,819 

  

  

  

CPB

98,780 

100,961 

  

  

  

CIB

141,984 

147,784 

Central items

56,297 

66,745 

CFG

56,756 

53,411 

RCR  

39,150 

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

43,340 

  

  

  

  

551,641 

572,956 

 

Key points

There was an overall reduction of 4% in CRA. This was driven by falls in exposure to sovereigns (£11.6 billion), property (£5.2 billion) and other FIs (£4 billion).

 

 

CIB CRAs fell 4%, driven by a reduction in exposure to the sovereigns and other FI sectors.

 

 

UK PBB CRA increased by £1.4 billion reflecting a £2.5 billion increase in mortgages offset by decreasing unsecured lending.

 

 

CFG CRAs increased by 6%. This was driven by the transfer of personal exposure previously managed by the Non-Core division and an increase in exposure to the sovereign sector.

 

 

The RCR portfolio included £21.4 billion of property-related CRAs, £4.3 billion in the transport sector, £2.6 billion to retail & leisure and £2.7 billion to other FIs. Geographically, 43% of the portfolio was located  in Western Europe (excluding the UK), 40% in the UK, 10% in Central and Eastern Europe and the Middle East and Africa, and 7% in the rest of the world. Refer to the RCR section for further information.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk assets (continued)

 

Sector and geographical regional analyses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Western

  

  

  

  

  

RBS

  

  

  

 Europe  

North

Asia

Latin

  

  

excl.

  

  

UK

(excl. UK)

America

Pacific

America

Other (1)

Total

RCR

RCR

30 June 2014

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal

128,592 

17,619 

28,265 

1,553 

67 

797 

176,893 

176,647 

246 

Banks

2,523 

26,415 

4,220 

8,310 

1,220 

1,956 

44,644 

42,699 

1,945 

Other financial institutions

21,626 

8,954 

8,358 

2,383 

1,359 

958 

43,638 

40,977 

2,661 

Sovereign (2)

39,640 

7,371 

23,922 

2,859 

24 

674 

74,490 

73,872 

618 

Property

47,502 

15,491 

6,543 

1,118 

221 

479 

71,354 

49,915 

21,439 

Natural resources

7,536 

4,558 

5,927 

3,647 

406 

2,258 

24,332 

21,974 

2,358 

Manufacturing

9,213 

4,716 

6,348 

2,580 

95 

1,176 

24,128 

23,396 

732 

Transport (3)

10,211 

3,989 

3,860 

1,597 

97 

8,619 

28,373 

24,030 

4,343 

Retail and leisure

16,904 

3,484 

5,036 

896 

52 

514 

26,886 

24,265 

2,621 

Telecommunications, media

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  and technology

2,833 

2,470 

3,258 

1,338 

420 

10,328 

9,760 

568 

Business services

16,245 

2,539 

5,545 

728 

1,230 

288 

26,575 

24,956 

1,619 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

302,825 

97,606 

101,282 

27,009 

4,780 

18,139 

551,641 

512,491 

39,150 

  

  

Western

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 Europe  

North

Asia

Latin

  

  

RBS excl.

Non-

  

UK

(excl. UK)

America

Pacific

America

Other (1)

Total

Non-Core

Core

31 December 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Personal

127,620 

18,751 

28,616 

1,418 

61 

656 

177,122 

174,798 

2,324 

Banks

2,506 

25,085 

3,133 

9,670 

1,192 

1,771 

43,357 

43,010 

347 

Other financial institutions

23,080 

10,363 

9,164 

2,633 

1,320 

1,100 

47,660 

43,849 

3,811 

Sovereign (2)

55,041 

8,685 

18,203 

3,394 

37 

687 

86,047 

84,726 

1,321 

Property

49,639 

18,673 

6,206 

929 

286 

795 

76,528 

53,569 

22,959 

Natural resources

6,698 

4,587 

6,189 

3,669 

214 

2,087 

23,444 

21,412 

2,032 

Manufacturing

8,843 

4,962 

6,208 

2,278 

120 

1,397 

23,808 

23,276 

532 

Transport (3)

10,332 

3,936 

3,959 

1,800 

163 

9,435 

29,625 

24,086 

5,539 

Retail and leisure

16,338 

3,924 

4,977 

738 

91 

517 

26,585 

24,562 

2,023 

Telecommunications, media

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  and technology

3,356 

2,591 

3,401 

1,403 

29 

491 

11,271 

9,810 

1,461 

Business services

16,527 

2,733 

6,053 

757 

1,233 

206 

27,509 

26,518 

991 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

319,980 

104,290 

96,109 

28,689 

4,746 

19,142 

572,956 

529,616 

43,340 

 

Notes:

(1)

Comprises Central and Eastern Europe, the Middle East, Central Asia and Africa, and supranationals such as the World Bank.

(2)

Includes central bank exposures.

(3)

Excludes net investment in operating leases in shipping and aviation portfolios as they are accounted for as property, plant and equipment. However, operating leases are included in the monitoring and management of these portfolios.

 

 

 

 

52

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk assets: Sector and geographical regional analyses (continued)

 

Key points

Market conditions and the development of the bank’s strategy had a significant impact on the composition of its portfolios during H1 2014, there was:

 

An £11.6 billion  decrease in exposures to sovereign counterparties, driven by a decrease in RBS’s deposits with central banks;

 

A £5.2 billion fall in exposures to the property sector; and

 

A £4.0 billion decline in exposures to other financial institutions.

The sovereign portfolio comprised exposures to central governments, central banks and sub-sovereigns such as local authorities, primarily in the bank’s key markets in the UK, Western Europe and the US. Exposure predominantly comprised cash balances placed with central banks such as the Bank of England, the Federal Reserve and the European Central Bank. Consequently, the asset quality of this portfolio remained high with 92% assigned an internal rating in the AQ1 asset quality band. Exposure to sovereigns fluctuates according to the bank’s liquidity requirements and cash positions, which determine the level of cash placed with central banks. 

 

 

Exposure to the property sector totalled £71.4 billion at 30 June 2014, the majority of which related to commercial real estate. The remainder comprised lending to housing associations (12%), construction companies (10%), and building material groups (3%), which remained stable during the period. See the commercial real estate section for further details.

 

 

The banking sector was one of the largest in the RBS portfolio with exposure totalling £44.6 billion. Exposures were well diversified geographically, largely collateralised, and tightly controlled through the combination of a single name concentration framework and a suite of credit policies specifically tailored to ensure compliance with sector and country limits. The increase in exposure during H1 2014 was primarily due to increased activity with counterparties located in Western Europe. This was offset by falls in exposure to counterparties in the Asia & Pacific region.

Exposure to other financial institutions was made up of exposures to a range of financial companies, the largest of which were funds (24%) securitisation vehicles (22%) and financial intermediaries (13%) including broker dealers and central counterparties (CCPs). The fall in exposure took place across a number of areas, and was caused by idiosyncratic factors and market developments.

 

 

Exposure to the transport sector included asset-backed exposure to ocean-going vessels. A £1.3 billion fall in exposure was achieved during the period due to disposals, run-off and foreign exchange movements. Defaulted assets (AQ10) in the shipping sector represented 9% of the total exposure to this sector (31 December 2013 - 9%).

 

 

53

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk assets (continued) 

 

Asset quality

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

  

31 December 2013

  

  

RBS excl.

  

  

  

  

RBS excl.

  

  

  

  

Probability of

RCR

RCR

Total

Total

  

Non-Core

Non-Core

Total

Total

AQ band

default range

£m

£m

£m

%

  

£m

£m

£m

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

AQ1

0% - 0.034%

117,853 

2,542 

120,395 

21.8 

  

129,197 

3,319 

132,516 

23.1 

AQ2

0.034% - 0.048%

22,913 

766 

23,679 

4.3 

  

22,942 

1,485 

24,427 

4.3 

AQ3

0.048% - 0.095%

40,632 

568 

41,200 

7.5 

  

41,325 

700 

42,025 

7.3 

AQ4

0.095% - 0.381%

127,618 

1,751 

129,369 

23.5 

  

114,258 

5,737 

119,995 

20.9 

AQ5

0.381% - 1.076%

79,575 

1,837 

81,412 

14.8 

  

77,676 

2,585 

80,261 

14.0 

AQ6

1.076% - 2.153%

35,610 

2,514 

38,124 

6.9 

  

44,476 

3,138 

47,614 

8.3 

AQ7

2.153% - 6.089%

28,608 

3,164 

31,772 

5.8 

  

31,504 

2,060 

33,564 

5.9 

AQ8

6.089% - 17.222%

7,983 

1,575 

9,558 

1.7 

  

9,492 

899 

10,391 

1.8 

AQ9

17.222% - 100%

4,753 

987 

5,740 

1.0 

  

6,741 

771 

7,512 

1.3 

AQ10

100%

14,396 

22,891 

37,287 

6.8 

  

21,814 

20,743 

42,557 

7.4 

Other (1)

  

32,550 

555 

33,105 

6.0 

  

30,191 

1,903 

32,094 

5.6 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

512,491 

39,150 

551,641 

100 

  

529,616 

43,340 

572,956 

100 

 

Note:

(1)

Largely comprises assets covered by the standardised approach, for which a probability of default equivalent to those assigned to assets covered by the internal ratings based approach is not available.

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

RCR

  

RBS excl. RCR

  

Total

  

  

% of

  

  

% of

  

  

% of

  

  

sector

  

  

sector

  

  

sector

  

  

 credit risk

  

  

 credit risk

  

  

 credit risk

  

AQ10

 assets  

  

AQ10

 assets  

  

AQ10

 assets  

AQ10 credit risk assets by sector

£m

%

  

£m

%

  

£m

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Property

17,459 

81.4 

  

3,268 

6.5 

  

20,727 

29.0 

Personal

223 

90.6 

  

8,140 

4.6 

  

8,363 

4.7 

Retail & Leisure

1,658 

63.3 

  

1,086 

4.5 

  

2,744 

10.2 

Transport

1,384 

31.9 

  

295 

1.2 

  

1,679 

5.9 

Business Services

857 

52.9 

  

792 

3.2 

  

1,649 

6.2 

Other

1,310 

14.7 

  

815 

0.4 

  

2,125 

1.0 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

22,891 

58.5 

  

14,396 

2.8 

  

37,287 

6.8 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Non-Core

  

RBS excl. Non-Core

  

Total

  

  

% of

  

  

% of

  

  

% of

  

  

sector

  

  

sector

  

  

sector

  

  

 credit risk

  

  

 credit risk

  

  

 credit risk

  

AQ10

 assets  

  

AQ10

 assets  

  

AQ10

 assets  

31 December 2013

£m

%

  

£m

%

  

£m

%

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Property

17,437 

75.9 

  

6,907 

12.9 

  

24,344 

31.8 

Personal

230 

9.9 

  

8,736 

5.0 

  

8,966 

5.1 

Retail & Leisure

1,166 

57.6 

  

1,820 

7.4 

  

2,986 

11.2 

Transport

553 

10.0 

  

1,262 

5.2 

  

1,815 

6.1 

Business Services

298 

30.1 

  

1,421 

5.4 

  

1,719 

6.2 

Other

1,059 

11.1 

  

1,668 

0.7 

  

2,727 

1.2 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

20,743 

47.9 

  

21,814 

4.1 

  

42,557 

7.4 

 

54

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Credit risk assets: Asset quality (continued) 

 

Key points

Changes in asset quality of credit risk exposures in H1 2014 reflected the changes in composition of the portfolio, market conditions and the run-off of RCR assets.

 

 

The decrease in the AQ1 band reflected the decrease in exposure to sovereigns. The increase in the AQ4 band was caused by the recalibration of models for UK personal mortgages to reflect continued improvements in observed default rates.

 

 

The proportion of exposure in the AQ10 band fell to 6.8% of the total portfolio. This was driven by RCR’s accelerated disposal strategy and the economic climate. The proportion of exposure in AQ10 fell in all sectors that have experienced difficult market conditions in the past few years, including the shipping portfolio.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Market risk

Market risk is the risk of losses arising from fluctuations in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign currency rates, equity prices, commodity prices and other factors, such as market volatilities, that may lead to a reduction in earnings, economic value or both. For a description of market risk framework, governance, policies and methodologies, refer to the Risk and balance sheet management - Market risk section in the 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F. There were no material changes to market risk methodologies or models during H1 2014.

 

Trading portfolios

 

Value-at-risk

The tables below analyse the internal value-at-risk (VaR) for RBS trading portfolios segregated by type of market risk exposure, and between CIB and RCR or Non-Core.

  

Half year ended

  

Year ended

  

30 June 2014

  

30 June 2013

  

31 December 2013

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

Trading VaR (1-day 99%)

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate

16.7 

14.9 

39.8 

10.9 

  

40.3 

30.3 

78.2 

24.6 

  

37.2 

44.1 

78.2 

19.1 

Credit spread

28.3 

24.4 

42.8 

20.9 

  

72.9 

57.9 

86.8 

55.8 

  

60.0 

37.3 

86.8 

33.3 

Currency

5.4 

3.0 

8.5 

2.0 

  

11.2 

9.3 

20.6 

4.6 

  

8.6 

6.5 

20.6 

3.6 

Equity

3.5 

2.5 

6.0 

2.1 

  

6.8 

4.8 

12.8 

4.2 

  

5.8 

4.1 

12.8 

3.2 

Commodity

0.6 

0.7 

1.4 

0.3 

  

1.3 

0.9 

3.7 

0.5 

  

0.9 

0.5 

3.7 

0.3 

Diversification (1)

  

(24.8)

  

  

  

  

(23.4)

  

  

  

  

(23.7)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

30.6 

20.7 

58.2 

20.7 

  

96.4 

79.8 

118.8 

69.5 

  

79.3 

68.8 

118.8 

42.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CIB

28.2 

21.3 

48.8 

20.5 

  

80.1 

64.1 

104.6 

57.6 

  

64.2 

52.4 

104.6 

35.6 

RCR (2)

6.0 

3.5 

16.2 

3.3 

  

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

  

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

  

21.1 

19.2 

24.9 

18.1 

  

19.3 

15.2 

24.9 

14.9 

56

 


 

 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Market risk: Trading portfolios:Value-at-risk (continued) 

  

Quarter ended

  

30 June 2014

  

31 March 2014

  

31 December 2013

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

Trading VaR

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Interest rate

14.3 

14.9 

17.0 

12.0 

  

19.1 

14.0 

39.8 

10.9 

  

32.3 

44.1 

44.1 

19.1 

Credit spread

25.0 

24.4 

31.8 

20.9 

  

31.4 

25.6 

42.8 

24.1 

  

40.5 

37.3 

48.4 

33.3 

Currency

4.4 

3.0 

8.3 

2.0 

  

6.4 

3.7 

8.5 

3.7 

  

5.9 

6.5 

9.6 

3.6 

Equity

3.2 

2.5 

4.9 

2.1 

  

3.8 

4.5 

6.0 

2.7 

  

4.3 

4.1 

12.6 

3.2 

Commodity

0.6 

0.7 

1.4 

0.4 

  

0.5 

0.4 

0.8 

0.3 

  

0.7 

0.5 

2.5 

0.4 

Diversification (1)

  

(24.8)

  

  

  

  

(21.1)

  

  

  

  

(23.7)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

24.8 

20.7 

28.5 

20.7 

  

36.3 

27.1 

58.2 

25.8 

  

58.6 

68.8 

69.7 

42.1 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

CIB

23.8 

21.3 

28.7 

20.5 

  

32.4 

23.6 

48.8 

22.6 

  

44.1 

52.4 

54.4 

35.6 

RCR (2)

4.0 

3.5 

6.8 

3.3 

  

8.0 

7.5 

16.2 

3.5 

  

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Non-Core

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

  

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

  

15.7 

15.2 

17.7 

14.9 

 

Notes:

(1)

The Group benefits from diversification as it reduces risk by allocating positions across various financial instrument types, currencies and markets. The extent of the diversification benefit depends on the correlation between the assets and risk factors in the portfolio at a particular time. The diversification factor is the sum of the VaR on individual risk types less the total portfolio VaR.

(2)

The detailed RCR perimeter was not finalised at the start of the year. As average, maximum and minimum VaR are measures that require daily data, they have been prepared on a best efforts basis.

 

Key points  

The period end and average total VaR were lower in H1 2014 than in H2 2013, driven by continued reductions in credit spread and interest rate VaR, notably during Q1 2014.

 

 

The reduction in credit spread VaR was primarily driven by credit valuation adjustments (CVA) and funding valuation adjustments being included in the internal VaR measure in February 2014. Previously, only associated hedges were included. This approach reflects a more comprehensive economic view of the risk. Continued risk reduction also contributed to the decline in VaR.

 

 

The reduction in interest rate VaR was driven by de-risking and repositioning in CIB, primarily in the Rates business.

 

57

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Market risk: Trading portfolios (continued)

 

Capital charges

The total market risk minimum capital requirement calculated in accordance with CRD IV, £2,669 million at 30 June 2014, represents 8% of the corresponding RWA amount, £33.4 billion. It comprises a number of regulatory capital requirements split into two categories: (i) the Pillar 1 model-based position risk requirement (PRR) of £1,717 million, which in turn comprises several modelled charges and (ii) the standardised PRR of £952 million, which also has several components.

 

The contributors to the Pillar 1 model-based PRR are presented in the table below.

 

Following the implementation of CRD IV on 1 January 2014, credit hedges eligible for CVA are no longer included in the modelled market risk capital charges, namely VaR, stressed VaR and the incremental risk charge. Such hedges are now included in the CVA capital charge, which forms part of the capital calculation for counterparty credit risk.

 

  

  

  

  

  

CRD IV

Basel 2.5

  

  

  

  

  

31 March

31 December

  

CRD IV

2014 

2013 

  

Average

Maximum

Minimum

Period end

Period end

Period end

Half year ended 30 June 2014

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Value-at-risk

372 

527 

264 

264 

367 

576 

Stressed VaR

791 

856 

650 

650 

856 

841 

Incremental risk charge

429 

530 

360 

360 

420 

443 

All price risk

Risk not in VaR (RNIV)

435 

472 

406 

443 

456 

218 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

  

  

  

1,717 

2,104 

2,086 

 

Key points  

Overall, the Pillar 1 model-based PRR declined 18% to £1.7 billion in H1 2014, driven by reductions in the VaR and Stressed VaR charges, offset somewhat by an increase in the RNIV charge.

 

 

The decrease in the VaR charge in H1 was primarily driven by the removal of the CVA eligible hedges (as noted above) and ongoing risk reduction.

 

 

The decreases in the VaR and Stressed VaR charges in Q2 were driven primarily by a reduction of the asset backed product portfolio in line with risk reduction strategy.

 

 

Given the reduction in the size of the correlation trading portfolio, RBS ceased using an internal model for all price risk during Q2. With the PRA’s approval, all remaining open risk is now capitalised under standardised rules.

 

 

The RNIV charge increased in H1 as, following an agreement with the PRA, the materiality threshold previously in place was removed and all RNIVs are now capitalised.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Market risk: Non-trading portfolios (continued)

 

Non-trading portfolios

 

Non-trading VaR

The average VaR for the Group’s non-trading book, predominantly comprising available-for-sale portfolios, was £4.8 million during H1 2014 compared with £7.8 million during H2 2013. This was largely driven by a decline in the credit spread VaR in Q1, which partly reflected a decision to switch some of the securities that RBS holds as collateral from floating-rate notes issued by financial institutions to government bonds during March as part of efforts to reduce RWAs. The period end VaR decreased from £5.0 million at 31 December 2013 to £3.3 million at 31 March 2014, for the reason explained above. It increased to £5.8 million at 30 June 2014, largely due to data quality improvements that expanded the scope of positions captured in RBS's non-traded VaR metrics.

 

Structured credit portfolio

The structured credit portfolio is measured on a notional and fair value basis because of its illiquid nature. Notional and fair value decreased to £0.5 billion and £0.4 billion respectively (31 December 2013 - £0.7 billion and £0.5 billion), reflecting the sale of underlying assets, primarily consumer ABS (student loans), RMBS and a small amount of CLOs, in line with RCR strategy.

 

Non-trading interest rate risk

Non-traded interest rate risk impacts earnings arising from the Group’s banking activities. This excludes positions in financial instruments which are classified as held-for-trading.

 

The methodology relating to interest rate risk is detailed in the 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

Non-traded interest rate risk VaR metrics are based on interest rate repricing gap reports as at the reporting date. These incorporate customer products and associated funding and hedging transactions as well as non-financial assets and liabilities such as property, plant and equipment, capital and reserves. Behavioural assumptions are applied as appropriate.

 

VaR does not provide a dynamic measurement of interest rate risk since static underlying repricing gap positions are assumed. Changes in customer behaviour under varying interest rate scenarios are captured by way of earnings at risk measures. VaR relating to non-traded interest rate risk for RBS’s retail and commercial banking activities at a 99% confidence level and a currency analysis at the period end were as follows:

  

  

  

  

  

  

Average 

Period end 

Maximum 

Minimum 

  

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

30 June 2014

64 

68 

79 

45 

31 December 2013

45 

51 

57 

30 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

30 June

31 December

  

  

2014 

2013 

  

  

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

Euro

  

  

Sterling

  

  

19 

US dollar

  

  

73 

44 

Other

  

  

59

 


 

 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Market risk: Non-trading portfolios (continued)

 

Key points

The increase in period end VaR mainly reflects an increase in the duration of the Group's balance sheet, largely due to action taken by CFG to reduce earnings sensitivity to movements in short-term dollar interest rates.

 

 

The decline in sterling VaR over the period did not reflect a reduction in RBS's underlying exposure to sterling fixed rate assets, which was broadly unchanged. Instead, it reflected reduced volatility in sterling interest rates over the period and a smoother maturity profile of the underlying exposures.

 

 

These movements remained well within the Group's approved market risk appetite.

 

 

Sensitivity of net interest income

Earnings sensitivity to rate movements is derived from a central forecast over a twelve month period. Market implied forward rates and new business volume, mix and pricing consistent with business assumptions are used to generate a base case earnings forecast.

 

The following table shows the sensitivity of net interest income, over the next twelve months, to an immediate upward or downward change of 100 basis points to all interest rates. In addition, the table includes the impact of a gradual 400 basis point steepening (bear steepener) and a gradual 300 basis point flattening (bull flattener) of the yield curve at tenors greater than a year.

 

The scenarios represent annualised interest rate stresses of a scale deemed sufficient to trigger a modification in customer behaviour. The asymmetry in the steepening and flattening scenarios reflects the difference in the expected behaviour of interest rates as they approach zero.

 

  

Euro 

Sterling 

US dollar 

Other 

Total 

30 June 2014

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

  

  

  

  

  

  

+ 100 basis point shift in yield curves

27 

413 

140 

23 

603 

– 100 basis point shift in yield curves

(66)

(280)

(53)

(28)

(427)

Bear steepener

  

  

  

  

387 

Bull flattener

  

  

  

  

(229)

  

  

  

  

  

  

31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

+ 100 basis point shift in yield curves

59 

416 

175 

31 

681 

– 100 basis point shift in yield curves

(29)

(333)

(82)

(15)

(459)

Bear steepener

  

  

  

  

403 

Bull flattener

  

  

  

  

(273)

 

Key points

The Group's interest rate exposure remains asset sensitive, such that rising rates will have a positive impact on its net interest income.

 

 

The reduction in interest income sensitivity over the period largely reflects action taken by CFG to reduce earnings sensitivity to movements in short-term dollar interest rates.

 

 

 

 

 

60

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Country risk

Country risk is the risk of losses occurring as a result of either a country event or unfavourable country operating conditions. As country events may simultaneously affect all or many individual exposures to a country, country event risk is a concentration risk. For other types of concentration risks such as product, sector or single-name concentration, refer to the Credit risk section. For a description of the governance, monitoring and management of RBS’s country risk framework and definitions, refer to Risk and balance sheet management - Country risk of RBS’s 2013 Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

Overview

The comments below relate to changes in the six months to 30 June 2014 unless indicated otherwise.

Net balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposure to most countries shown in the summary tables declined across most broad product categories. RBS maintained a cautious stance, many clients continued to reduce debt levels, and the US dollar and the euro depreciated against sterling by 3.3% and 3.9% respectively.

 

 

Total eurozone net balance sheet exposure decreased by £4.9 billion or 5% to £97.6 billion. This was caused largely by reductions in cash deposits held with central banks in Germany and the Netherlands, in corporate lending in Ireland and Germany, and in net held-for-trading (HFT) government bond positions in the Netherlands and Spain. CDS net bought protection on eurozone exposure increased by £1.1 billion. Net HFT debt securities in Germany, France, Belgium, Austria and Finland increased while exposure to the Netherlands, Italy and Spain decreased, driven by market opportunities. Net lending in RCR was £4.3 billion for the eurozone as a whole, including £1.4 billion in Germany, £0.8 billion in Spain and £0.6 billion in both France and Ireland. Commercial real estate sector accounted for broadly half of the total.

 

 

Eurozone periphery net balance sheet exposure decreased by £1.5 billion to £40.3 billion.

 

Ireland - Ulster Bank Ireland moved £2.0 billion of cash deposits with RBS to the Central Bank of Ireland in anticipation of the new CRD IV liquidity coverage ratio requirements, which will come into effect in 2015. Net lending to corporates and households decreased by £1.4 billion and £0.8 billion respectively, reflecting currency movements, repayments, sales and write-offs.

 

Spain - net balance sheet exposure decreased by £1.8 billion, largely as a result of reductions in net HFT and AFS debt securities and lower lending to the commercial real estate sector. The reduction in AFS securities reflected the sale of some of the covered bonds ('cedulas') in the RBS NV liquidity buffer.

 

Italy - net derivatives to banks increased by £1.2 billion, driven by the novation of a portfolio from a counterparty. The novated exposure is fully cash collateralised. Net HFT government bonds exposure declined by £0.8 billion.

 

Portugal - net HFT debt securities increased by nearly £0.2 billion reflecting greater appetite for Portuguese trading exposure.

 

 

 

61

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Country risk: Overview (continued)

Germany - net balance sheet exposure fell by £3.8 billion, mainly due to a decrease of £2.7 billion in cash deposits with the Bundesbank. Other significant reductions were in commercial real estate lending (£1.3 billion) and in derivatives, notably to banks, by £0.6 billion reflecting market movements. Off-balance exposure decreased by £1.0 billion, mostly owing to a reduction in the insurance sector.

 

 

France - net balance sheet exposure rose by £0.8 billion, reflecting business fluctuations. Off-balance exposure decreased by £0.4 billion, largely due to reductions in the oil and gas, industrials and insurance sectors.

 

 

Netherlands - net balance sheet exposure fell by £2.8 billion as a result of a drop in HFT government bonds, a decrease in cash deposits held with the central bank, and reductions in AFS debt securities. RBS NV's liquidity needs have decreased in line with balance sheet reductions, and sales are being executed dependent on market conditions, which were relatively benign in H1. Off-balance sheet exposure increased by £0.2 billion, primarily in the non-bank financial institutions sector.

 

 

Belgium - net balance sheet exposure increased by £1.0 billion, in HFT government bonds. Off balance exposure decreased by £0.3 billion, mostly in the electricity sector.

 

 

Other eurozone - net HFT government bonds increased by £0.6 billion reflecting increased long positions.

 

 

China - lending to banks increased by £0.2 billion, while off-balance sheet exposure to banks fell by a similar amount. The bank undertakes stress testing across both financial institutions and corporate portfolios, with early warning indicators and action plans for a possible economic downturn.

 

 

Japan - net balance sheet exposure decreased by £0.9 billion as a result of reductions in derivatives exposure to banks and other financial institutions and lower corporate lending.

 

 

India - net balance sheet exposure fell by £0.9 billion, with reductions in lending and AFS debt exposure to banks and in lending to corporate clients. These reductions in part reflected securities and loans sales to reduce risk-weighted assets in favourable market conditions.

 

 

Russia - net balance sheet exposure decreased by £0.1 billion to £1.8 billion, including £0.9 billion of corporate lending and £0.6 billion of lending to banks. Nearly half of the latter exposure was fully hedged. Following developments in Ukraine, ratings were reviewed, limits adjusted and additional credit restrictions placed on new business. Exposures are also reviewed against any international sanctions.

 

 

Turkey - lending to banks increased by £0.3 billion, partly reflecting drawings under committed limits.

 

 

Funding mismatches - material estimated funding mismatches at risk of redenomination at 30 June 2014 were: Ireland £7.5 billion (up from £6.5 billion at 31 December 2013 largely due to the £2.0 billion increase in cash held with the central bank and reduced central bank funding); Spain £5.0 billion (down from £6.5 billion); Italy £0.5 billion (broadly unchanged as assets fell and a central bank funding line was no longer used); and Portugal £0.5 billion (slightly up due to higher debt trading). The net positions for Greece and Cyprus were minimal. Risks of eurozone break-up (redenomination events) have materially fallen since 2011-2012 owing to major improvements in liquidity conditions, driven by the availability of substantial new tools for the ECB, the establishment of the European Stability Mechanism and member countries’ progress on reducing imbalances.

 

 

 

 

62

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Country risk: Summary of country exposures

  

Net balance sheet exposure

  

Of which:

  

Off-

  

  

  

  

  

  

CDS

Govt

Central

Other

Other

  

  

  

  

Net

  

Debt securities

  

Net

balance

Total

  

Lending

AFS

  

notional less

banks

banks

FI

Corporate

Personal

Total

lending

  

AFS/LAR

HFT (net)

  

Derivatives

SFT

sheet

exposure

  

provisions

reserves

  

fair value

30 June 2014

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

  

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Eurozone

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ireland

323 

2,082 

741 

510 

7,516 

14,972 

26,144 

  

24,628 

  

220 

372 

  

924 

  

2,808 

  

28,952 

  

10,209 

(1)

  

(65)

Spain

133 

2,984 

1,479 

2,573 

82 

7,253 

  

2,309 

  

3,833 

140 

  

970 

  

1,849 

  

9,102 

  

181 

(215)

  

(279)

Italy

896 

16 

2,517 

671 

1,437 

27 

5,564 

  

1,473 

  

549 

501 

  

3,041 

  

2,152 

  

7,716 

  

47 

(24)

  

(827)

Portugal

136 

362 

130 

254 

891 

  

213 

  

90 

215 

  

373 

  

317 

  

1,208 

  

95 

(2)

  

(156)

Greece

223 

100 

17 

345 

  

78 

  

  

263 

  

24 

  

369 

  

26 

  

(13)

Cyprus

107 

12 

131 

  

103 

  

  

19 

  

15 

  

146 

  

43 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Eurozone

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  periphery

1,497 

2,100 

6,828 

2,797 

11,987 

15,119 

40,328 

  

28,804 

  

4,692 

1,241 

  

5,590 

  

7,165 

  

47,493 

  

10,601 

(242)

  

(1,340)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Germany

8,111 

851 

3,948 

4,567 

2,388 

95 

19,960 

  

3,595 

  

5,518 

3,002 

  

6,815 

1,030 

  

6,195 

  

26,155 

  

42 

60 

  

(1,451)

France

3,203 

6,895 

2,205 

2,235 

92 

14,632 

  

4,053 

  

1,749 

2,218 

  

5,931 

681 

  

9,393 

  

24,025 

  

132 

(27)

  

(2,326)

Netherlands

(224)

892 

5,055 

5,132 

2,264 

27 

13,146 

  

3,650 

  

3,856 

(534)

  

6,089 

85 

  

9,985 

  

23,131 

  

148 

646 

  

(552)

Belgium

1,358 

1,928 

96 

402 

23 

3,808 

  

509 

  

369 

871 

  

1,994 

65 

  

912 

  

4,720 

  

(29)

  

(237)

Luxembourg

268 

586 

465 

578 

1,902 

  

1,024 

  

86 

143 

  

526 

123 

  

1,201 

  

3,103 

  

47 

  

(100)

Other

1,906 

22 

790 

181 

871 

19 

3,789 

  

1,082 

  

500 

954 

  

1,248 

  

1,040 

  

4,829 

  

(21)

  

(679)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  eurozone

15,851 

4,136 

26,030 

15,443 

20,725 

15,380 

97,565 

  

42,717 

  

16,770 

7,895 

  

28,193 

1,990 

  

35,891 

  

133,456 

  

10,970 

387 

  

(6,685)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

China

161 

126 

3,013 

282 

1,572 

45 

5,199 

  

4,882 

  

130 

12 

  

175 

  

1,394 

  

6,593 

  

  

(7)

Japan

565 

1,416 

1,294 

561 

455 

35 

4,326 

  

2,288 

  

12 

518 

  

1,229 

279 

  

792 

  

5,118 

  

  

(21)

India

470 

77 

486 

129 

1,635 

38 

2,835 

  

2,304 

  

366 

121 

  

44 

  

764 

  

3,599 

  

18 

(2)

  

(28)

Russia

81 

80 

631 

45 

942 

55 

1,834 

  

1,738 

  

81 

  

15 

  

216 

  

2,050 

  

(1)

  

(101)

Turkey

97 

67 

423 

110 

1,050 

18 

1,765 

  

1,654 

  

44 

  

57 

  

169 

  

1,934 

  

17 

  

(40)

South Korea

241 

830 

51 

543 

1,669 

  

1,192 

  

131 

138 

  

208 

  

520 

  

2,189 

  

  

126 

Brazil

267 

901 

131 

1,310 

  

966 

  

274 

  

70 

  

206 

  

1,516 

  

  

(3)

 

These tables show RBS exposure, at 30 June 2014 and 31 December 2013 by country of operation of the counterparty, except exposures to governments and individuals which are shown by country of residence. Balance sheet exposures are now shown net of loan impairment provisions and prior period data are shown on the same basis. Countries shown are those where the balance sheet exposure exceeded £1 billion and which had ratings of A+ or below from Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch at 30 June 2014, as well as selected eurozone countries. The exposures are stated before taking into account risk mitigants, such as guarantees, insurance or collateral (with the exception of reverse repos). Exposures relating to ocean-going vessels are not included as they cannot be meaningfully assigned to specific countries from a country risk perspective.

63

 


 

 

 

Appendix 1 Capital and risk management

 

Country risk: Summary of country exposures

 

  

Net balance sheet exposure

  

Of which:

  

Off-

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Govt

Central

Other

Other

  

  

  

  

Net

  

Debt securities

  

Net

balance

Total

  

Lending

AFS

  

CDS notional

banks

banks

FI

Corporate

Personal

Total

lending

  

AFS/LAR

HFT (net)

  

Derivatives

SFT

sheet

exposure

  

provisions

reserves

  

less fair value

31 December 2013

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

  

£m

  

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Eurozone

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Ireland

188 

116 

688 

561 

8,973 

15,821 

26,347 

  

24,893 

  

233 

248 

  

900 

73 

  

2,711 

  

29,058 

  

10,701 

(9)

  

(166)

Spain

858 

3,439 

1,405 

3,093 

293 

9,088 

  

3,084 

  

4,162 

853 

  

989 

  

1,981 

  

11,069 

  

177 

(449)

  

(444)

Italy

1,676 

22 

1,329 

891 

1,171 

26 

5,115 

  

1,582 

  

519 

1,240 

  

1,774 

  

1,962 

  

7,077 

  

46 

(43)

  

(734)

Portugal

35 

310 

114 

312 

777 

  

290 

  

93 

43 

  

351 

  

280 

  

1,057 

  

99 

(5)

  

(163)

Greece

228 

105 

14 

349 

  

89 

  

  

260 

  

38 

  

387 

  

38 

  

(12)

Cyprus

144 

10 

157 

  

139 

  

  

16 

  

18 

  

175 

  

54 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Eurozone

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  periphery

2,759 

139 

5,995 

2,972 

13,798 

16,170 

41,833 

  

30,077 

  

5,007 

2,386 

  

4,290 

73 

  

6,990 

  

48,823 

  

11,115 

(506)

  

(1,519)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Germany

7,215 

3,588 

5,044 

4,265 

3,520 

90 

23,722 

  

8,013 

  

5,168 

2,524 

  

7,416 

601 

  

7,189 

  

30,911 

  

211 

29 

  

(1,340)

France

2,806 

6,714 

1,832 

2,427 

79 

13,858 

  

4,197 

  

1,692 

1,678 

  

5,660 

631 

  

9,807 

  

23,665 

  

123 

(32)

  

(1,747)

Netherlands

1,509 

1,713 

4,604 

5,786 

2,303 

21 

15,936 

  

4,652 

  

4,661 

819 

  

5,697 

107 

  

9,763 

  

25,699 

  

187 

97 

  

(356)

Belgium

106 

1,995 

267 

431 

2,801 

  

713 

  

443 

(480)

  

2,123 

  

1,170 

  

3,971 

  

26 

(34)

  

(123)

Luxembourg

(1)

11 

524 

659 

386 

1,583 

  

741 

  

75 

98 

  

581 

88 

  

1,043 

  

2,626 

  

50 

  

(58)

Other

1,075 

22 

654 

160 

783 

18 

2,712 

  

879 

  

510 

331 

  

918 

74 

  

1,202 

  

3,914 

  

(24)

  

(476)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  eurozone

15,469 

5,473 

25,530 

15,941 

23,648 

16,384 

102,445 

  

49,272 

  

17,556 

7,356 

  

26,685 

1,576 

  

37,164 

  

139,609 

  

11,713 

(470)

  

(5,619)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

China

345 

200 

2,794 

244 

1,518 

33 

5,134 

  

4,584 

  

166 

13 

  

370 

  

1,689 

  

6,823 

  

16 

(1)

  

(14)

Japan

(129)

1,600 

2,240 

830 

687 

34 

5,262 

  

2,795 

  

72 

(172)

  

2,365 

202 

  

352 

  

5,614 

  

  

India

536 

70 

949 

91 

2,050 

36 

3,732 

  

2,909 

  

571 

160 

  

92 

  

813 

  

4,545 

  

18 

(4)

  

(21)

Russia

152 

37 

754 

949 

53 

1,951 

  

1,781 

  

149 

  

19 

  

364 

  

2,315 

  

  

(65)

Turkey

173 

59 

169 

126 

1,064 

24 

1,615 

  

1,404 

  

50 

67 

  

94 

  

324 

  

1,939 

  

18 

  

(32)

South Korea

238 

755 

133 

576 

1,708 

  

1,125 

  

179 

154 

  

250 

  

681 

  

2,389 

  

  

176 

Brazil

262 

914 

148 

1,329 

  

977 

  

268 

  

84 

  

245 

  

1,574 

  

  

12 

64

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix 2

 

Restatement

 

 

 


 

 

 

Contents

 

 

Page 

 

 

Introduction

 

 

Segmental analysis

 

 

Components of reportable segments

 

 

Introduction

10 

UK Personal & Business Banking

11 

Commercial Banking

14 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

17 

Central items

20 

 

 

Allocation of previous divisions to new reportable segments

21 

 

 

Introduction

22 

UK Retail

23 

UK Corporate

26 

Wealth

29 

International Banking

32 

Ulster Bank

35 

Citizens Financial Group

38 

Markets

44 

Non-Core

47 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 


 

 

 

 

 

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc (“RBS”)

 

Divisional Reorganisation and Reporting Changes

 

This appendix provides further details of the changes to the RBS structure announced in February 2014 and includes restated segmental results for the year ended 31 December 2013, 2012 and 2011 on the basis of the new reportable segments. To aid comparison of RBS’s second quarter 2014 results with prior periods, restated financial information for the periods ended 31 March 2014 and 30 June 2013 is also contained within.

 

While these restatements affect the segmental results, they do not affect RBS’s overall statutory income statement, balance sheet, other primary statements or regulatory capital measures.

 

Refer to pages 3 and 4 of this Form 6-K for further information on the divisional reorganisation and reporting changes.

 

Document roadmap

Segmental analysis includes the information contained in Note 38 of the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Form 20-F filed on 30 April 2014, restated for the change in reportable segments.

 

Components of reportable segments summarises the performance of each of the new reportable segments and shows how the previously reported divisions have been allocated to the new reportable segments.

 

Allocation of previous divisions to new reportable segments shows the impact of the reconciling items and revised costs allocations on the previously reported divisional results and shows how these divisions have been allocated to the new reportable segments.

2

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Segmental analysis

3

 


 

 

 

Segmental analysis

 

 

The tables in this section include the information contained in Note 38 of the Financial Statements (Item 18) in the Form 20-F filed on 30 April 2014, restated for the change in reportable segments.

 

This section includes only those periods applicable to the Form 20-F.

 

4

 


 

 

 

Segmental analysis (continued) 

 

 

2013 

Net

  

  

  

Depreciation

  

  

interest

Non-interest

Total

Operating

and

Impairment

Operating

 income 

 income 

 income 

 expenses 

 amortisation 

 losses 

 profit/(loss) 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Personal and Business Banking

4,490 

1,323 

5,813 

(4,493)

(501)

819 

Ulster Bank

619 

240 

859 

(694)

(1,774)

(1,609)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal & Business Banking

5,109 

1,563 

6,672 

(5,187)

(2,275)

(790)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Banking

1,962 

1,195 

3,157 

(1,840)

(135)

(652)

530 

Private Banking

658 

419 

1,077 

(1,109)

(29)

(61)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial & Private Banking

2,620 

1,614 

4,234 

(2,949)

(135)

(681)

469 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

682 

4,326 

5,008 

(7,094)

(116)

(680)

(2,882)

Central items

788 

121 

909 

719 

(917)

(64)

647 

Citizens Financial Group

1,892 

1,073 

2,965 

(2,041)

(163)

(156)

605 

Non-Core

(99)

(247)

(346)

(548)

(79)

(4,576)

(5,549)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-statutory basis

10,992 

8,450 

19,442 

(17,100)

(1,410)

(8,432)

(7,500)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments

(120)

(120)

(120)

Gain on redemption of own debt

175 

175 

175 

Write-down of goodwill

(1,059)

(1,059)

Strategic disposals

161 

161 

161 

RFS Holdings minority interest

(11)

110 

99 

100 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory basis

10,981 

8,776 

19,757 

(18,158)

(1,410)

(8,432)

(8,243)

 

 

 

2012

Net

  

  

  

Depreciation

  

  

interest

Non-interest

Total

Operating

and

Impairment

Operating

 income 

 income 

 income 

 expenses  

 amortisation 

 losses 

 profit/(loss) 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Personal and Business Banking

4,532 

1,352 

5,884 

(4,472)

(741)

671 

Ulster Bank

635 

196 

831 

(600)

(1,364)

(1,133)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal & Business Banking

5,167 

1,548 

6,715 

(5,072)

(2,105)

(462)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Banking

1,969 

1,351 

3,320 

(1,859)

(168)

(545)

748 

Private Banking

676 

450 

1,126 

(945)

(46)

141 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial & Private Banking

2,645 

1,801 

4,446 

(2,804)

(162)

(591)

889 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

814 

5,597 

6,411 

(6,278)

(151)

(229)

(247)

Central items

609 

519 

1,128 

791 

(1,034)

(40)

845 

Citizens Financial Group

1,938 

1,159 

3,097 

(2,047)

(199)

(91)

760 

Non-Core

244 

44 

288 

(707)

(256)

(2,223)

(2,898)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-statutory basis

11,417 

10,668 

22,085 

(16,117)

(1,802)

(5,279)

(1,113)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments

(4,649)

(4,649)

(4,649)

Gain on redemption of own debt

454 

454 

454 

Write-down of goodwill

(18)

(18)

Asset Protection Scheme

(44)

(44)

(44)

Strategic disposals

113 

113 

113 

RFS Holdings minority interest

(15)

(3)

(18)

(2)

(20)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory basis

11,402 

6,539 

17,941 

(16,137)

(1,802)

(5,279)

(5,277)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

                             

5

 


 

 

 

Segmental analysis (continued) 

 

 

2011

Net

  

  

  

Depreciation

  

  

interest

Non-interest

Total

Operating

and

Impairment

Operating

 income 

 income 

 income 

 expenses 

 amortisation 

 losses 

 profit/(loss) 

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Personal and Business Banking

4,871 

1,599 

6,470 

(4,355)

(1,047)

1,068 

Ulster Bank

713 

211 

924 

(611)

(1)

(1,384)

(1,072)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal & Business Banking

5,584 

1,810 

7,394 

(4,966)

(1)

(2,431)

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Banking

2,007 

1,353 

3,360 

(1,588)

(169)

(467)

1,136 

Private Banking

589 

459 

1,048 

(917)

13 

(25)

119 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial & Private Banking

2,596 

1,812 

4,408 

(2,505)

(156)

(492)

1,255 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

1,183 

5,771 

6,954 

(5,981)

(112)

(273)

588 

Central items

425 

202 

627 

993 

(982)

640 

Citizens Financial Group

1,911 

1,152 

3,063 

(2,002)

(217)

(326)

518 

Non-Core

612 

361 

973 

(934)

(371)

(3,917)

(4,249)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-statutory basis

12,311 

11,108 

23,419 

(15,395)

(1,839)

(7,437)

(1,252)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments

1,914 

1,914 

1,914 

Sovereign debt impairment and related

 

 

 

 

  interest rate hedge adjustments

(1,268)

(1,268)

Gain on redemption of own debt

255 

255 

255 

Asset Protection Scheme

(906)

(906)

(906)

Strategic disposals

(25)

(25)

(80)

(105)

Bonus tax

(27)

(27)

RFS Holdings minority interest

(8)

(6)

(2)

(7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory basis

12,303 

12,348 

24,651 

(15,501)

(1,839)

(8,707)

(1,396)

                               

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

Total income

  

Inter 

  

  

  

Inter 

  

  

  

Inter 

  

External 

segment 

Total 

External 

segment 

Total 

External 

segment 

Total 

 £m 

 £m 

 £m 

 £m 

 £m 

 £m 

 £m 

 £m 

 £m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Personal and Business Banking

5,820 

(7)

5,813 

 

6,007 

(123)

5,884 

 

6,542 

(72)

6,470 

Ulster Bank

736 

123 

859 

 

754 

77 

831 

 

945 

(21)

924 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal & Business Banking

6,556 

116 

6,672 

 

6,761 

(46)

6,715 

 

7,487 

(93)

7,394 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Banking

3,472 

(315)

3,157 

 

3,742 

(422)

3,320 

 

3,796 

(436)

3,360

Private Banking

585 

492 

1,077 

 

448 

678 

1,126 

 

436 

612 

1,048 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial & Private Banking

4,057 

177 

4,234 

 

4,190 

256 

4,446 

 

4,232 

176 

4,408 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

4,736 

272 

5,008 

 

6,057 

354 

6,411 

 

6,821 

133 

6,954 

Central items

1,164 

(255)

909 

  

998 

130 

1,128 

  

(299)

926 

627 

Citizens Financial Group

2,883 

82 

2,965 

  

2,973 

124 

3,097 

  

2,874 

189 

3,063 

Non-Core

44 

(390)

(346)

  

1,104 

(816)

288 

  

2,304 

(1,331)

973 

Non-statutory basis

19,440 

19,442 

 

22,083 

22,085 

 

23,419 

23,419 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments

(120)

(120)

  

(4,649)

(4,649)

  

1,914 

1,914 

Gain on redemption of own debt

175 

175 

  

454 

454 

  

255 

255 

Asset Protection Scheme

 

(44)

(44)

 

(906)

(906)

Strategic disposals

161 

161 

  

113 

113 

  

(25)

(25)

RFS Holdings minority interest

101 

(2)

99 

  

(16)

(2)

(18)

  

(6)

(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory basis

19,757 

19,757 

  

17,941 

17,941 

  

24,651 

24,651 

                                     

 

6

 


 

 

 

 

Segmental analysis (continued) 

 

 

  

2013

  

2012

  

2011

Total revenue

  

Inter 

  

  

  

Inter 

  

  

  

Inter 

  

External 

segment 

Total 

External 

segment 

Total 

External 

segment 

Total 

 £m 

 £m 

 £m 

 £m 

 £m 

 £m 

 £m 

 £m 

 £m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Personal and Business Banking

7,306 

17 

7,323 

 

7,491 

870 

8,361 

 

7,884 

449 

8,333 

Ulster Bank

1,022 

67 

1,089 

 

1,076 

1,076 

 

1,298 

104 

1,402

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal & Business Banking

8,328 

84 

8,412 

 

8,567 

870 

9,437 

 

9,182 

553 

9,735 

Commercial Banking

3,544 

31 

3,575 

 

3,778 

47 

3,825 

 

3,750 

63 

3,813 

Private Banking

984 

635 

1,619 

 

1,043 

839 

1,882 

 

1,026 

731 

1,757 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial & Private Banking

4,528 

666 

5,194 

 

4,821 

886 

5,707 

 

4,776 

794 

5,570 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

6,418 

4,925 

11,343 

 

8,130 

6,130 

14,260 

 

9,104 

7,469 

16,573 

Central items

2,702 

8,675 

11,377 

  

2,936 

14,248 

17,184 

  

2,945 

13,136 

16,081 

Citizens Financial Group

3,208 

94 

3,302 

  

3,413 

132 

3,545 

  

3,479 

197 

3,676 

Non-Core

948 

523 

1,471 

  

2,164 

815 

2,979 

  

3,625 

387 

4,012 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-statutory basis

26,132 

14,967 

41,099 

 

30,031 

23,081 

53,112 

 

33,111 

22,536 

55,647 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Own credit adjustments

(120)

(120)

  

(4,649)

(4,649)

  

1,914 

1,914 

Gain on redemption of own debt

175 

175 

  

454 

454 

  

255 

255 

Asset Protection Scheme

 

(44)

(44)

 

(906)

(906)

Strategic disposals

161 

161 

  

113 

113 

  

(25)

(25)

RFS Holdings minority interest

110 

110 

  

(2)

(2)

  

(3)

(3)

Eliminations

(14,967)

(14,967)

  

(23,081)

(23,081)

  

(22,536)

(22,536)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statutory basis

26,458 

26,458 

  

25,903 

25,903 

  

34,346 

34,346 

                                     

 

 

Total assets

2013

 

2012

 

2011

  

  

Cost to 

  

  

  

Cost to 

  

  

  

Cost to 

  

  

acquire fixed 

  

  

acquire fixed 

  

  

acquire fixed 

  

  

 assets and 

  

  

 assets and 

  

  

 assets and 

  

  

 intangible 

  

  

 intangible 

  

  

 intangible 

Assets 

Liabilities 

assets 

Assets 

Liabilities 

assets 

Assets 

Liabilities 

assets 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Personal and

  Business Banking

132,154 

146,256 

 

133,014 

136,686 

 

131,815 

130,830 

Ulster Bank

28,183 

27,047 

11 

 

30,727 

28,745 

 

34,783 

27,782 

45 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal & Business

  Banking

160,337 

173,303 

11 

 

163,741 

165,431 

 

166,598 

158,612 

45 

Commercial Banking

87,899 

93,200 

83 

 

88,432 

94,378 

345 

 

88,328 

93,958 

712 

Private Banking

21,148 

37,564 

27 

 

21,494 

39,431 

51 

 

21,742 

39,052 

65 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial & Private

  Banking

109,047 

130,764 

110 

 

109,926 

133,809 

396 

 

110,070 

133,010 

777 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & Institutional

  Banking 

551,200 

512,691 

508 

 

775,849 

754,953 

390 

 

905,770 

911,713 

1,571 

Central items

103,470 

84,279 

842 

  

112,960 

104,841 

991 

  

130,181 

133,286 

960 

Citizens Financial Group

71,738 

61,289 

267 

  

72,904 

63,116 

308 

  

76,095 

67,376 

271 

Non-Core

31,177 

6,100 

18 

  

63,380 

9,858 

169 

  

104,606 

18,219 

841 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,026,969 

968,426 

1,756 

 

1,298,760 

1,232,008 

2,258 

 

1,493,320 

1,422,216 

4,465 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciling items

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct Line Group

  

12,697 

9,267 

275 

  

12,743 

8,077 

99 

RFS Holdings minority

  interest

909 

237 

  

838 

572 

  

804 

521 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

1,027,878 

968,663 

1,756 

  

1,312,295 

1,241,847 

2,533 

  

1,506,867 

1,430,814 

4,564 

 

7

 


 

 

 

Segmental analysis (continued) 

 

Segmental analysis of assets and liabilities included in disposal groups:

 

  

2013

 

2012

 

2011

  

Assets 

Liabilities 

 

Assets 

Liabilities 

  

Assets 

Liabilities 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

£m 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UK Personal and Business Banking

 

 

18,775 

21,785 

Ulster Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Personal & Business Banking

 

 

18,775 

21,785 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Banking

 

 

Private Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial & Private Banking

3  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

78 

48 

 

235 

53 

 

431 

117 

Central items

882 

  

(74)

  

136 

Citizens Financial Group

679 

3,190 

 

 

Non-Core

773 

21 

  

576 

808 

  

5,670 

1,779 

Direct Line Group

  

12,697 

9,267 

  

RFS Holdings minority interest

602 

118 

  

579 

41 

  

438 

312 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

3,017 

3,378 

  

14,013 

10,170 

  

25,450 

23,995 

 

Segmental analysis of goodwill is as follows:

 

  

UK

PBB

Commercial Banking

Private Banking

 Corporate & Institutional Banking

Citizens

Financial Group

Non-Core

Direct

 Line Group

Total

  

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2011

3,431 

2,121 

812 

1,223 

3,980 

15 

946 

12,528 

Transfer to disposal groups

(15)

(15)

Currency translation and other adjustments

(27)

12 

(1)

(16)

Acquisitions

18 

18 

Write-down of goodwill

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

(80)

(80)

  - discontinued operations

(11)

(11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2012

3,351 

2,121 

812 

1,214 

3,992 

934 

12,424 

Transfers to disposal groups

(540)

(540)

Disposals

(9)

(9)

Currency translation and other adjustments

(3)

(25)

(169)

(197)

Write-down of goodwill

 

 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  - continuing operations

(18)

(18)

  - discontinued operations

(394)

(394)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 1 January 2013

3,351 

2,121 

800 

1,171 

3,823 

11,266 

Disposals

(1)

(1)

Currency translation and other adjustments

19 

(88)

(67)

Write-down of goodwill

(1,059)

(1,059)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At 31 December 2013

3,351 

2,121 

801 

131 

3,735 

10,139 

 

8

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Components of reportable segments

 

9

 


 

 

 

Components of reportable segments

 

The tables in this section summarise the performance of each of the new reportable segments and show how the previously reported divisions have been allocated to them.

 

Personal & Business Banking (PBB) includes the reportable segments UK Personal & Business Banking (UK PBB) and Ulster Bank (unchanged from previous reporting structure). UK PBB includes the whole of UK Retail and Business Banking operations, which serves customers with a turnover of up to £2 million which was previously included in UK Corporate division. Williams & Glyn is included in this segment.

 

Commercial & Private Banking (CPB) includes the reportable segments Commercial Banking and Private Banking. Commercial Banking comprises the commercial and mid-corporate elements of UK Corporate. It also includes a small number of large domestically focused UK Corporates previously reported within International Banking.

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking (CIB) includes the majority of customers previously reported within the International Banking and Markets businesses. CIB is reported as a single reportable segment.

 

In the new reporting structure, US Retail & Commercial (US R&C) is now referred to as CFG and Wealth is now referred to as Private Banking.

 

10

 


 

 

 

UK Personal & Business Banking  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

UK Retail

UK Corporate

  

UK PBB

Income statement

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

972 

152 

  

1,124 

Non-interest income

246 

93 

  

339 

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,218 

245 

  

1,463 

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(162)

(63)

  

(225)

  - other

(120)

(10)

  

(130)

Indirect expenses

(437)

(83)

  

(520)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  - indirect

11 

(1)

  

10 

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(708)

(157)

  

(865)

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

510 

88 

  

598 

Impairment losses

(59)

(29)

  

(88)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

451 

59 

  

510 

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

UK Retail

UK Corporate

  

UK PBB

Income statement

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

3,883 

607 

  

4,490 

Non-interest income

958 

365 

  

1,323 

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

4,841 

972 

  

5,813 

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(674)

(259)

  

(933)

  - other

(442)

(82)

  

(524)

Indirect expenses

(1,637)

(312)

  

(1,949)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(118)

  

(118)

  - indirect

(94)

(15)

  

(109)

Litigation and conduct costs

(860)

  

(860)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(3,825)

(668)

  

(4,493)

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

1,016 

304 

  

1,320 

Impairment losses

(324)

(177)

  

(501)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

692 

127 

  

819 

 

11

 


 

 

 

UK Personal & Business Banking  

 

 

 

 

Half year ended 30 June 2013

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

UK Retail

UK Corporate

  

UK PBB

Income statement

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,897 

303 

  

2,200 

Non-interest income

451 

178 

  

629 

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

2,348 

481 

  

2,829 

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(339)

(130)

  

(469)

  - other

(171)

(29)

  

(200)

Indirect expenses

(802)

(145)

  

(947)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(70)

  

(70)

  - indirect

(34)

(5)

  

(39)

Litigation and conduct costs

(160)

  

(160)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(1,576)

(309)

  

(1,885)

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

772 

172 

  

944 

Impairment losses

(169)

(87)

  

(256)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

603 

85 

  

688 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

UK Retail

UK Corporate

  

UK PBB

Income statement

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

965 

153 

  

1,118 

Non-interest income

225 

95 

  

320 

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,190 

248 

  

1,438 

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(171)

(64)

  

(235)

  - other

(83)

(13)

  

(96)

Indirect expenses

(409)

(75)

  

(484)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(47)

  

(47)

  - indirect

(19)

(3)

  

(22)

Litigation and conduct costs

(160)

  

(160)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(889)

(155)

  

(1,044)

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

301 

93 

  

394 

Impairment losses

(89)

(37)

  

(126)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

212 

56 

  

268 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 


 

 

 

UK Personal & Business Banking  

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2012

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

UK Retail

UK Corporate

  

UK PBB

Income statement

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

3,831 

701 

 

4,532 

Non-interest income

979 

373 

 

1,352 

  

 

 

 

 

Total income

4,810 

1,074 

 

5,884 

  

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(746)

(258)

 

(1,004)

  - other

(255)

(29)

 

(284)

Indirect expenses

(1,586)

(269)

 

(1,855)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(140)

 

(140)

  - indirect

(89)

(15)

 

(104)

Litigation and conduct costs

(1,085)

 

(1,085)

  

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(3,901)

(571)

 

(4,472)

  

 

 

 

 

Profit before impairment losses

909 

503 

 

1,412 

Impairment losses

(529)

(212)

 

(741)

  

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

380 

291 

 

671 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2011

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

UK Retail

UK Corporate

  

UK PBB

Income statement

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

4,096 

775 

 

4,871 

Non-interest income

1,206 

393 

 

1,599 

  

 

 

 

 

Total income

5,302 

1,168 

 

6,470 

  

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(807)

(253)

 

(1,060)

  - other

(294)

(26)

 

(320)

Indirect expenses

(1,667)

(276)

 

(1,943)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(86)

 

(86)

  - indirect

(63)

(35)

 

(98)

Litigation and conduct costs

(848)

 

(848)

  

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(3,765)

(590)

 

(4,355)

  

 

 

 

 

Profit before impairment losses

1,537 

578 

 

2,115 

Impairment losses

(788)

(259)

 

(1,047)

  

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

749 

319 

 

1,068 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 


 

 

 

Commercial Banking  

 

 

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

  

International

  

  

Commercial

  

UK Corporate

Banking

Centre

  

Banking

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

476 

11 

  

488 

Non-interest income

287 

(7)

  

282 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

763 

  

770 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(133)

  

(133)

  - other

(63)

  

(63)

Indirect expenses

(212)

  

(212)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  - indirect

(1)

  

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(409)

  

(409)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

354 

  

361 

Impairment losses

(40)

  

(40)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

314 

  

321 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

  

International

  

  

Commercial

  

UK Corporate

Banking

Centre

  

Banking

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,934 

19 

  

1,962 

Non-interest income

1,195 

(7)

  

1,195 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

3,129 

16 

12 

  

3,157 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(514)

(1)

  

(515)

  - other

(272)

  

(272)

Indirect expenses

(886)

  

(886)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(18)

  

(18)

  - indirect

(37)

  

(37)

Litigation and conduct costs

(247)

  

(247)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(1,974)

(1)

  

(1,975)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

1,155 

15 

12 

  

1,182 

Impairment losses

(652)

  

(652)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

503 

15 

12 

  

530 

 

 

 

14

 


 

 

 

Commercial Banking  

 

 

Half year ended 30 June 2013

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

  

International

  

  

Commercial

  

UK Corporate

Banking

Centre

  

Banking

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

925 

  

936 

Non-interest income

611 

(2)

  

613 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,536 

  

1,549 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(254)

  

(254)

  - other

(145)

  

(145)

Indirect expenses

(401)

  

(401)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(14)

  

(14)

  - indirect

(15)

  

(15)

Litigation and conduct costs

(25)

  

(25)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(854)

  

(854)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

682 

  

695 

Impairment losses

(282)

  

(282)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

400 

  

413 

 

 

 

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

  

International

  

  

Commercial

  

UK Corporate

Banking

Centre

  

Banking

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

479 

  

484 

Non-interest income

323 

  

325 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

802 

  

809 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(127)

  

(127)

  - other

(77)

  

(77)

Indirect expenses

(205)

  

(205)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(7)

  

(7)

  - indirect

(9)

  

(9)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(425)

  

(425)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

377 

  

384 

Impairment losses

(155)

  

(155)

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

222 

  

229 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 


 

 

 

Commercial Banking  

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2012

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

  

International

  

  

Commercial

  

UK Corporate

Banking

Centre

  

Banking

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,958 

10 

 

1,969 

Non-interest income

1,343 

 

1,351 

  

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

3,301 

18 

 

3,320 

  

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(535)

(1)

 

(536)

  - other

(264)

 

(264)

Indirect expenses

(774)

 

(774)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(71)

 

(71)

  - indirect

(39)

 

(39)

Litigation and conduct costs

(343)

 

(343)

  

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(2,026)

(1)

 

(2,027)

  

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before impairment losses

1,275 

17 

 

1,293 

Impairment losses

(545)

 

(545)

  

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

730 

17 

 

748 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2011

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

  

International

  

  

Commercial

  

UK Corporate

Banking

Centre

  

Banking

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,997 

10 

 

2,007 

Non-interest income

1,345 

 

1,353 

  

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

3,342 

18 

 

3,360 

  

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(564)

(1)

 

(565)

  - other

(282)

 

(282)

Indirect expenses

(782)

 

(782)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(35)

 

(35)

  - indirect

(93)

 

(93)

Litigation and conduct costs

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(1,756)

(1)

 

(1,757)

  

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before impairment losses

1,586 

17 

 

1,603 

Impairment losses

(467)

 

(467)

  

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

1,119 

17 

 

1,136 

 

 

 

 

16

 


 

 

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

International

  

Total

  

UK Corporate

Banking

Markets

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

23 

155 

179 

Non-interest income

17 

246 

909 

1,172 

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

40 

401 

910 

1,351 

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(5)

(62)

(205)

(272)

  - other

(5)

(18)

(90)

(113)

Indirect expenses

(5)

(242)

(341)

(588)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(1)

(14)

(15)

  - indirect

(31)

(24)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(15)

(316)

(681)

(1,012)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit before impairment losses

25 

85 

229 

339 

Impairment recoveries/(losses)

(10)

(2)

(6)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

31 

75 

227 

333 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

International

  

Total

  

UK Corporate

Banking

Markets

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

124 

660 

(102)

682 

Non-interest income

33 

1,128 

3,165 

4,326 

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

157 

1,788 

3,063 

5,008 

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(16)

(313)

(655)

(984)

  - other

(2)

(92)

(596)

(690)

Indirect expenses

(23)

(979)

(1,891)

(2,893)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(11)

(74)

(85)

  - indirect

(1)

(98)

(18)

(117)

Litigation and conduct costs

(2,441)

(2,441)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(42)

(1,493)

(5,675)

(7,210)

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

115 

295 

(2,612)

(2,202)

Impairment losses

(359)

(229)

(92)

(680)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating (loss)/profit

(244)

66 

(2,704)

(2,882)

17

 


 

 

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended 30 June 2013

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

International

  

Total

  

UK Corporate

Banking

Markets

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

59 

350 

(96)

313 

Non-interest income

16 

572 

1,807 

2,395 

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

75 

922 

1,711 

2,708 

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(8)

(164)

(408)

(580)

  - other

(1)

(39)

(244)

(284)

Indirect expenses

(11)

(462)

(852)

(1,325)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(4)

(33)

(37)

  - indirect

(37)

(9)

(46)

Litigation and conduct costs

(410)

(410)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(20)

(706)

(1,956)

(2,682)

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

55 

216 

(245)

26 

Impairment losses

(10)

(154)

(59)

(223)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss)

45 

62 

(304)

(197)

 

 

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

International

  

Total

  

UK Corporate

Banking

Markets

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

29 

170 

(57)

142 

Non-interest income

289 

796 

1,094 

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

38 

459 

739 

1,236 

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(4)

(81)

(162)

(247)

  - other

(18)

(136)

(154)

Indirect expenses

(6)

(230)

(421)

(657)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(2)

(22)

(24)

  - indirect

(22)

(20)

Litigation and conduct costs

(385)

(385)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(10)

(353)

(1,124)

(1,487)

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

28 

106 

(385)

(251)

Impairment losses

(2)

(99)

(43)

(144)

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss)

26 

(428)

(395)

 

18

 


 

 

 

Corporate & Institutional Banking

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2012

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

International

  

Total

  

UK Corporate

Banking

Markets

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

123 

894 

(203)

814 

Non-interest income

33 

1,192 

4,372 

5,597 

  

 

 

 

 

Total income

156 

2,086 

4,169 

6,411 

  

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(21)

(368)

(974)

(1,363)

  - other

(5)

(99)

(412)

(516)

Indirect expenses

(21)

(987)

(1,837)

(2,845)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(91)

(330)

(421)

  - indirect

(1)

(161)

(399)

(561)

Litigation and conduct costs

(723)

(723)

  

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(48)

(1,706)

(4,675)

(6,429)

  

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

108 

380 

(506)

(18)

Impairment losses

(81)

(111)

(37)

(229)

  

 

 

 

 

Operating profit/(loss)

27 

269 

(543)

(247)

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2011

  

Allocated from

  

  

  

International

  

Total

  

UK Corporate

Banking

Markets

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

123 

1,175 

(115)

1,183 

Non-interest income

33 

1,390 

4,348 

5,771 

  

 

 

 

 

Total income

156 

2,565 

4,233 

6,954 

  

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(21)

(499)

(1,254)

(1,774)

  - other

(9)

(142)

(470)

(621)

Indirect expenses

(22)

(998)

(2,111)

(3,131)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(42)

(243)

(285)

  - indirect

(2)

(80)

(200)

(282)

  

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(54)

(1,761)

(4,278)

(6,093)

  

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

102 

804 

(45)

861 

Impairment losses

(67)

(168)

(38)

(273)

  

 

 

 

 

Operating profit/(loss)

35 

636 

(83)

588 

19

 


 

 

 

Central items

 

  

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

  

  

  

Net impact

 

   

  

  

  

  

  

of revised

Allocated to

Unallocated

  

  

  

Previously

  

Treasury

Commercial

cost

  

  

  

reported

  

allocations

Banking

allocations

  

Total

  

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central items not allocated

(76)

  

154 

(4)

(69)

  

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2013

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of revised

Allocated to

Unallocated

  

  

  

Previously

  

Treasury

Commercial

cost

  

  

  

reported

  

allocations

Banking

allocations

  

Total

  

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central items not allocated

(89)

  

660 

(12)

88 

  

647 

 

  

Half year ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of revised

Allocated to

Unallocated

  

  

  

Previously

  

Treasury

Commercial

cost

  

  

  

reported

  

allocations

Banking

allocations

  

Total

  

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central items not allocated

104 

  

385 

(5)

69 

  

553 

 

  

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of revised

Allocated to

Unallocated

  

  

  

Previously

  

Treasury

Commercial

cost

  

  

  

reported

  

allocations

Banking

allocations

  

Total

  

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central items not allocated

140 

  

173 

(3)

42 

  

352 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2012

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of revised

Allocated to

Unallocated

  

  

  

Previously

  

Treasury

Commercial

cost

  

  

  

reported

  

allocations

Banking

allocations

  

Total

  

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central items not allocated

84 

 

735 

(1)

27 

 

845 

 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2011

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

of revised

Allocated to

Unallocated

  

  

  

Previously

  

Treasury

Commercial

cost

  

  

  

reported

  

allocations

Banking

allocations

  

Total

  

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Central items not allocated

(34)

 

605 

69 

 

640 

 

20

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allocation of previous divisions to new reportable segments

 

21

 


 

 

 

Allocation of previous divisions to new reportable segments

 

The tables in this section summarise the performance of the previously reported divisions, as adjusted for the reporting changes outlined on pages 3 and 4 of this Form 6-K, and show how these divisions have been allocated to the new reportable segments.

 

In the first quarter of 2014, RBS reclassified certain costs between direct and indirect expenses for all previously reported divisions. The revisions did not affect total operating expenses or operating profit and the reclassifications have been reflected in the previously reported column.

 

 

22

 


 

 

 

UK Retail  

 

 

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Allocated

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

to UK PBB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

994 

(22)

  

972 

Non-interest income

246 

  

246 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,240 

(22)

  

1,218 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(165)

(8)

  

(162)

  - other

(148)

27 

  

(120)

Indirect expenses

(335)

(36)

(66)

  

(437)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - indirect

11 

  

11 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(648)

(4)

(59)

  

(708)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

592 

(4)

(59)

(22)

  

510 

Impairment losses

(59)

  

(59)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

533 

(4)

(59)

(22)

  

451 

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Allocated

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

to UK PBB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

3,979 

(96)

  

3,883 

Non-interest income

958 

  

958 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

4,937 

(96)

  

4,841 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(684)

24 

22 

(36)

  

(674)

  - other

(560)

117 

  

(442)

Indirect expenses

(1,426)

(177)

(34)

  

(1,637)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(118)

  

(118)

  - indirect

(94)

  

(94)

Litigation and conduct costs

(860)

  

(860)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(2,670)

(36)

(11)

(1,108)

  

(3,825)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

2,267 

(36)

(11)

(96)

(1,108)

  

1,016 

Impairment losses

(324)

  

(324)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

1,943 

(36)

(11)

(96)

(1,108)

  

692 

 

23

 


 

 

 

UK Retail  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Allocated

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

to UK PBB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,952 

(55)

  

1,897 

Non-interest income

451 

  

451 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

2,403 

(55)

  

2,348 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(347)

14 

12 

(18)

  

(339)

  - other

(224)

52 

  

(171)

Indirect expenses

(709)

(75)

(18)

  

(802)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(70)

  

(70)

  - indirect

(34)

  

(34)

Litigation and conduct costs

(160)

  

(160)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(1,280)

(9)

(5)

(282)

  

(1,576)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

1,123 

(9)

(5)

(55)

(282)

  

772 

Impairment losses

(169)

  

(169)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

954 

(9)

(5)

(55)

(282)

  

603 

 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Allocated

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

to UK PBB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

987 

(22)

  

965 

Non-interest income

225 

  

225 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,212 

(22)

  

1,190 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(175)

(9)

  

(171)

  - other

(112)

28 

  

(83)

Indirect expenses

(359)

(41)

(9)

  

(409)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(47)

  

(47)

  - indirect

(19)

  

(19)

Litigation and conduct costs

(160)

  

(160)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(646)

(6)

(2)

(235)

  

(889)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

566 

(6)

(2)

(22)

(235)

  

301 

Impairment losses

(89)

  

(89)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

477 

(6)

(2)

(22)

(235)

  

212 

 

24

 


 

 

 

UK Retail  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Allocated

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

to UK PBB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

3,990 

(159)

 

3,831 

Non-interest income

979 

 

979 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

4,969 

(159)

 

4,810 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(783)

32 

29 

(24)

 

(746)

  - other

(369)

114 

 

(255)

Indirect expenses

(1,397)

(158)

(31)

 

(1,586)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(140)

 

(140)

  - indirect

(89)

 

(89)

Litigation and conduct costs

(1,085)

 

(1,085)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(2,549)

(12)

(2)

(1,338)

 

(3,901)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before impairment losses

2,420 

(12)

(2)

(159)

(1,338)

 

909 

Impairment losses

(529)

 

(529)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

1,891 

(12)

(2)

(159)

(1,338)

 

380 

                 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2011

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Allocated

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

to UK PBB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

4,302 

(206)

 

4,096 

Non-interest income

1,206 

 

1,206 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

5,508 

(206)

 

5,302 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(820)

23 

(10)

 

(807)

  - other

(432)

138 

 

(294)

Indirect expenses

(1,447)

(191)

(29)

 

(1,667)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(86)

 

(86)

  - indirect

(63)

 

(63)

Litigation and conduct costs

(848)

 

(848)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(2,699)

(30)

(29)

(1,007)

 

(3,765)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before impairment losses

2,809 

(30)

(29)

(206)

(1,007)

 

1,537 

Impairment losses

(788)

 

(788)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

2,021 

(30)

(29)

(206)

(1,007)

 

749 

25

 


 

 

 

UK Corporate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Allocated to

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

Commercial

  

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

UK PBB

Banking

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

706 

(55)

  

152 

476 

23 

Non-interest income

397 

  

93 

287 

17 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,103 

(55)

  

245 

763 

40 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(221)

20 

(8)

  

(63)

(133)

(5)

  - other

(93)

10 

  

(10)

(63)

(5)

Indirect expenses

(235)

(17)

(48)

  

(83)

(212)

(5)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - indirect

(2)

  

(1)

(1)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(549)

(4)

(18)

(10)

  

(157)

(409)

(15)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  impairment losses

554 

(4)

(18)

(55)

(10)

  

88 

354 

25 

Impairment (losses)/recoveries

(63)

  

(29)

(40)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

491 

(4)

(18)

(55)

(10)

  

59 

314 

31 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Allocated to

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

Commercial

  

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

UK PBB

Banking

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

2,874 

(209)

  

607 

1,934 

124 

Non-interest income

1,593 

  

365 

1,195 

33 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

4,467 

(209)

  

972 

3,129 

157 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(865)

30 

82 

(36)

  

(259)

(514)

(16)

  - other

(437)

27 

54 

  

(82)

(272)

(2)

Indirect expenses

(917)

(166)

(138)

  

(312)

(886)

(23)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(18)

  

(18)

  - indirect

(53)

  

(15)

(37)

(1)

Litigation and conduct costs

(247)

  

(247)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(2,219)

(109)

(2)

(354)

  

(668)

(1,974)

(42)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  impairment losses

2,248 

(109)

(2)

(209)

(354)

  

304 

1,155 

115 

Impairment losses

(1,188)

  

(177)

(652)

(359)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss)

1,060 

(109)

(2)

(209)

(354)

  

127 

503 

(244)

 

26

 


 

 

 

UK Corporate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Allocated to

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

Commercial

  

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

UK PBB

Banking

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,421 

(134)

  

303 

925 

59 

Non-interest income

805 

  

178 

611 

16 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

2,226 

(134)

  

481 

1,536 

75 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(431)

15 

42 

(18)

  

(130)

(254)

(8)

  - other

(216)

13 

28 

  

(29)

(145)

(1)

Indirect expenses

(447)

(39)

(71)

  

(145)

(401)

(11)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(14)

  

(14)

  - indirect

(20)

  

(5)

(15)

Litigation and conduct costs

(25)

  

(25)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(1,094)

(11)

(1)

(77)

  

(309)

(854)

(20)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  impairment losses

1,132 

(11)

(1)

(134)

(77)

  

172 

682 

55 

Impairment losses

(379)

  

(87)

(282)

(10)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

753 

(11)

(1)

(134)

(77)

  

85 

400 

45 

 

 

 

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Allocated to

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

Commercial

  

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

UK PBB

Banking

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

715 

(54)

  

153 

479 

29 

Non-interest income

427 

  

95 

323 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,142 

(54)

  

248 

802 

38 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(214)

21 

(9)

  

(64)

(127)

(4)

  - other

(113)

14 

  

(13)

(77)

Indirect expenses

(226)

(23)

(37)

  

(75)

(205)

(6)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(7)

  

(7)

  - indirect

(12)

  

(3)

(9)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(553)

(7)

(2)

(28)

  

(155)

(425)

(10)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  impairment losses

589 

(7)

(2)

(54)

(28)

  

93 

377 

28 

Impairment losses

(194)

  

(37)

(155)

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

395 

(7)

(2)

(54)

(28)

  

56 

222 

26 

 

27

 


 

 

 

UK Corporate

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Allocated to

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

Commercial

  

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

UK PBB

Banking

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

2,974 

(192)

 

701 

1,958 

123 

Non-interest income

1,749 

 

373 

1,343 

33 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

4,723 

(192)

 

1,074 

3,301 

156 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(892)

33 

69 

(24)

 

(258)

(535)

(21)

  - other

(358)

26 

34 

 

(29)

(264)

(5)

Indirect expenses

(839)

(121)

(104)

 

(269)

(774)

(21)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(71)

 

(71)

  - indirect

(55)

 

(15)

(39)

(1)

Litigation and conduct costs

(343)

 

(343)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(2,089)

(62)

(1)

(493)

 

(571)

(2,026)

(48)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  impairment losses

2,634 

(62)

(1)

(192)

(493)

 

503 

1,275 

108 

Impairment losses

(838)

 

(212)

(545)

(81)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit/(loss)

1,796 

(62)

(1)

(192)

(493)

 

291 

730 

27 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2011

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Allocated to

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

Commercial

  

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

UK PBB

Banking

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

3,092 

(197)

 

775 

1,997 

123 

Non-interest income

1,771 

 

393 

1,345 

33 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

4,863 

(197)

 

1,168 

3,342 

156 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(887)

90 

(41)

 

(253)

(564)

(21)

  - other

(374)

57 

 

(26)

(282)

(9)

Indirect expenses

(885)

(117)

(78)

 

(276)

(782)

(22)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(35)

 

(35)

  - indirect

(130)

 

(35)

(93)

(2)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(2,146)

30 

(78)

(206)

 

(590)

(1,756)

(54)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  impairment losses

2,717 

30 

(78)

(197)

(206)

 

578 

1,586 

102 

Impairment losses

(793)

 

(259)

(467)

(67)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit/(loss)

1,924 

30 

(78)

(197)

(206)

 

319 

1,119 

35 

 

28

 


 

 

 

Wealth

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Revised

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Private

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Banking

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

171 

(1)

  

170 

Non-interest income

103 

  

103 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

274 

(1)

  

273 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(94)

10 

(2)

  

(80)

  - other

(30)

  

(18)

Indirect expenses

(73)

(10)

(18)

  

(101)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(197)

(2)

(2)

  

(199)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

77 

(2)

(1)

(2)

  

74 

Impairment recoveries

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

78 

(2)

(1)

(2)

  

75 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Revised

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Private

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Banking

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

674 

(16)

  

658 

Non-interest income

419 

  

419 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,093 

(16)

  

1,077 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(384)

29 

45 

(8)

  

(318)

  - other

(122)

15 

24 

  

(83)

Indirect expenses

(337)

(64)

(74)

  

(475)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(18)

  

(18)

  - indirect

(9)

  

(9)

Litigation and conduct costs

(206)

  

(206)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(843)

(20)

(5)

(241)

  

(1,109)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

250 

(20)

(5)

(16)

(241)

  

(32)

Impairment losses

(29)

  

(29)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss)

221 

(20)

(5)

(16)

(241)

  

(61)

29

 


 

 

 

Wealth

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact 

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Revised

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Private

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Banking

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

331 

(14)

  

317 

Non-interest income

214 

  

214 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

545 

(14)

  

531 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(207)

15 

23 

(4)

  

(173)

  - other

(51)

12 

  

(30)

Indirect expenses

(168)

(24)

(36)

  

(228)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(1)

  

(1)

  - indirect

(4)

  

(4)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(426)

(1)

(9)

  

(436)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

119 

(1)

(14)

(9)

  

95 

Impairment losses

(7)

  

(7)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

112 

(1)

(14)

(9)

  

88 

 

 

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Revised

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Private

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Banking

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

162 

(3)

  

159 

Non-interest income

110 

  

110 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

272 

(3)

  

269 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(104)

11 

(2)

  

(88)

  - other

(28)

  

(17)

Indirect expenses

(82)

(12)

(18)

  

(112)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(1)

  

(1)

  - indirect

(2)

  

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(214)

(1)

(5)

  

(220)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

58 

(1)

(3)

(5)

  

49 

Impairment losses

(2)

  

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

56 

(1)

(3)

(5)

  

47 

 

30

 


 

 

 

Wealth

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Revised

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Private

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Banking

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

720 

(44)

 

676 

Non-interest income

450 

 

450 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

1,170 

(44)

 

1,126 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(396)

31 

49 

(4)

 

(320)

  - other

(161)

24 

27 

 

(110)

Indirect expenses

(324)

(73)

(77)

 

(474)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(12)

 

(12)

  - indirect

(16)

 

(16)

Litigation and conduct costs

(7)

 

(7)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(881)

(18)

(1)

(39)

 

(939)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

289 

(18)

(1)

(44)

(39)

 

187 

Impairment losses

(46)

 

(46)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit/(loss)

243 

(18)

(1)

(44)

(39)

 

141 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2011

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Revised

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Private

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Banking

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

645 

(56)

 

589 

Non-interest income

459 

 

459 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

1,104 

(56)

 

1,048 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(384)

82 

(8)

 

(310)

  - other

(129)

47 

 

(82)

Indirect expenses

(324)

(71)

(79)

 

(474)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(14)

 

(14)

  - indirect

(22)

 

(22)

Litigation and conduct costs

(2)

 

(2)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(837)

58 

(79)

(46)

 

(904)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

267 

58 

(79)

(56)

(46)

 

144 

Impairment losses

(25)

 

(25)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit/(loss)

242 

58 

(79)

(56)

(46)

 

119 

31

 


 

 

 

International Banking

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

  

  

  

  

Net impact 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Allocated to

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Commercial

  

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Banking

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

180 

(24)

  

155 

Non-interest income

248 

  

246 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

428 

(24)

  

401 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(109)

15 

32 

  

(62)

  - other

(35)

14 

  

(18)

Indirect expenses

(164)

(15)

(63)

  

(242)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(1)

  

(1)

  - indirect

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(308)

(17)

  

(316)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

120 

(17)

(24)

  

85 

Impairment losses

(10)

  

(10)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

110 

(17)

(24)

  

75 

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Allocated to

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Commercial

  

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Banking

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

713 

(44)

  

660 

Non-interest income

1,135 

  

1,128 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,848 

(44)

  

16 

1,788 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(496)

55 

127 

  

(1)

(313)

  - other

(167)

68 

  

(92)

Indirect expenses

(677)

(103)

(199)

  

(979)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(11)

  

(11)

  - indirect

(98)

  

(98)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(1,340)

(41)

(4)

(109)

  

(1)

(1,493)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

508 

(41)

(4)

(44)

(109)

  

15 

295 

Impairment losses

(229)

  

(229)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

279 

(41)

(4)

(44)

(109)

  

15 

66 

32

 


 

 

 

International Banking

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Allocated to

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Commercial

  

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Banking

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

374 

(20)

  

350 

Non-interest income

576 

  

572 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

950 

(20)

  

922 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(253)

28 

61 

  

(164)

  - other

(70)

27 

  

(39)

Indirect expenses

(337)

(34)

(91)

  

(462)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(4)

  

(4)

  - indirect

(37)

  

(37)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(660)

(2)

(3)

(41)

  

(706)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

290 

(2)

(3)

(20)

(41)

  

216 

Impairment losses

(154)

  

(154)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

136 

(2)

(3)

(20)

(41)

  

62 

 

 

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact 

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Allocated to

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Commercial

  

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Banking

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

177 

(5)

  

170 

Non-interest income

291 

  

289 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

468 

(5)

  

459 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(128)

15 

32 

  

(81)

  - other

(32)

12 

  

(18)

Indirect expenses

(167)

(18)

(45)

  

(230)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(2)

  

(2)

  - indirect

(22)

  

(22)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(327)

(1)

(1)

(24)

  

(353)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

141 

(1)

(1)

(5)

(24)

  

106 

Impairment losses

(99)

  

(99)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

42 

(1)

(1)

(5)

(24)

  

 

33

 


 

 

 

International Banking

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Allocated to

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Commercial

  

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Banking

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

922 

(18)

 

10 

894 

Non-interest income

1,200 

 

1,192 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

2,122 

(18)

 

18 

2,086 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(541)

55 

117 

 

(1)

(368)

  - other

(156)

11 

46 

 

(99)

Indirect expenses

(720)

(104)

(163)

 

(987)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(91)

 

(91)

  - indirect

(161)

 

(161)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(1,417)

(38)

(252)

 

(1)

(1,706)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before impairment losses

705 

(38)

(18)

(252)

 

17 

380 

Impairment losses

(111)

 

(111)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

594 

(38)

(18)

(252)

 

17 

269 

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2011

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

Allocated to

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Commercial

  

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Banking

CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,157 

28 

 

10 

1,175 

Non-interest income

1,398 

 

1,390 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

2,555 

28 

 

18 

2,565 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(672)

172 

 

(1)

(499)

  - other

(221)

79 

 

(142)

Indirect expenses

(739)

(132)

(127)

 

(998)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(42)

 

-

(42)

  - indirect

(80)

 

-

(80)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(1,632)

119 

(127)

(122)

 

(1)

(1,761)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before impairment losses

923 

119 

(127)

28 

(122)

 

17 

804 

Impairment losses

(168)

 

(168)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

755 

119 

(127)

28 

(122)

 

17 

636 

 

34

 


 

 

 

Ulster Bank

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

treasury

of reconciling

  

Revised

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Ulster Bank

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

159 

(5)

  

154 

Non-interest income

47 

  

47 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

206 

(5)

  

201 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(63)

  

(63)

  - other

(17)

  

(17)

Indirect expenses

(62)

(1)

  

(63)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - indirect

(2)

  

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(142)

(1)

(2)

  

(145)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

64 

(1)

(5)

(2)

  

56 

Impairment losses

(47)

  

(47)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

17 

(1)

(5)

(2)

  

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Revised

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Ulster Bank

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

631  

-  

-  

(12)

-  

  

619  

Non-interest income

240  

-  

-  

-  

-  

  

240  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

871  

-  

-  

(12)

-  

  

859  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(239)

-  

-  

-  

-  

  

(239)

  - other

(63)

-  

-  

-  

-  

  

(63)

Indirect expenses

(252)

(11)

-  

-  

-  

  

(263)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

-  

-  

-  

-  

(27)

  

(27)

  - indirect

-  

-  

-  

-  

(12)

  

(12)

Litigation and conduct costs

-  

-  

-  

-  

(90)

  

(90)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(554)

(11)

-  

-  

(129)

  

(694)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

317  

(11)

-  

(12)

(129)

  

165  

Impairment losses

(1,774)

-  

-  

-  

-  

  

(1,774)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating loss

(1,457)

(11)

-  

(12)

(129)

  

(1,609)

35

 


 

 

 

Ulster Bank

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Revised

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Ulster Bank

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

308 

(6)

  

302 

Non-interest income

142 

  

142 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

450 

(6)

  

444 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(124)

  

(124)

  - other

(27)

  

(27)

Indirect expenses

(125)

  

(125)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(15)

  

(15)

  - indirect

(6)

  

(6)

Litigation and conduct costs

(25)

  

(25)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(276)

(46)

  

(322)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

174 

(6)

(46)

  

122 

Impairment losses

(503)

  

(503)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating loss

(329)

(6)

(46)

  

(381)

 

 

 

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Revised

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Ulster Bank

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

154 

(2)

  

152 

Non-interest income

88 

  

88 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

242 

(2)

  

240 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(67)

  

(67)

  - other

(12)

  

(12)

Indirect expenses

(65)

  

(65)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(14)

  

(14)

  - indirect

(4)

  

(4)

Litigation and conduct costs

(25)

  

(25)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(144)

(43)

  

(187)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

98 

(2)

(43)

  

53 

Impairment losses

(263)

  

(263)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating loss

(165)

(2)

(43)

  

(210)

 

36

 


 

 

 

Ulster Bank

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Revised

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Ulster Bank

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

649 

(14)

 

635 

Non-interest income

196 

 

196 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

845 

(14)

 

831 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(214)

 

(214)

  - other

(49)

 

(49)

Indirect expenses

(258)

(10)

 

(267)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(27)

 

(27)

  - indirect

(10)

 

(10)

Litigation and conduct costs

(33)

 

(33)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(521)

(10)

(70)

 

(600)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before impairment losses

324 

(10)

(14)

(70)

 

231 

Impairment losses

(1,364)

 

(1,364)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

(1,040)

(10)

(14)

(70)

 

(1,133)

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2011

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Revised

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Ulster Bank

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

736 

(23)

 

713 

Non-interest income

211 

 

211 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

947 

(23)

 

924 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(225)

 

(225)

  - other

(67)

 

(67)

Indirect expenses

(255)

(11)

 

(265)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(4)

 

(4)

  - indirect

(51)

 

(51)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(547)

(11)

(55)

 

(612)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before impairment losses

400 

(11)

(23)

(55)

 

312 

Impairment losses

(1,384)

 

(1,384)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

(984)

(11)

(23)

(55)

 

(1,072)

 

37

 


 

 

 

Citizens Financial Group (£ Sterling)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

Previously

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

reported

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

  

as US R&C

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

CFG

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

488 

  

488 

Non-interest income

229 

  

229 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

717 

  

717 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(251)

  

(251)

  - other

(249)

  

(249)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(500)

  

(500)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

217 

  

217 

Impairment losses

(73)

  

(73)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

144 

  

144 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

Previously

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

reported

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

  

as US R&C

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

CFG

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,916 

(24)

  

1,892 

Non-interest income

1,073 

  

1,073 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

2,989 

(24)

  

2,965 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(1,091)

  

(1,091)

  - other

(984)

(2)

  

(986)

Indirect expenses

(111)

(5)

  

(111)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(16)

  

(16)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(2,186)

(5)

(18)

  

(2,204)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

803 

(5)

(24)

(18)

  

761 

Impairment losses

(156)

  

(156)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

647 

(5)

(24)

(18)

  

605 

38

 


 

 

 

Citizens Financial Group (£ Sterling)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

Previously

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

reported

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

  

as US R&C

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

CFG

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

944 

(5)

  

939 

Non-interest income

570 

  

570 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,514 

(5)

  

1,509 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(572)

  

(572)

  - other

(481)

(1)

  

(482)

Indirect expenses

(47)

(2)

  

(48)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(3)

  

(3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(1,100)

(2)

(4)

  

(1,105)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

414 

(2)

(5)

(4)

  

404 

Impairment losses

(51)

  

(51)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

363 

(2)

(5)

(4)

  

353 

 

 

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

Previously

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

reported

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

  

as US R&C

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

CFG

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

473 

(4)

  

469 

Non-interest income

278 

  

278 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

751 

(4)

  

747 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(286)

  

(286)

  - other

(233)

  

(233)

Indirect expenses

(26)

(1)

  

(27)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(2)

  

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(545)

(1)

(2)

  

(548)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

206 

(1)

(4)

(2)

  

199 

Impairment losses

(32)

  

(32)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

174 

(1)

(4)

(2)

  

167 

39

 


 

 

 

Citizens Financial Group (£ Sterling)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

Previously

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

reported

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

  

as US R&C

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

CFG

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,932 

 

1,938 

Non-interest income

1,159 

 

1,159 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

3,091 

 

3,097 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(1,037)

 

(1,037)

  - other

(1,026)

(1)

 

(1,027)

  - litigation settlement

(88)

 

(88)

Indirect expenses

(95)

(1)

 

(95)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(2,246)

(1)

 

(2,246)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before impairment losses

845 

(1)

 

851 

Impairment losses

(91)

 

(91)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

754 

(1)

 

760 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2011

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

Previously

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

reported

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

  

as US R&C

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

CFG

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,879 

32 

 

1,911 

Non-interest income

1,152 

 

1,152 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

3,031 

32 

 

3,063 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(1,020)

 

(1,020)

  - other

(1,046)

(8)

(2)

 

(1,056)

Indirect expenses

(102)

 

(101)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(42)

 

(42)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(2,168)

(7)

(44)

 

(2,219)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before impairment losses

863 

(7)

32 

(44)

 

844 

Impairment losses

(326)

 

(326)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

537 

(7)

32 

(44)

 

518 

 

40

 


 

 

 

Citizens Financial Group (US dollar)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

Previously

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

reported

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

  

as US R&C

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

CFG

Income statement

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

  

$m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

809 

  

809 

Non-interest income

378 

  

378 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,187 

  

1,187 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(416)

  

(416)

  - other

(412)

  

(412)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(828)

  

(828)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

359 

  

359 

Impairment losses

(121)

  

(121)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

238 

  

238 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

Previously

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

reported

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

  

as US R&C

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

CFG

Income statement

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

  

$m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

2,998 

(38)

  

2,960 

Non-interest income

1,679 

  

1,679 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

4,677 

(38)

  

4,639 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(1,707)

  

(1,707)

  - other

(1,540)

(4)

  

(1,544)

Indirect expenses

(174)

(7)

  

(173)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(24)

  

(24)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(3,421)

(7)

(28)

  

(3,448)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

1,256 

(7)

(38)

(28)

  

1,191 

Impairment losses

(244)

  

(244)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

1,012 

(7)

(38)

(28)

  

947 

41

 


 

 

 

Citizens Financial Group (US dollar)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

Previously

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

reported

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

  

as US R&C

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

CFG

Income statement

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

  

$m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

1,457 

(8)

  

1,449 

Non-interest income

881 

  

881 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

2,338 

(8)

  

2,330 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(883)

  

(883)

  - other

(744)

  

(744)

Indirect expenses

(73)

(3)

  

(74)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(5)

  

(5)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(1,700)

(3)

(5)

  

(1,706)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

638 

(3)

(8)

(5)

  

624 

Impairment losses

(78)

  

(78)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

560 

(3)

(8)

(5)

  

546 

 

 

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

Previously

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

reported

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

  

as US R&C

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

CFG

Income statement

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

  

$m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

726 

(6)

  

720 

Non-interest income

428 

  

428 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,154 

(6)

  

1,148 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(439)

  

(439)

  - other

(360)

  

(359)

Indirect expenses

(39)

(1)

  

(40)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(3)

  

(3)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(838)

(1)

(2)

  

(841)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

316 

(1)

(6)

(2)

  

307 

Impairment losses

(48)

  

(48)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

268 

(1)

(6)

(2)

  

259 

42

 


 

 

 

Citizens Financial Group (US dollar)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

Previously

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

reported

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

  

as US R&C

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

CFG

Income statement

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

  

$m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

3,062 

 

3,071 

Non-interest income

1,837 

 

1,837 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

4,899 

 

4,908 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(1,644)

 

(1,644)

  - other

(1,628)

(2)

 

(1,630)

  - litigation settlement

(138)

 

(138)

Indirect expenses

(148)

(2)

 

(148)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(3,558)

(2)

 

(3,558)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before impairment losses

1,341 

(2)

 

1,350 

Impairment losses

(145)

 

(145)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

1,196 

(2)

 

1,205 

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2011

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

Previously

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

reported

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

  

  

as US R&C

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

CFG

Income statement

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

  

$m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

3,015 

51 

 

3,066 

Non-interest income

1,847 

 

1,847 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

4,826 

51 

 

4,913 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(1,637)

 

(1,636)

  - other

(1,677)

(13)

(4)

 

(1,694)

Indirect expenses

(164)

 

(164)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(66)

 

(66)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(3,478)

(12)

(70)

 

(3,560)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit before impairment losses

1,384 

(12)

51 

(70)

 

1,353 

Impairment losses

(524)

 

(524)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit

860 

(12)

51 

(70)

 

829 

 

43

 


 

 

 

Markets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 31 March 2014

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Allocated

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

to CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

48 

(47)

  

Non-interest income

909 

  

909 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

957 

(47)

  

910 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(305)

37 

65 

(2)

  

(205)

  - other

(153)

60 

  

(90)

Indirect expenses

(179)

(32)

(130)

  

(341)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(14)

  

(14)

  - indirect

(31)

  

(31)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(637)

(5)

(47)

  

(681)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

320 

(5)

(47)

(47)

  

229 

Impairment losses

(2)

  

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit

318 

(5)

(47)

(47)

  

227 

 

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Allocated 

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

to CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

157 

(259)

  

(102)

Non-interest income

3,165 

  

3,165 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

3,322 

(259)

  

3,063 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(1,086)

180 

259 

(8)

  

(655)

  - other

(710)

41 

339 

(266)

  

(596)

Indirect expenses

(814)

(267)

(810)

  

(1,891)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(74)

  

(74)

  - indirect

(18)

  

(18)

Litigation and conduct costs

(2,441)

  

(2,441)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(2,610)

(46)

(212)

(2,807)

  

(5,675)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

712 

(46)

(212)

(259)

(2,807)

  

(2,612)

Impairment losses

(92)

  

(92)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss)

620 

(46)

(212)

(259)

(2,807)

  

(2,704)

44

 


 

 

 

Markets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Half year ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Allocated

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

to CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

55 

(151)

  

(96)

Non-interest income

1,807 

  

1,807 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

1,862 

(151)

  

1,711 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(640)

93 

143 

(4)

  

(408)

  - other

(384)

18 

181 

(59)

  

(244)

Indirect expenses

(408)

(115)

(329)

  

(852)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(33)

  

(33)

  - indirect

(9)

  

(9)

Litigation and conduct costs

(410)

  

(410)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(1,432)

(4)

(5)

(515)

  

(1,956)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

430 

(4)

(5)

(151)

(515)

  

(245)

Impairment losses

(59)

  

(59)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss)

371 

(4)

(5)

(151)

(515)

  

(304)

 

 

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Allocated

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

to CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

26 

(83)

  

(57)

Non-interest income

796 

  

796 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

822 

(83)

  

739 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(278)

49 

69 

(2)

  

(162)

  - other

(203)

87 

(28)

  

(136)

Indirect expenses

(205)

(54)

(162)

  

(421)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(22)

  

(22)

  - indirect

  

Litigation and conduct costs

(385)

  

(385)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(686)

(6)

(435)

  

(1,124)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

136 

(6)

(83)

(435)

  

(385)

Impairment losses

(43)

  

(43)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating profit/(loss)

93 

(6)

(83)

(435)

  

(428)

 

45

 


 

 

 

Markets

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Allocated 

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

to CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

111 

(314)

 

(203)

Non-interest income

4,372 

 

4,372 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

4,483 

(314)

 

4,169 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(1,363)

187 

206 

(4)

 

(974)

  - other

(706)

43 

471 

(220)

 

(412)

Indirect expenses

(868)

(288)

(681)

 

(1,837)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(330)

 

(330)

  - indirect

(399)

 

(399)

Litigation and conduct costs

(723)

 

(723)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(2,937)

(58)

(4)

(1,676)

 

(4,675)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

1,546 

(58)

(4)

(314)

(1,676)

 

(506)

Impairment losses

(37)

 

(37)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit/(loss)

1,509 

(58)

(4)

(314)

(1,676)

 

(543)

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2011

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Allocated 

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

to CIB

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

67 

(182)

 

(115)

Non-interest income

4,348 

 

4,348 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

4,415 

(182)

 

4,233 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(1,843)

597 

(8)

 

(1,254)

  - other

(730)

401 

(141)

 

(470)

Indirect expenses

(905)

(414)

(792)

 

(2,111)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(243)

 

(243)

  - indirect

(200)

 

(200)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(3,478)

584 

(792)

(592)

 

(4,278)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) before impairment losses

937 

584 

(792)

(182)

(592)

 

(45)

Impairment losses

(38)

 

(38)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating profit/(loss)

899 

584 

(792)

(182)

(592)

 

(83)

46

 


 

 

 

Non-Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Revised

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Non-Core

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

(99)

  

(99)

Non-interest income

(247)

  

(247)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

(346)

  

(346)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(193)

  

(190)

  - other

(203)

  

(202)

Indirect expenses

(209)

(2)

(2)

  

(213)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(16)

  

(16)

  - indirect

(6)

  

(6)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(605)

(22)

  

(627)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Loss before impairment losses

(951)

(22)

  

(973)

Impairment losses

(4,576)

  

(4,576)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating loss

(5,527)

(22)

  

(5,549)

 

 

Half year ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Revised

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Non-Core

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

18 

  

18 

Non-interest income

384 

  

384 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total income

366 

  

366 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(109)

  

(109)

  - other

(106)

  

(104)

Indirect expenses

(106)

(1)

(1)

  

(108)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(21)

  

(21)

  - indirect

(2)

  

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(321)

(23)

  

(344)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

45 

(23)

  

22 

Impairment losses

(831)

  

(831)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating loss

(786)

(23)

  

(809)

47

 


 

 

 

Non-Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Quarter ended 30 June 2013

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Revised

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Non-Core

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

19 

  

19 

Non-interest income

254 

  

254 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

 

Total income

273 

  

273 

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Direct expenses

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - staff

(51)

  

(51)

  - other

(51)

  

(49)

Indirect expenses

(54)

(1)

(1)

  

(56)

Restructuring costs

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  - direct

(1)

  

(1)

  - indirect

(2)

  

(2)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating expenses

(156)

(3)

  

(159)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Profit before impairment losses

117 

(3)

  

114 

Impairment losses

(398)

  

(398)

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Operating loss

(281)

(3)

  

(284)

 

 

Year ended 31 December 2012

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Revised

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Non-Core

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

244 

 

244 

Non-interest income

44 

 

44 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

288 

 

288 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(259)

 

(256)

  - other

(407)

(11)

 

(417)

Indirect expenses

(278)

(4)

 

(282)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(1)

 

(1)

  - indirect

(7)

 

(7)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(944)

(19)

 

(963)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before impairment losses

(656)

(19)

 

(675)

Impairment losses

(2,223)

 

(2,223)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

(2,879)

(19)

 

(2,898)

48

 


 

 

 

Non-Core

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Year ended 31 December 2011

  

  

  

  

Net impact

  

  

  

  

  

Transfer

Transfer

of revised

Reclassification

  

  

  

Previously

to/(from)

to/(from)

Treasury

of reconciling

  

Revised

  

reported

Functions

Services

allocations

 items  

  

Non-Core

Income statement

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

  

£m

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Net interest income

613 

(1)

 

612 

Non-interest income

361 

 

361 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income

974 

(1)

 

973 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Direct expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - staff

(361)

 

(359)

  - other

(573)

(14)

 

(587)

Indirect expenses

(342)

(4)

 

(346)

Restructuring costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  - direct

(2)

 

(2)

  - indirect

(11)

 

(11)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

(1,276)

(16)

(13)

 

(1,305)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before impairment losses

(302)

(16)

(1)

(13)

 

(332)

Impairment losses

(3,917)

 

(3,917)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

(4,219)

(16)

(1)

(13)

 

(4,249)

 

49